UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☒ |
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024
OR
☐ |
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO |
Commission File Number 001-42513
AARDVARK THERAPEUTICS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)
Delaware |
82-1606367 |
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
4370 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 1050 San Diego, CA |
92122 |
(Address of principal executive offices) |
(Zip Code) |
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (858) 225-7696
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class |
|
Trading Symbol(s) |
|
Name of each exchange on which registered |
Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share |
|
AARD |
|
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ☐ NO ☒
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES ☐ NO ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES ☐ NO ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). YES ☒ NO ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer |
|
☐ |
|
Accelerated filer |
|
☐ |
|
|
|
|
|||
Non-accelerated filer |
|
☒ |
|
Smaller reporting company |
|
☒ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emerging growth company |
|
☒ |
|
|
|
|
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES ☐ NO ☒
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of the shares of common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on February 21, 2025, was $160.5 million. The Registrant has elected to use February 21, 2025, which was the date of the closing of the partial exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option related to the Registrant’s initial public offering, as the calculation date because, as of June 28, 2024 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter), the registrant was a privately held company.
The number of shares of Registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 20, 2025 was 21,695,920.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
None.
Table of Contents
|
|
Page |
PART I |
|
|
Item 1. |
1 |
|
Item 1A. |
40 |
|
Item 1B. |
97 |
|
Item 1C. |
97 |
|
Item 2. |
98 |
|
Item 3. |
98 |
|
Item 4. |
98 |
|
|
|
|
PART II |
|
|
Item 5. |
99 |
|
Item 6. |
100 |
|
Item 7. |
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
101 |
Item 7A. |
111 |
|
Item 8. |
111 |
|
Item 9. |
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
112 |
Item 9A. |
112 |
|
Item 9B. |
113 |
|
Item 9C. |
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections |
113 |
|
|
|
PART III |
|
|
Item 10. |
114 |
|
Item 11. |
121 |
|
Item 12. |
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
129 |
Item 13. |
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence |
132 |
Item 14. |
136 |
|
|
|
|
PART IV |
|
|
Item 15. |
137 |
|
Item 16. |
139 |
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (Annual Report) contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this Annual Report, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, product candidates, planned preclinical studies and clinical trials, results of preclinical studies and clinical trials, research and development plans and costs, plans for manufacturing, regulatory approvals, timing and likelihood of success, as well as plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “might,” “should,” “would,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “outlook,” “projects,” “forecast,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates," “predicts," “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report include, but are not limited to, statements about:
We caution you that the forward-looking statements highlighted above do not encompass all of the forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report.
We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or growth prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in Part I, Item 1A,“Risk Factors”, of this Annual Report and Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, of this Annual Report and elsewhere in this Annual Report. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and challenging environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements. You should, however, review the factors and risks we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) after the date of this Annual Report.
In addition, statements that “we believe” and similarly qualified statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this Annual Report, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and you are cautioned not to rely unduly upon them.
The forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Annual Report or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, other strategic transactions or investments we may make or enter into.
Throughout this Annual Report, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Aardvark,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this Annual Report refer to Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc. and its subsidiary.
PART I
Item 1. Business.
Overview
We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on developing novel, small-molecule therapeutics to activate innate homeostatic pathways for the treatment of metabolic diseases. We target biological pathways associated with alleviating hunger that we believe have the potential to deliver transformative outcomes for patients. We have focused our efforts on developing selective compounds, targeting Bitter Taste Receptors (TAS2Rs) for hunger-associated conditions. Our initial compounds target TAS2Rs expressed in the gut lumen, which normally respond to the nutrients in food and participate in the gut-brain axis. Our research has shown that activating these receptors can induce secretion of endogenous signaling molecules, including cholecystokinin (CCK) and glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1). Our wholly-owned lead product candidate, ARD-101 (denatonium acetate monohydrate), is an oral gut-restricted small-molecule agonist of certain TAS2Rs expressed in the gut lumen for which we have initiated a Phase 3 clinical trial for hyperphagia associated with Prader-Willi Syndrome (PWS). We also intend to evaluate ARD-101 in a Phase 2 clinical trial for hyperphagia associated with acquired hypothalamic obesity (HO) resultant from treatment of craniopharyngioma, including surgery or radiation. In our completed Phase 2 clinical trial in subjects with hyperphagia associated with PWS, ARD-101 was shown to be well-tolerated and demonstrated clinical activity through a reduction in Hyperphagia Questionnaire for Clinical Trials (HQ-CT) score. We have aligned with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the FDA) on a protocol for a potentially pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial, which we initiated in December 2024, and we anticipate topline data will be available in early 2026. In preparing for this potentially pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial, we expanded our clinical management and regulatory capabilities, including hiring clinical, regulatory and quality personnel, and we expect to continue to need to expand our clinical management and regulatory capabilities and to rely on third parties as we continue advancing this trial and other potentially pivotal clinical trials.
TAS2Rs are a family of 26 different nutrient-sensing G protein-coupled receptors (GPCRs) that are ubiquitously expressed among vertebrates. TAS2Rs are present in the oral cavity to convey bitter taste and are highly expressed in many other tissues throughout the body where they are key in regulating metabolic and inflammatory pathways. CCK has long been recognized as a promising pharmaceutical target because its release is triggered with food and helps suppress hunger, the feeling of discomfort that comes from a perception of not having eaten recently. We believe this suppression of hunger could be complementary to the suppression of appetite reported from patients on GLP-1 targeted treatment, which reduces the desirability of food. Previous approaches to directly agonize CCK receptors through exogenous molecules have been limited by safety concerns driven by systemic exposure, resulting in on-target, off-tissue toxicity, and in turn leading to adverse effects, such as pancreatitis. Besides our product candidates, we are not aware of any approved or other clinical-stage candidates targeting certain TAS2Rs.
Our wholly-owned lead product candidate, ARD-101, is an oral gut-restricted small-molecule agonist of certain TAS2Rs expressed in the gut lumen for which we have initiated a Phase 3 clinical trial for hyperphagia associated with PWS. We also intend to evaluate ARD-101 in a Phase 2 clinical trial for hyperphagia associated with HO. ARD-101 has limited systemic absorption, which we believe reduces the potential for systemic toxicity and has contributed to ARD-101 being well-tolerated in our clinical trials to date. We have completed a Phase 1 clinical trial of ARD-101 in healthy volunteers and a Phase 2 clinical trial in subjects with hyperphagia associated with PWS. The Phase 2 clinical trial in hyperphagia associated with PWS evaluated two dosing regimens over 28 days followed by a 14-day withdrawal period. In the first part of the trial, 12 subjects completed the treatment period at a dose of 200 mg delivered orally twice daily (BID). These 12 subjects who completed treatment had no treatment-related adverse events and, of those subjects, the eight who had HQ-CT 9 scores saw an average decline in HQ-CT 9 score of approximately eight points at 28 days. In the second part of the trial, four subjects were dosed under a revised protocol: 400 mg BID for seven days, followed by 600 mg BID for seven days and ending with 800 mg BID for 14 days. The four subjects who completed the trial per protocol had only grade 1 treatment-related adverse events and showed a decrease in HQ-CT 9 of approximately eight points at 28 days. We have aligned with the FDA on a trial design for the Phase 3 clinical trial, which we refer to as the HERO (Hunger Elimination or Reduction Objective) trial, which we believe will support a new drug application (NDA) filing with the FDA.
Clinical data published in the American Journal of Physiology in 1992 (Boosalis MG, Gemayel N, Lee A, Bray GA, Laine L, Cohen H. Cholecystokinin and satiety: effect of hypothalamic obesity and gastric bubble insertion. Am J Physiol. 1992;262(2 Pt 2):R241-4) suggests administration of CCK may significantly reduce food consumption in patients with hyperphagia associated with HO. We also intend to evaluate ARD-101 for the treatment of hyperphagia associated with HO. The hypothalamus is a region in the brain responsible for regulating fundamental biological processes such as temperature control, sleep cycles and feeding behavior. One consequence of a damaged hypothalamus is HO. This condition is most commonly caused by sequelae from the treatment of hypothalamic and pituitary tumors, which includes surgery and radiation. HO is a rare form of obesity affecting approximately 5,000-10,000 people in the United States. The anatomical and phenotypical presentations of both HO and PWS are similar in many ways, including impaired hypothalamic function, impaired neuronal pathways, altered neurotransmitter activity and hyperphagia. PWS has limited therapies and interventions for the treatment of hyperphagia available while HO continues to have no approved pharmacological intervention for the treatment of hyperphagia. Subject to discussion with the FDA, we plan to conduct a Phase 2 clinical trial for hyperphagia associated with HO, which we refer to as the HONOR (Hypothalamic Obesity Neutralized On TAS2R) trial, dosing for approximately four months.
1
Our second TAS2R program, ARD-201, will be a fixed-dose combination of ARD-101 and a dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPP-4) inhibitor, for the treatment of obesity and obesity-related conditions. DPP-4 inhibition is a well-established therapeutic target, with multiple approved drugs currently on the market, that acts to inhibit the degradation of incretin hormones, including GLP-1. Inhibiting DPP-4 allows endogenous incretin levels to increase throughout the body, which supports the potential for a synergistic effect with TAS2R agonism. Our preclinical studies showed that the use of ARD-101 and a DPP-4 inhibitor in combination has an additive effect resulting in greater weight loss than with the individual components. The potential benefit was also supported by our preclinical studies that showed an additive benefit when combined with GLP-1 receptor agonists. We are developing ARD-201 with a goal of addressing some of the limitations of currently marketed GLP-1 therapies, which include weight regain post-withdrawal, poor gastrointestinal (GI) tolerance and loss of lean body mass. Data from our Phase 2a clinical trials of ARD-101 demonstrated reduction in hunger rating in the Control of Eating Questionnaire (CoEQ) in two distinct subject populations: (1) general obese subjects and (2) subjects who have refractory weight gain post-bariatric surgery. We plan to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial, which we refer to as the EMPOWER (Exploratory Multi-arm Prevention Of WEight Regain) trial, to explore the efficacy of ARD-201. We are exploring the potential clinical applications for ARD-201 in obesity and obesity-related conditions and our future decisions will be informed by the results of the EMPOWER trial, which will involve a multi-arm design to explore ARD-101 in various combinations with other agents.
Our Pipeline
We are advancing the below portfolio of wholly-owned novel and proprietary small-molecule programs that we believe can induce satiety in patients with hunger-associated indications, as outlined below.
Our Hunger Associated TAS2R Pipeline(1)(2)
Our Team and Investors
We have assembled a management team of biopharmaceutical experts with extensive experience in building and operating organizations that develop and deliver innovative medicines to patients. Our Founder, Chairperson of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Tien Lee, founded our company in 2017. He brings over 20 years of experience as a biotechnology innovator and executive, integrally involved with the founding or advancement of several biopharmaceutical companies. Prior to this, Dr. Lee joined NantKwest in 2014 and served as its Chief Strategy Officer until March 2017. Dr. Lee is also an inventor or co-inventor of multiple biomedical and biotechnology innovations. Our Chief Medical Officer, Dr. Manasi Jaiman, Chief Operating Officer, Dr. Bryan Jones, Chief Financial Officer, Nelson Sun, as well as other senior members of our team, collectively bring extensive clinical and business development experience to our company from organizations such as Amylin, Hoffmann-La Roche, Johnson and Johnson and ViaCyte.
Prior to our IPO in February 2025, we had raised $129.1 million supported by a syndicate of leading life sciences and institutional investors, including the completion of our $85.0 million Series C financing led by Decheng Capital in May 2024. In February 2025, we completed our IPO with the sale of 6,120,661 shares of common stock, which included the partial exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase 232,661 additional shares, at an initial public offering price of $16.00 per share and received net proceeds of approximately $87.5 million.
2
Our Strategy
Our goal is to become a leader in the treatment of obesity and obesity-related conditions, starting with rare hyperphagias. We intend to leverage the experience and capabilities of our executive management team and our established networks throughout the biopharmaceutical industry to identify, develop and commercialize product candidates that are designed to offer enhanced efficacy, tolerability and convenience and provide benefits to patients. We intend to achieve our goals by implementing the following strategies:
TAS2R as a Therapeutic Target
TAS2R Overview
Bitterness is one of five basic taste sensations that play a crucial role in survival by helping guide organisms to avoid harmful toxins and noxious substances. The sensors for bitter compounds in vertebrates are the evolutionarily-conserved TAS2Rs, a class of GPCRs initially identified in type II taste receptor cells located in the taste bud. In the human genome, 26 TAS2R genes have been identified.
3
They are located not only in the mouth and throat but are expressed widely throughout the body, for example in the intestines, skin, brain, bladder, and lower and upper respiratory tract. The expression of TAS2Rs throughout the body, as well as their involvement in multiple physiologic processes, underscore TAS2Rs as compelling potential therapeutic targets for a wide array of diseases.
In the gut, TAS2Rs control the secretion of satiety regulating gut hormones, regulate gut mobility and inhibit pre-adipocyte proliferation and differentiation, ultimately decreasing hunger, food intake and body weight. TAS2Rs are expressed on enteroendocrine cells and their activation by bitter molecules triggers the release of the peptides CCK and GLP-1, subsequently acting through the corresponding receptors in afferent sensory fibers of the vagus nerve or directly via the bloodstream to then transmit signals to the brain to control satiety and food intake.
CCK has long been recognized as a promising pharmaceutical target because its release is triggered with food and helps suppress feelings of hunger in addition to providing other therapeutic applications as shown in Figure 1 below. Major companies such as AbbVie, AstraZeneca, GSK and Novo Nordisk have attempted to pursue direct CCK receptor agonism through exogenous molecules. However, the limitations of this approach have remained a significant barrier to an effective therapy. Specifically, there were challenges with systemic exposure, resulting in on-target, off-tissue toxicity leading to safety challenges and adverse effects, including pancreatitis.
Figure 1: Potential Therapeutic Targets Involving CCK
Our lead product candidate, ARD-101, is an oral gut-restricted small-molecule targeting certain TAS2Rs expressed in the gut lumen. ARD-101 is composed of denatonium acetate monohydrate, and is one of the most potent TAS2R agonists identified to date. In our preclinical studies and clinical trials to date, we have found it to be approximately 99% restricted to the gut with minimal systemic exposure, which has led to local elevation of endogenous gut peptide hormones, such as CCK and GLP-1, within physiological levels. The selective local secretion avoids the off-target side effects seen with approaches using systemic exposure of artificial CCK analogue molecules. As shown in Figure 2 below, ARD-101 has the potential to affect hunger, metabolism and inflammation through gut-brain signaling, without the off-tissue toxicity of systemic exposure.
4
Figure 2: CCK Release Helps to Attenuate Hunger and Lead to Satiety
Prevalence of Incretin Therapies and Limitations
In recent years, third-party incretin therapies have demonstrated efficacy in large clinical trials and obtained FDA approval to be marketed for the treatment of obesity. In the United States, it is estimated that nearly 6% of all adults (approximately 5 million) are currently utilizing a GLP-1 medication, and one in eight have tried them in the past. Market analysts project global sales of branded anti-obesity drugs to reach over $100 billion by 2030.
Although GLP-1 medications have had considerable patient uptake, they have also shown limitations. Clinical trials show 50% of subjects taking GLP-1 receptor agonists encounter varying degrees of GI side effects, including nausea and vomiting, as well as heightened risk of pancreatitis and rare cancers. In addition, 50% of subjects discontinue the use of GLP-1 therapy after one year on therapy before reaching clinical benefit, with some clinical trials showing that the majority of subjects regain up to approximately two-thirds of their weight loss within one year. Loss of lean body mass is also a concern, with an estimated range of 40% to 60% of weight loss being lean body mass rather than fat, which is further exacerbated by weight regain post-discontinuation being largely fat-driven, resulting in worsening body composition. These limitations open the door of opportunity for new mechanisms, combinations and formulations. Market analysts believe that the market will see growth driven by multi-agent combinations to address some of the shortcomings of single-agent GLP-1 receptor agonism. Novel differentiated mechanisms of action for weight management, such as TAS2R agonism, may address gaps posed by GLP-1 treatment.
The Role of TAS2Rs in Hunger Versus Appetite
The key differentiating feature of gut lumen-based TAS2R agonism is its ability to stimulate local secretion of the satiety hormone CCK, which acts in an autocrine/paracrine-like manner to induce a gut-brain signal that abrogates sensations of hunger. Hunger and appetite are often subjectively perceived to be different sensations along the same axis. However, hunger and appetite represent different neurologically-based drives that guide human behavior and metabolic regulation. Appetite represents neurologic reward and pleasure seeking, whereas hunger represents the avoidance of pain and discomfort, as shown in Figure 3 below.
Ghrelin is a hormone that when elevated is concordant with sensations of hunger. In humans, hunger scores and ghrelin levels showed similar temporal profiles and similar relative differences in magnitude over a wide range of inter-meal intervals. However, some published reports suggest that ghrelin is not essential in appetite regulation, evidenced by (1) ghrelin-deficient mice, where genetic deletion of ghrelin does not decrease food intake but influences metabolic fuel preference; and (2) in ghrelin-null mice, deletion of ghrelin does not impair growth or appetite, as their size, growth rate, and food intake are indistinguishable from wild-type littermates.
5
Figure 3: Hunger and Appetite are Distinct Neural Pathways
For certain hyperphagia-associated disorders, such as PWS, patients are driven to eat by hunger regardless of perceived desirability of food, even going so far as to eat garbage. For general obesity, addressing hunger along with appetite has the potential for a complementary effect. Current therapeutics that engage GLP-1 receptor agonists reduce sensations of appetite to drive reduced food consumption and therefore result in weight loss, yet cannot sufficiently attenuate or improve self-reported hunger levels. This increased hunger state is in part driven by GLP-1 induction of higher levels of serum ghrelin as shown in Figure 4 below.
Figure 4: Ghrelin, Hunger, and Prader-Willi Syndrome: The Hormonal Connection
Previous attempts at pharmaceutical development of CCK receptor agonists included the development of long-acting systemic CCK analogues by chemically altering the natural CCK to extend the half-life and by administering it as a subcutaneous depot. These development programs were discontinued because of unintended on-target off-tissue toxicities, including pancreatitis. We believe that ARD-101 elicits expression of CCK in a localized manner in the peri-gut region to selectively elicit vagal gut-brain signaling without significant concomitant rise in systemic CCK. In our preclinical studies and clinical trials to date, ARD-101 was found to be approximately 99% restricted to the gut with minimal systemic exposure, and was well-tolerated at all dose levels. It resulted in no serious adverse events (SAEs), no renal or hepatic safety limitations, no additive side effects with standard of care medications and no evidence of immunosuppression. We believe ARD-101 offers a more anatomically targeted and selective approach to invoke the effects of CCK signaling.
6
ARD-101
ARD-101 Overview
Our lead product candidate, ARD-101, is an oral gut-restricted small-molecule agonist of certain TAS2Rs expressed in the gut lumen for the treatment of hyperphagia associated with PWS and HO. We believe its unique ability to induce gut-localized CCK and GLP-1 secretion could result in a sustainable and clinically relevant reduction in hyperphagia with a profile designed for long-term dosing without dose-limiting safety or tolerability issues.
Figure 5 below details the three specific TAS2Rs that ARD-101 binds to, along with threshold activation concentration (TAC).
Figure 5: ARD-101 Targets Three TAS2Rs Expressed on Enteroendocrine Cells
Our Phase 1 clinical trial showed that ARD-101 was well-tolerated in healthy volunteers. Data from the first of two parts of our Phase 2 clinical trial of ARD-101 in subjects 17 years or older with hyperphagia associated with PWS showed a reduction from baseline in their HQ-CT 9 or HQ-CT 13 scores, and it was well-tolerated with no SAEs. In the second part of the trial, the four subjects who completed the trial per protocol showed a decrease in HQ-CT 9 of approximately eight points at 28 days. We initiated our Phase 3 HERO trial for subjects 13 years or older with hyperphagia associated with PWS in December 2024. If data from the trial shows positive results, we anticipate it may be sufficient to support an NDA filing with the FDA. Additionally, we plan to evaluate ARD-101 in a Phase 2 clinical trial in subjects with hyperphagia associated with HO.
PWS Background
PWS is a genetic neurodevelopmental disorder caused by a lack of expression of certain genes on paternal chromosome 15, impacting males and females equally. The cardinal clinical features of PWS include severe infantile hypotonia, developmental delay, short stature and, most notably, severe hyperphagia, which typically initially presents in PWS patients between the ages of 3 and 8 years old. Patients with PWS have a median lifespan of 30 years, with obesity-related complications remaining a major cause of mortality.
PWS-associated hyperphagia manifests as a chronic and life-threatening feeling of intense persistent hunger, food pre-occupation, extreme drive to food-seeking behaviors, and consumption of food, leading to early onset obesity and metabolic disorders. This disease’s impact on quality of life affects both the patient and their family.
PWS is thought to have an incidence of approximately 1 in 15,000 births globally, with approximately 10,000 to 20,000 patients living with PWS in the United States. PWS is typically diagnosed at an early age, with many of the cases confirmed by genetic diagnoses within the first year of life. In the EU, there are approximately 15,000 PWS patients. Worldwide, there are estimated to be 350,000 to 400,000 PWS patients.
Role of CCK in Patients with PWS
CCK plays an important role in regulating hunger. In a healthy individual, when a meal is eaten, the food stimulates enteroendocrine cells to secrete CCK, which in turn stimulates the vagus nerve to send a signal to the brain through the gut-brain axis, alleviating hunger.
7
Individuals with PWS have been found to have abnormalities in their regulation of CCK, ghrelin and other related hormones, which may drive their hyperphagia. While individuals with PWS are thought to have functioning CCK receptors, they are observed to have disproportionately lower release of CCK in response to food, which results in persistence of hunger.
Additional observations implicate that dysfunction of CCK secretion drives many signs and symptoms of PWS. For instance, CCK is known to facilitate gut motility and contraction of the gall bladder. Individuals with PWS often experience extremely slow gut transit times, up to 4 days, and often present with gallstones at an earlier age. Other studies have observed that CCK dysfunction may also be implicated in the behavioral issues, such as anxiety, often experienced by individuals with PWS. Animal studies also support the role of CCK in controlling the perception of hunger as CCK receptor knock-out rats display hyperphagia signs similar to those in individuals with PWS.
Limitations of the Current Standard of Care for PWS
There are no disease-modifying treatments for PWS, so patients’ signs and symptoms are addressed through a multitude of approaches including behavioral, dietary and food availability interventions. Patient management frequently includes restricting access to all food in the environment in order to limit food-seeking behavior. Such hyperphagia-driven limitations impact not only the patients, but also their caregivers. Bariatric surgery is not a safe option for PWS patients due to the risk of stomach rupture from overeating.
There is currently one approved drug for hyperphagia associated with PWS. The only other approved drug for PWS patients is growth hormone to address certain non-hyperphagia aspects of the disease, notably growth. A variety of other drugs, including incretins, have been tried off-label and in clinical trials in an attempt to treat hyperphagia, but are not used routinely because of limited impact on hyperphagia symptoms.
ARD-101 for the Treatment of Hyperphagia Associated with PWS
ARD-101 is a proprietary bitter taste receptor agonist. It is an oral tablet coated to avoid conscious bitter taste perception. A key differentiating feature of ARD-101 is its ability to stimulate local secretion of the satiety hormone CCK, which acts in an autocrine/paracrine-like manner to induce a gut-brain signal that abrogates sensations of hunger and may have additional effects regulating metabolism and inflammation.
The role of abnormal CCK secretion in PWS led us to consider stimulation of the TAS2R pathway as a means to upregulate production of endogenous CCK to restore satiety and possibly address other clinical features prominent in PWS.
We completed a Phase 1 clinical trial that consisted of Single Ascending Dose (SAD) and Multiple Ascending Dose (MAD) segments in healthy volunteers. The trial demonstrated that ARD-101 was well-tolerated and was approximately 99% restricted to the gut with minimal systemic exposure.
We also evaluated ARD-101 in an open-label Phase 2 clinical trial in hyperphagia associated with PWS, which consisted of two parts: the first part was a consistent dose segment and the second part was an intra-subject dose escalation segment. Data from the first part of the trial showed notable reductions in hunger levels and that ARD-101 was well-tolerated, with no dose-limiting safety issues. In the second part of the trial, the four subjects who completed the trial per protocol showed a decrease in HQ-CT 9 of approximately eight points at 28 days. We believe this effect on hunger is attributed to ARD-101’s effect on regulating CCK release and gut-brain signaling. DEXA scans from the PWS Phase 2 trial data measuring body composition indicate a trend toward decreased body fat (approximately 1.5%) and increased lean muscle (over 2%) following 28 days of ARD-101 dosing.
In December 2024, we initiated a potentially pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial, which we refer to as the HERO (Hunger Elimination or Reduction Objective) trial, for subjects with hyperphagia associated with PWS, which we expect to readout in early 2026. In preparing for this potentially pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial, we expanded our clinical management and regulatory capabilities, including hiring clinical, regulatory and quality personnel, and we expect to continue to need to expand our clinical management and regulatory capabilities and to rely on third parties as we continue advancing this trial and other potentially pivotal clinical trials. We believe ARD-101 has the potential to transform the treatment landscape of hyperphagia associated with PWS.
8
ARD-101 Preclinical Data Summary
We have evaluated the tolerability and efficacy of ARD-101 in proof-of-concept preclinical models that support ARD-101’s potential to address the hyperphagia in hypothalamic syndromes, including PWS as well as obesity and obesity-related conditions. Our preclinical studies suggest that ARD-101 shows potential to be a well-tolerated, satiety-inducing drug. Animal models of obesity showed ARD-101’s potential to decrease food intake and body weight without treatment tachyphylaxis, or rapidly diminishing response to successive doses of a drug, even with chronic daily administration.
In an in vitro experiment, ARD-101 significantly stimulated the release of CCK from mouse and human enteroendocrine cell lines, as seen in Figure 6 below (representative data shown in the left panel). In an ex vivo study, we further investigated the effect of ARD-101 to induce CCK secretion in various regions of the gastrointestinal tract. Porcine duodenum, jejunum, ileum and proximal colon tissue were isolated and incubated in 6-well plates with ARD-101 at 300 mmol. A blank 6-well plate was included in the study, as well as a 24-well plate incubated with a mixture of non-radiolabeled and radiolabeled mannitol and caffeine as a reference control. Gut-tissue samples after one hour of exposure to ARD-101 were analyzed for the release of CCK, as determined by an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay.
Figure 6: Upregulation of CCK
Major effects on hormone release were observed for ARD-101, resulting in a notable increase in the gut-tissue release of CCK in most intestinal regions, as seen in Figure 7 below.
Figure 7: CCK Release in the Porcine Gastrointestinal Tract
Additionally, orally administered ARD-101 was observed to have minimal systemic exposure, as seen in Figure 8 below, with approximately 99% of ARD-101 staying in the digestive tract, as evidenced by less than 1% bioavailability observed in mouse and monkey pharmacokinetic models, along with high fecal concentrations in mice following oral administration of ARD-101.
9
Figure 8: Localized CCK and GLP-1 Release with Minimal Systemic Exposure in Humans
In an in vivo study with diet-induced obese (DIO) mice, animals were randomly assigned to different groups (12 per group based on body weight) to receive either vehicle or ARD-101 at assigned dose regimens (20, 40 and 80 mg/kg BID) for 8 weeks. Estimated corresponding human doses are 162, 324 and 650 mg BID. The mice were weighed at least three times weekly. Blood was collected from fasted animals at baseline, at the study mid-point (day 28), and at termination; and serum was evaluated for metabolic parameters, including blood glucose, HbA1c, insulin, triglycerides (TG), bile acids (BA), LDL, HDL and total cholesterol (TC).
ARD-101 dosing by various regimens was well-tolerated with no notable discrepancies in metabolic parameters. As seen in Figure 9 below, all dosing regimens prevented high-fat diet-induced body weight gain in DIO mice upon 8-week treatment and exhibited a dose-dependent pattern.
Figure 9: Preclinical Modeling Doses Above 200 mg BID
10
Our Completed Phase 1 Clinical Trial in Healthy Volunteers
We completed a Phase 1 clinical trial of ARD-101 healthy volunteers in 2021. In the SAD segment, we administered ARD-101 at 40 mg, 100 mg or 240 mg orally once daily to healthy adult subjects after eight hours of fasting. In the MAD segment of the clinical trial, we administered oral doses of ARD-101 at 40 mg, 100 mg or 240 mg BID for 14 days in healthy adult subjects. ARD-101 was well-tolerated by subjects. Investigator-identified treatment-emergent adverse events (TEAEs) were limited to grade 1 or 2, as shown in Figure 10 below.
Figure 10: Summary of TEAEs in ARD-101 Phase 1 Clinical Trial
Pharmacokinetic parameters for ARD-101 following repeat BID oral doses of 40 mg, 100 mg and 240 mg in healthy subjects were consistent with animal models and confirmed the drug was gut-restricted, with approximately 1% detectable in systemic circulation. Of the minor amount that was in circulation, ARD-101 reached a steady state before day 11 at all tested dose levels by evaluating trough plasma concentrations (Ctrough) on days 11, 12 and 13, demonstrating overall favorable pharmacokinetic properties across test subjects. A summary of PK data following oral doses of ARD-101 is shown in Figure 11 below.
Figure 11: Summary of Pharmacokinetic Data from Phase 1 SAD and MAD Dosing
Our Completed Open-Label Phase 2 Clinical Trial in Hyperphagia Associated with PWS
We also evaluated ARD-101 in an open-label Phase 2 clinical trial in subjects with hyperphagia associated with PWS. The trial was conducted at two clinical sites: Stanford University and Colorado Children’s Hospital. This was a two-part trial design conducted in subjects aged 17-35 dosed for 28 days and followed by a 14-day withdrawal period. The key inclusion criteria were age 17-65 years, an HQ-CT 9 score greater than or equal to 10 and stable weight for two months.
11
The first part of the trial assessed a consistent dose of 200 mg with patient assessments at baseline as well as after 15 and 28 days on drug, while the second part assessed an intra-subject dose escalation from 400 mg up to 800 mg BID in which patients underwent an additional assessment after eight days on drug. We currently possess preliminary, non-published data from the first and second parts of the trial.
In the first part of the trial, 12 subjects completed the treatment period at a dose of 200 mg delivered orally BID. Figure 12 below summarizes the adverse events (AEs) from the first part of the clinical trial.
Figure 12: Summary of AEs in the First Part of ARD-101 Phase 2 Clinical Trial (Fixed Dose Group)
In the first part of the trial, ARD-101 demonstrated improvements in the clinical endpoints, including a reduction in hyperphagia and body fat. 11 of 12 subjects completing dosing demonstrated improvements in their HQ-CT score. Early participants had HQ-CT 13 questionnaires administered (N=4) and the rest used the HQ-CT 9 questionnaire (N=8). The analysis was therefore separated based on questionnaire type administered. The average reduction in the HQ-CT 9 score was approximately eight points at 28 days. Based on this data, we received Orphan Drug Designation from the FDA. Data from the first part of the trial are shown below in Figures 13 and 14.
Figure 13: HQ-CT Data Observed in the First Part of the Phase 2 Trial
12
Figure 14: Individual Patient Change in HQ-CT Data Observed in the First Part of the Phase 2 Trial
Based on the preclinical modeling showing that doses above 200 mg BID have potential for greater efficacy and that ARD-101 was well-tolerated in the first part of the Phase 2 clinical trial with most of the benefit being achieved within 15 days, we initiated the second part of the Phase 2 clinical trial to evaluate a dosing regimen that scaled up to 800 mg BID. Patients in the second part of the trial were dosed at 400 mg BID for one week, then 600 mg BID for a second week, then 800 mg BID for the final two weeks of the trial. Results from the second part of the trial demonstrated a decline in HQ-CT 9 score, with all patients who followed protocol experiencing benefit, and the majority of those seeing deepening benefit over time. Efficacy and safety data from the second part of the trial are shown below in Figures 15 and 16. AEs observed in the second part of the trial were mild in all cases.
Figure 15: HQ-CT Data Observed in the Second Part of the Phase 2 Trial
13
Figure 16: Summary of AEs in the Second Part of ARD-101 Phase 2 Clinical Trial (Dose Escalation Group)
One subject that took part in the first part continued into the second part of the trial (labeled as Subject 1.5 in the first part and Subject 2.5 in the second part), with approximately one year between trials. The single subject experienced a dose-dependent 16-point reduction in their HQ-CT 9 score from baseline to day 28 and then a return or increase of hyperphagia and HQ-CT 9 score after approximately 14 days off the study drug (see Figure 17 below). It should also be noted that two subjects deviated from trial protocol and would not be included in an efficacy analysis for our Phase 2 trial. Subject 2.1 received a high dose of steroids known to cause significant weight gain, from a primary care physician not involved in the trial. This subject also took two vacations during the trial period, causing food access environment-related deviations. Subject 2.2 experienced a change in their home environment and designated caregiver between day 8 and day 15 of the trial period, resulting in differences in reported results between the two caregivers. Excluding these two patients from the efficacy analysis results in an average decrease of approximately eight points at 28 days for the four remaining subjects as shown in Figure 17 below. An analysis of the individual patient change in HQ-CT score is shown in Figure 18 below.
Figure 17: Detailed HQ-CT Data Observed in Second Part of the Phase 2 Trial
14
Figure 18: Detailed Patient Level Change in HQ-CT Data Observed in Second Part of the Phase 2 Trial
After seeing the majority of patients following protocol in the second part of our Phase 2 trial experiencing dose dependent decreases in HQ-CT 9 scores with no safety signal beyond grade one AEs, we decided to advance that dosing scheme for evaluation in our Phase 3 trial.
Phase 3 Clinical Trial in Hyperphagia Associated with PWS
Following discussions with the FDA during pre-IND meetings, we submitted an IND for ARD-101 for the treatment of hyperphagia associated with PWS on August 30, 2024. In September 2024, following correspondence with the FDA regarding the BID dosing and titration strategy in the Phase 3 clinical trial, the FDA determined that the Phase 3 clinical trial may proceed. We designed a Phase 3, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial, which we refer to as the HERO (Hunger Elimination or Reduction Objective) trial (see Figure 19 below for a graphical depiction of the trial design). The trial is designed to treat subjects over 12 weeks to support the further development of ARD-101 in subjects with PWS-associated hyperphagia. The primary objective of the Phase 3 HERO trial is to evaluate the effect of ARD-101 on hyperphagia-related behavior, using the HQ-CT questionnaire. Secondary objectives include evaluating caregiver-reported outcomes and physician-reported outcomes. Additionally, exploratory objectives aim to assess the effects of ARD-101 on various health markers, such as body weight, lean body mass, waist circumference, inflammatory cytokines, lipid parameters, glycemic control and food safety practices.
Enrollment criteria for this trial ensure that eligible subjects have a confirmed diagnosis of PWS and hyperphagia, are medically stable, are not taking certain anti-psychotics and other medications known to affect appetite and weight and are able to adhere to the trial’s requirements, with only subjects with a baseline HQ-CT score of 13 or greater expected to be included in the efficacy analysis. Dose modification is allowed in case a higher dose is not tolerated by a subject. An interim analysis will be used to help determine the statistical power of the trial, triggered by enrollment milestones.
We initiated the Phase 3 HERO trial in December 2024, and topline data readout is anticipated in early 2026. We plan to conduct the trial in the United States, the United Kingdom, South Korea, Romania, Italy, France, Spain, Canada and Australia.
15
Figure 19: Phase 3 HERO Trial Design for ARD-101 in PWS-Associated Hyperphagia
ARD-101 for the Treatment of Hyperphagia Associated with HO
The hypothalamus is a region in the brain responsible for regulating fundamental biological processes such as temperature control, sleep cycles and feeding behavior. One possible consequence of a damaged hypothalamus is HO. This condition is most commonly caused by the sequelae from the treatment of hypothalamic and pituitary tumors (e.g., craniopharyngiomas). HO is a rare form of obesity affecting approximately 5,000-10,000 people in the United States. HO is characterized by uncontrollable hunger (hyperphagia), metabolic dysfunction and weight gain. Additionally, due to the sudden fluctuation in eating behavior and weight, patients with HO often have resulting medical complications, such as dyslipidemia and cardiovascular disease. Both the physical and psychological impacts of this condition contribute to a decreased quality of life for patients.
CCK is an attractive target for HO given that prior administration of CCK significantly reduced food consumption in the first eating period in subjects with HO, suggesting that there is no impairment of CCK-induced satiety in subjects with hypothalamic injury and vagal afferent signaling in the hindbrain may be sufficient for CCK to produce satiety.
Limitations of the Current Standard of Care
Currently, there are no FDA-approved treatments for hyperphagia associated with acquired HO. Available interventions include behavioral/lifestyle modification, off-label pharmacotherapy (including metformin, GLP-1 receptor agonists and hormone-based treatments), and in rare instances, bariatric surgery. We believe these offered therapies are largely ineffective, despite their success in other forms of obesity, due to the inability to target the underlying pathophysiology of HO. The lack of effective treatments for these patients demonstrates the need for therapeutic intervention that directly addresses the dysregulated pathophysiology of the condition.
ARD-101 Clinical Programs for Hyperphagia Associated with HO
PWS is considered a congenital form of HO in which the hyperphagia is driven by hypothalamic dysfunction. Given the mechanism of action from ARD-101 and potential promising early data from our clinical trials for hyperphagia associated with PWS, we believe there is scientific rationale to apply ARD-101 for the treatment of hyperphagia associated with an acquired form of HO. While there is a single approved pharmacological intervention for the treatment of hyperphagia associated with PWS, there is no such approved intervention for hyperphagia associated with HO. The lack of response from agents in HO that are otherwise effective in general obesity underscores the distinction of HO from other forms of obesity, as HO is primarily driven by aberrant hunger signaling as opposed to appetite.
In our Phase 2a clinical trials evaluating ARD-101 in two different populations of obese subjects, hunger levels were reduced as measured by the Control of Eating Questionnaire (CoEQ). In a separate clinical trial, ARD-101 demonstrated a reduction in HQ-CT in subjects with hyperphagia associated with PWS, consistent with its potential role in addressing hunger-driven hyperphagia. We believe ARD-101 stimulation of gut-localized CCK release and its ability to in turn stimulate vagal afferent neurons projecting to the medulla may induce counterbalancing satiety.
16
Our clinical program is designed to evaluate the effect of ARD-101 versus placebo in subjects with hyperphagia associated with HO. A variety of hypothalamic pathophysiologies can result in hyperphagia associated with HO, with the highest incidence occurring after treatment of a craniopharyngioma. We intend to discuss with the FDA initiation of the Phase 2 clinical trial for the treatment of hyperphagia associated with HO, which we refer to as the HONOR (Hypothalamic Obesity Neutralized On TAS2R) trial, without completing earlier clinical trials in hyperphagia associated with HO. We plan to initiate this trial in the second half of 2025 with anticipated topline data readout in the first half of 2026.
ARD-201
ARD-201 Overview
Our second program, ARD-201, will be a fixed-dose combination of our proprietary bitter taste receptor agonist, ARD-101 (denatonium acetate monohydrate), and a DPP-4 inhibitor. Our preclinical studies in animal models demonstrated that combining ARD-101 and a DPP-4 inhibitor enhanced weight loss relative to ARD-101 alone. DPP-4 inhibition is a well-established therapeutic target, with multiple approved drugs currently on the market, that acts to inhibit the degradation of incretin hormones. DPP-4 inhibitors are also particularly amenable to combination, as they have minimal to no interactions with other drugs due to their pharmacodynamic properties. Due to potential gastroparesis risk associated with DPP-4 inhibitors, we determined that this combination is not appropriate for PWS patients. However, given the increased potency, this combination has the potential to be a treatment option for a broader range of obesity patients. We have completed Phase 2a clinical trials of ARD-101 as a single agent in obese subjects, which inform the design of further clinical trials of ARD-201.
We believe ARD-201’s ability to stimulate intestinal CCK secretion while suppressing ghrelin secretion with potential reduction of hunger cravings represents a differentiated yet complementary mechanism to GLP-1’s ability to suppress appetite. We are developing ARD-201 with a goal of addressing some of the limitations of currently marketed GLP-1 therapies, which include weight regain post-withdrawal, poor GI tolerance in many patients and loss of lean body mass (see Figure 20 below). Data from our Phase 2a clinical trials of ARD-101 demonstrated reduction in hunger rating in the CoEQ in two distinct subject populations: (1) general obese subjects and (2) subjects who had refractory weight gain post-bariatric surgery. With respect to poor GI tolerance specifically, ARD-101 has been well-tolerated in all clinical trials to date, with no dose-limiting safety issues or SAEs. We plan to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial to explore the efficacy of ARD-201. We are still evaluating the potential clinical applications for ARD-201 in obesity and obesity-related conditions, and our future decisions will be informed by the results of the multi-arm EMPOWER trial.
Figure 20: Limitations of GLP-1 Treatment
Obesity Background
Obesity is a medical condition marked by excessive body fat that presents a risk to health. According to the World Health Organization, a body mass index (BMI) over 25 is considered overweight, and over 30 is considered obese. As of 2022, over 1 billion individuals are affected by obesity worldwide. In the United States, 42% of adults are considered obese. Assuming only approximately 13% penetration, the market size for the treatment of obesity would be 15 million adults in the United States alone.
17
Obesity is also linked to numerous comorbidities such as diabetes, hypertension, high cholesterol, coronary artery disease, cancer and liver and pulmonary ailments, placing a significant financial burden on the healthcare system, with an estimated cost to the medical system of $261 billion in the United States in 2016. Utilizing trends, it is estimated that the global prevalence of obesity will increase by 2035 to over 50%, driving the projected global market for branded anti-obesity drugs to reach over $100 billion by 2030.
Limitations of the Current Standard of Care for Obesity
To date, the FDA has approved several anti-obesity medications for long-term use within the United States. Among these are Zepbound (tirzepatide), Wegovy (semaglutide), Contrave (naltrexone-bupropion), Saxenda (liraglutide), Xenical (orlistat), Qsymia (phentermine-topiramate) and Imcivree (setmelanotide). Currently approved GLP-1 receptor agonists lead to significant initial weight loss, typically starting within the first few weeks and peaking around the first six months; however, current GLP-1 therapies have multiple limitations, such as extensive adverse effects (nausea, vomiting and diarrhea), substantial lean body mass loss, invasive subcutaneous administration routes and weight regain upon cessation. We expect the market for new therapies that can address these gaps to increase in tandem with the market expansion of GLP-1 therapies.
Adverse Events: The common adverse events associated with GLP-1 receptor agonists include nausea and vomiting, which may lead to temporary or permanent discontinuation of treatment. Within 12 months of starting GLP-1 therapy, approximately 45% of patients discontinue treatment, and this increases to approximately 65% by the 24-month mark.
Weight Regain: After discontinuing GLP-1 receptor agonists, many subjects experience weight regain, increased hunger and caloric intake. The amount of weight regained can vary, with some clinical trials showing that the majority of subjects regain up to approximately two-thirds of their weight loss within one year. The rapid weight regain phenomenon highlights the importance of the need for treatments that can maintain weight loss (see Figure 21 below). Following treatment withdrawal, semaglutide and placebo participants regained 11.6 (SD: 7.7) and 1.9 (SD: 4.8) percentage points of lost weight, respectively, by week 120, resulting in net losses of 5.6% (SD: 8.9%) and 0.1% (SD: 5.8%), respectively, from week 0 to week 120.
Figure 21: Weight Regain After Withdrawal of Tirzepatide and Semaglutide
Lean Body Mass Reductions: Another drawback of GLP-1 receptor agonists is an associated reduction in lean body mass along with weight loss. Previous trials showed reductions in lean body mass of up to 60% as a proportion of total weight loss. In the STEP-1 trial of semaglutide in obesity, 45.2% of the weight loss was from lean body mass. In the SURMOUNT-1 trial of tirzepatide in obesity, 25.7% of weight loss arose from lean body mass loss. Current mitigation strategies include combining protein supplementation with resistance training exercises.
Our Preclinical Data in Support of ARD-201
In animal models of obesity, ARD-101 demonstrated significant body weight reduction compared to placebo controls. Figure 22 below shows the weight loss results achieved in a diet-induced mouse model of ARD-101 in combination with sitagliptin, a DPP-4 inhibitor, or liraglutide, a GLP-1 analog, versus vehicle-treated groups. Additionally, ARD-101’s localized action and gut restriction suggest that a combination with a GLP-1 receptor agonist or DPP-4 inhibitor should not increase the risk of side effects beyond those seen in either drug class independently.
18
Figure 22: Relative Body Weight Change of ARD-101 in Combination with GLP-1
or DPP-4 Inhibitor vs. Vehicle Treated Groups in Preclinical Study in DIO Mouse Model
In addition to the reduction of food consumption via hunger suppression, ARD-101 has also shown positive metabolic effects resulting from increased production of endogenous gut hormones. In mouse models, we have observed improvement of multiple relevant metabolic parameters, including blood glucose, HbA1c, insulin levels and LDL, suggesting potential clinical relevance.
Figure 23: Relevant Metabolic Parameters in DIO Mouse Model (56 days) and AMLN-Diet MASH Mouse Model (48 weeks)
As seen in Figure 23 above, ARD-101 normalizes metabolic parameters independent of weight loss. The treatment led to a reduction in inflammatory cytokine levels as well as in LDL, which is generally not observed with GLP-1 receptor agonists unless correlated with weight loss. Additionally, results maintained for up to 48 weeks of dosing showed no tachyphylaxis.
ARD-201 for the Treatment of Obesity
ARD-201 will be a combination of our proprietary bitter taste receptor agonist, ARD-101, and a DPP-4 inhibitor and will be designed to be taken orally once a day.
We believe that ARD-201 has high potential to address the unmet needs in the global obesity landscape and we are targeting to address some of the limitations of current therapies. In preclinical studies, ARD-101, a main component of ARD-201, stimulates intestinal CCK secretion and suppresses ghrelin level, which translates into lowered sensations of hunger. Data from our Phase 2a clinical trials of ARD-101 in general obesity subjects and subjects who have refractory weight gain post-bariatric surgery have demonstrated reduction in hunger rating in the CoEQ and was well-tolerated in both clinical trials.
We plan to initiate a Phase 2 multi-arm clinical trial, which we refer to as the EMPOWER (Exploratory Multi-arm Prevention Of WEight Regain) trial, to explore the magnitude of ARD-201’s effect on a variety of parameters related to obesity and obesity-related conditions and how it can be complementary to current GLP-1 therapies.
19
Our Phase 2a Clinical Trials in General Obesity Subjects and Weight-Rebound Post-Bariatric Surgery Subjects
We have completed two clinical trials dosing 200 mg orally BID to evaluate ARD-101 as a single agent for hunger management in obesity and obesity-related conditions, including (1) a Phase 2a placebo-controlled clinical trial in general obese subjects (BMI of 30-45 kg/m2, with a stable body weight (± 5%) over the previous six months) and (2) a Phase 2a clinical trial in subjects with refractory weight gain post-bariatric surgery (obese adults with weight gain at least one year elapsed since bariatric surgery). These two clinical trials provided insights into the therapeutic potential of ARD-201, given that the combination has demonstrated a stronger effect compared to the single agent (ARD-101) in a preclinical setting. Summary findings from the trials are highlighted in Figures 24 and 25 below.
Figure 24: Summary Findings from Phase 2a Clinical Trials in General Obesity Subjects and Weight-Rebound Post-Bariatric Surgery Subjects
Figure 25: Improvement in Patients with Elevated Metabolic Parameters from Baseline to Day 28 (1)(2)
20
The Phase 2a clinical trial for general obese subjects was an exploratory trial to evaluate the impact of ARD-101 on hunger rather than to achieve weight loss in the enrolled subjects. Using the CoEQ, subjects treated with ARD-101 experienced a 2.51-fold greater reduction in hunger rating compared to those receiving placebo, with a p-value of 0.015. We saw a statistically significant reduction in the hunger-associated hormone, ghrelin, both after a single dose and after 28 days of dosing. We also noticed that without any protocol-specified diet restrictions or exercise requirements, ARD-101 was observed to have an approximately -1% mean placebo-adjusted weight loss at 28 days, without chronic or sustained nausea as often associated with GLP-1 receptor agonists. Given this observation, we believe ARD-201’s full potential remains to be discovered in future trials, and we are targeting potency through combination with a DPP-4 inhibitor, and without the constraints in the Phase 2a clinical trial design. Figure 26 below summarizes the AEs from the clinical trial.
Figure 26: Summary of AEs in ARD-101 in General Obesity Population
In the Phase 2a clinical trial of refractory weight gain post-bariatric surgery, after 28 days of dosing on ARD-101, 9 out of 11 subjects either lost or maintained weight during the dosing period, in contrast to the trend of weight-gain in the preceding 14-day run-in period. The magnitude of change as measured by CoEQ suggested benefit in subjects’ perceived hunger (see Figure 27 below), reflecting similar observations to the general obesity Phase 2a clinical trial. A summary of TEAEs in ARD-101 from the clinical trial is shown in Figure 28 below. This data is preliminary and unpublished.
Figure 27: CoEQ Questionnaire from Phase 2a Clinical Trial in Weight-Rebound Post-Bariatric Surgery Subjects
21
Figure 28: Summary of TEAEs in Phase 2a Clinical Trial in Weight-Rebound Post-Bariatric Surgery
Subjects Treated with ARD-101
Our Phase 2 EMPOWER (Exploratory Multi-arm Prevention Of WEight Regain) Trial for Prospective Weight Loss
Our planned potential Phase 2 EMPOWER trial is expected to be a multi-arm longitudinal study to evaluate ARD-201’s efficacy compared to and in combination with other agents, including GLP-1 receptor agonists, for obese subjects. We also expect to explore the potential ability of ARD-201 to abrogate the weight regain associated with withdrawal from GLP-1 receptor agonists. The design of the Phase 2 EMPOWER clinical trial is illustrated below in Figure 29.
Figure 29: EMPOWER Clinical Trial Design
As depicted above, this multi-arm trial is expected to have two 3-month treatment periods, Part A and Part B, followed by a safety follow-up period. In Part A, the initial treatment period, we expect the 4 cohorts of subjects to receive a treatment regimen for 3 months. Once subjects have completed Part A, they will transition to Part B of the trial, which we expect will aim to assess whether ARD-201 can prevent weight rebound post GLP-1 agonist administration and withdrawal. The data would be assessed at the conclusion of each of Part A and Part B. Throughout the trial, we anticipate requiring our subjects to partake in lifestyle management.
22
We expect the EMPOWER trial to evaluate the magnitude of weight loss and the impact on lean body mass that can be achieved with ARD-201 as a standalone treatment, in combination with GLP-1 receptor agonists, and compared to GLP-1 receptor agonists alone. The primary endpoint of Part A of the EMPOWER trial is expected to be change in body weight composition between the four arms from baseline and after three months of intervention. We anticipate that the primary endpoint for Part B will be the change in body weight measurements (BMI/weight) from the start of Part B and after three months of intervention. Secondary endpoints of the trial are expected to include change in waist circumference, change in weight, ghrelin and body composition (as measured by DEXA scans).
We intend to discuss with the FDA initiation of the Phase 2 EMPOWER trial without completing earlier clinical trials of ARD-201 in obesity and obesity-related conditions. We anticipate, subject to regulatory approval to proceed, initiating this trial in the second half of 2025, with topline data expected in the first half of 2026.
Our Other Programs
Beyond our lead product candidate, ARD-101, and our ARD-201 program, we are also developing other programs for the potential treatment of indications with high unmet need, including other indications mediated by TAS2R signaling.
We also have a clinical program in development not related to TAS2R that is a low-dose liquid extended release naltrexone formulation for the treatment of autism.
Competition
The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapid evolution of technologies, fierce competition and strong defense of intellectual property. While we believe that our platform and our knowledge, experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face competition from major pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies and public and private research institutions, among others.
If any of our product candidates are approved for the indications for which we expect to conduct clinical trials, we anticipate they will compete with the foregoing therapies and currently marketed drugs, as well as any drugs potentially in development. It is also possible that we will face competition from other pharmaceutical approaches as well as other types of therapies. The key competitive factors affecting the success of all our programs, if approved, are likely to be their potency, tolerability, convenience, price, level of generic competition and availability of reimbursement.
With respect to ARD-101, VYKAT XR from Soleno Therapeutics is the only approved treatment for hyperphagia in patients with PWS. Additionally we are aware of other late-stage development programs including one from Acadia Pharmaceuticals. We are also aware of a therapeutic candidate in late-stage development for the treatment of hyperphagia associated with HO from Rhythm Pharmaceuticals.
Our competitors for ARD-201 include a number of major pharmaceutical companies and independent biotechnology companies developing therapeutics for the treatment of obesity and related indications, including Eli Lilly, Novo Nordisk, Roche, Pfizer, AstraZeneca, Boehringer Ingelheim, Amgen, Zealand Pharma, Viking Therapeutics, Altimmune, Terns Pharmaceuticals, Merck and Structure Therapeutics.
Many of our current or potential competitors, either alone or with their collaboration partners, have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical studies, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and subject registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Mergers and acquisitions in the biopharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.
Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that have fewer or less severe side effects, are more potent, are more convenient, are less expensive or are sold more effectively than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other applicable regulatory authority approval for their product candidates more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. In addition, our ability to compete may be affected in many cases by insurers or other third-party payors seeking to encourage the use of generic products. There are generic products currently on the market for certain of the indications that we are pursuing and additional products are expected to become available on a generic basis over the coming years.
23
If our product candidates are approved, we expect that they will be priced at a significant premium over competitive generic products. Competitive products may make any products we develop obsolete or noncompetitive before we recover the expense of developing and commercializing our product candidates.
Manufacturing
We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities for the production of our product candidates and currently have no immediate plans to build our own clinical or commercial scale manufacturing capabilities. We currently engage with third-party contract manufacturing organizations (CMOs), for the manufacture of our product candidates. We rely on and expect to continue to engage third-party manufacturers for the production of both drug substance and finished drug product. We currently obtain our supplies from these manufacturers on a purchase order basis and do not have long-term supply arrangements in place. Should any of these manufacturers become unavailable to us for any reason, we believe that there are a number of potential replacements, although we may incur some delay in identifying and qualifying such replacements.
Sales and Marketing
We have not yet defined our sales, marketing or product distribution strategy for our product candidates because they are still in development. Our commercial strategy may include the use of strategic partners, distributors, a contract sales force or the establishment of our own commercial sales force. We plan to further evaluate these alternatives as we approach approval for our product candidates.
Intellectual Property
Intellectual property, including patents, trade secrets, trademarks and copyrights, is important to our business. Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary intellectual property protection for our product candidates, as well as for future product candidates and novel discoveries, product development technologies and know-how. Our commercial success also depends in part on our ability to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others and to prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights. Our policy is to develop and maintain protection of our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing applications for U.S. and foreign patents relating to our product candidates and their methods of use.
Our patent portfolio is built with a goal of establishing broad protection that generally includes, for the product candidates, claims directed to compositions of matter, pharmaceutical compositions or formulations, methods of manufacturing and methods of treatment. We are seeking and maintaining patent protection in the United States and key foreign jurisdictions where we intend to market our product candidates, if they are approved. As of March 12, 2025, our patent portfolio comprises 22 distinct patent application families protecting our technology relating to our product candidates and included 17 issued U.S. patents, 23 issued foreign patents (not including validated European patents in individual countries) and 72 pending patent applications, of which 21 are Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) or U.S. patent applications and the remainder are foreign.
We are developing our lead product candidate, ARD-101, for, among others, the treatment of hyperphagia associated with PWS. We have an issued patent for an oral formulation of the acetate salt, as well as several other salts, of denatonium. U.S. Patent No. 10,835,505 generally and specifically claims oral formulations of denatonium salts as products as well as methods for both effecting weight loss and treating adult-onset diabetes. U.S. Patent No. 10,835,505 is set to expire in 2038. Members of the same patent family have also been filed in Australia, Canada, China, Europe, Hong Kong, Japan and South Korea. We have obtained an orphan drug designation for the treatment of PWS. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a product as an orphan drug if, in relevant part, it is a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 in the United States. If ARD-101 receives the first marketing approval for the treatment of PWS, then it would be entitled to marketing exclusivity for seven years, which precludes the FDA from approving another marketing application for the same drug for the same use or indication for seven years after ARD-101’s marketing approval.
The patents and applications discussed in this paragraph are also related to ARD-101. We are pursuing patent applications directed to solid-state forms of denatonium acetate monohydrate, filed in the United States (U.S. Ser. No. 18/631,587), Australia, Canada, China, Europe, Taiwan and Japan. This family contains composition of matter claims and process claims and is expected to expire in 2042. We are also pursuing a patent application directed to treatment of pulmonary hypertension with certain denatonium salts, filed in the United States (U.S. Ser. No. 17/257,458), which contains use claims and is projected to expire in 2039 (use claims in the U.S. take the form of methods of treatment). In addition, we are pursuing a patent application directed to treatment of asthma with certain denatonium salts, filed in the United States (U.S. Ser. No. 17/256,212), which contains use claims and is projected to expire in 2039. We are also pursuing patent applications directed to treatment of certain inflammatory disorders with certain denatonium salts, filed in the United States (U.S. Ser. No. 17/845,399), Australia, Canada, China, Europe, Hong Kong, Japan and South Korea. This family contains use claims, and patents issuing from this family are projected to have expiration dates in 2039. We are also pursuing patent applications directed to treatment of fatty liver diseases with certain denatonium salts, filed in the United States (U.S.
24
Ser. No. 18/274,180), Australia, Canada, China, Europe, Hong Kong, Japan and South Korea. This family contains use claims, and patents issuing from this family are projected to have expiration dates in 2041. We are also pursuing a patent application directed to treatment of Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome or prevention of acute respiratory distress syndrome with certain denatonium salts, filed in the United States (U.S. Ser. No. 17/915,952), which contains use claims and is projected to have an expiration date in 2041. We are also pursuing patent applications directed to abuse-deterrent pharmaceutical compositions comprising a controlled pharmaceutical substance and a bitter agonist compound, filed in the United States (U.S. Ser. No. 18/924,880), Europe, Canada and Australia. This family contains product claims and is projected to expire in 2043. U.S. Patent No. 11,253,490, relating to treating or alleviating a symptom of cognitive impairment in a subject with a COVID-19 infection, contains use claims and is projected to expire in 2041.
Related to ARD-201, we are pursuing patent applications directed to combinations of certain denatonium salts and a DPP-4 inhibitor and treatment of obesity and certain related disorders, filed in the United States (U.S. Ser. No. 18/557,182), Australia, Canada, China, Europe, Hong Kong and Japan. This family contains product and use claims, and patents issuing from this family are projected to have expiration dates in 2041.
The term of individual patents in our portfolio depends upon the legal term of patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, including the United States, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing a non-provisional patent application. In the United States, the term of a patent may be eligible for patent term adjustment, which permits patent term restoration as compensation for delays incurred at the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the USPTO), during the patent prosecution process. In addition, for patents that cover an FDA-approved drug, the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 (the Hatch-Waxman Act) permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent. While the length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug is under regulatory review, patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, and only one patent per approved drug may be extended under the Hatch-Waxman Act. Similar provisions are available in Europe and other foreign jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug. In the future, if and when our products receive FDA approval, we expect to apply for patent term extensions on patents covering those products. We plan to seek any available patent term extension to any granted patents we may be granted in any jurisdiction where such extensions are available; however, there is no guarantee that the applicable authorities, including the FDA in the United States, will agree with our assessment of whether such extensions should be granted, and if granted, the length of such extensions.
We may also rely on trade secrets relating to our discovery programs and product candidates, and seek to protect and maintain the confidentiality of proprietary information to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection. It is our policy to require our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us, and for employees and consultants to enter into invention assignment agreements with us.
Governmental Regulations
U.S. Regulation
As a biopharmaceutical company that operates in the United States, we are subject to extensive regulation. Our product candidates will be required to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, including that production of our products must occur in registered facilities in compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practice requirements (cGMPs).
Government authorities in the United States (at the federal, state and local level) and in other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacturing, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, marketing and export and import of biopharmaceutical products such as those we are developing. Our product candidates must be approved by the FDA before they may be legally marketed in the United States and by the comparable foreign regulatory authority before they may be legally marketed in foreign countries. Generally, our activities in other countries will be subject to regulation that is similar in nature and scope as that imposed in the United States, although there can be important differences. Additionally, some significant aspects of regulation in Europe are addressed in a centralized way, but country-specific regulation remains essential in many respects. We, along with our CMOs, contract research organizations (CROs), and third-party vendors, will be required to satisfy these requirements in each of the countries in which we wish to conduct studies or seek approval of our product candidates. The process for obtaining regulatory marketing approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.
25
U.S. Drug Product Development
In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FDCA) and its implementing regulations and associated guidance. Drugs are also subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may result in delays to the conduct of a study, regulatory review and approval, or subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include, among other actions, the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, refusal to allow an applicant to proceed with clinical trials, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of untitled or warning letters, product recalls or withdrawals from the market, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement of profits or civil or criminal investigations or penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on Aardvark.
Our product candidates must be approved by the FDA through the NDA process before they may be legally marketed in the United States. The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:
The data required to support an NDA is generated in two development stages: preclinical and clinical. The preclinical development stage generally involves laboratory evaluations of drug chemistry, manufacturing and controls, as well as studies to evaluate toxicity in animals, which support subsequent clinical testing. The conduct of the preclinical studies must comply with federal regulations, including GLPs. The sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical studies together with manufacturing information, analytical data, clinical data (if available from studies conducted outside the United States pre-IND) or literature and a proposed clinical protocol, as well as other information, to the FDA as part of the IND. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational drug product to humans. The central focus of an IND submission is on the general investigational plan and the protocol(s) for human trials. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA raises concerns or questions regarding the proposed clinical trials and places the IND on full clinical hold or partial clinical hold within that 30-day time period. Under a full clinical hold, the IND sponsor must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. Under a partial clinical hold, there may be a delay or suspension of only part of the clinical work requested under the IND. Following issuance of a clinical hold or partial clinical hold, a clinical trial (or full clinical trial in the case of a partial clinical hold) may only resume after the FDA has notified the sponsor that the trial may proceed. The FDA will base that determination on information provided by the sponsor correcting the deficiencies previously cited or otherwise satisfying the FDA that the clinical trial can proceed. The FDA may also impose clinical holds on a drug product candidate at any time before or during clinical trials due to safety concerns, non-compliance or other issues affecting the integrity or utility of the trial.
Accordingly, we cannot be sure that submission of an IND will result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to begin, or that, once begun, issues will not arise that could cause the trial to be suspended or terminated.
26
The clinical stage of development generally involves the administration of the drug product candidate to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators, generally physicians not employed by or under the trial sponsor’s control, in accordance with GCPs, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria, and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety and assess efficacy. Each protocol, and any subsequent amendments to the protocol, must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND before a trial commences. Further, each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an IRB at or servicing each institution at which the clinical trial will be conducted. An IRB is charged with protecting the welfare and rights of trial participants and considers such items as whether the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the informed consent form that must be provided to each clinical trial subject or his or her legal representative and must monitor the clinical trial until completed. Additionally, some trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. This group provides authorization for whether or not a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access that only the group maintains to available data from the study. The FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk.
A sponsor may choose, but is not required, to conduct a foreign clinical trial under an IND. When a foreign clinical trial is conducted under an IND, all FDA IND requirements must be met unless waived. When the foreign clinical trial is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor must ensure that the study is conducted in accordance with GCP, including review and approval by an independent ethics committee (IEC) and informed consent from subjects. The GCP requirements are intended to help ensure the protection of human subjects enrolled in non-IND foreign clinical trials, as well as the quality and integrity of the resulting data. FDA must also be able to validate the data from the study through an on-site inspection if necessary. There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical trials and completed clinical trial results to public registries. Sponsors of certain clinical trials of FDA-regulated products are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information, which is made publicly available at www.clinicaltrials.gov.
Clinical trials are generally conducted in three sequential phases, known as Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3, and may overlap. Phase 1 clinical trials generally involve a small number of healthy volunteers who are initially exposed to a single dose and then multiple doses of the drug product candidate. The primary purpose of these clinical trials is to assess the metabolism, pharmacologic action, tolerability, adverse effects, dosage, distribution, excretion, safety of the drug product candidate and, if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness and to determine maximal dosage. Phase 2 clinical trials typically involve studies in disease-affected subjects to determine dosage tolerance and the optimal dose required to produce the desired benefits. At the same time, safety and further pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic information is collected, as well as identification of possible adverse effects and safety risks and preliminary evaluation of efficacy. Phase 3 clinical trials (also referred to as confirmatory trials, pivotal trials, registrational trials or adequate and well-controlled trials) generally involve large numbers of subjects at multiple sites, in multiple countries, and are designed to provide the data necessary to demonstrate the efficacy of the product for its intended use and its safety in use, and to establish the overall benefit/risk relationship of the product and provide an adequate basis for product approval. Phase 3 clinical trials may include comparisons with placebo and/or other comparator treatments. The duration of treatment is often extended to mimic the intended use of a product during marketing. Generally, two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials demonstrating that the statutory standard is met are required by the FDA for approval. In certain instances, FDA may condition approval of an NDA on the sponsor’s agreement to conduct additional clinical trials or preclinical studies (post-marketing commitments or post-marketing requirements) to further assess the drug’s safety and effectiveness after approval. Such post-approval trials are sometimes referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of subjects in the intended therapeutic indication and, in the case of drugs approved under Accelerated Approval, confirm clinical benefit seen with a surrogate endpoint using a long-term clinical outcome endpoint. Failure to exhibit due diligence with regard to conducting such Phase 4 clinical trials could result in withdrawal of approval for products or other consequences.
Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials, among other information, must be submitted at least annually to the FDA; written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators for Serious and Unexpected Suspected Adverse Reactions, findings from other studies suggesting a significant risk to humans exposed to the drug, findings from animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk for human subjects and any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. The FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. Additionally, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. This group provides authorization for whether or not a trial may move forward at prespecified intervals based on access to certain data from the trial and may halt the clinical trial if it determines that there is an unacceptable safety risk for subjects or other grounds, such as interim data suggesting a lack of efficacy. We may also suspend or terminate a clinical trial based on evolving business objectives and/or competitive climate.
27
Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug product candidate as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the drug product candidate and, among other things, must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality, purity and potency of the final product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested, and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the drug product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.
Combination Therapy
Combination therapy is a treatment modality that involves the use of two or more drugs to be used in combination to treat a disease or condition. If those drugs are combined in one dosage form, that is known as a fixed dose combination product and it is reviewed pursuant to the FDA’s Combination Rule at 21 CFR 300.50 (Combination Rule). The Combination Rule provides that two or more drugs may be combined in a single dosage form when each component contributes to the claimed effects and the dosage of each component (amount, frequency and duration) is such that the combination is safe and effective for a significant patient population requiring such concurrent therapy as defined in the labeling for the drug. Similar requirements may be imposed on us by comparable regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions.
The regulatory pathway for ARD-201, which will be a fixed-dose combination of ARD-101 and DPP-4 inhibitor, may differ from the pathway for our other product candidates in development. We have not yet discussed our ARD-201 program with the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities and therefore cannot be certain as to the requirements and processes that may be involved in the development of and seeking regulatory approval for this program, including the potential applicability of the Combination Rule.
FDA Review Process
Following completion of each clinical trial and trial phase, trial data are analyzed to assess safety and efficacy. The results of preclinical studies and clinical trials are then submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA, along with proposed labeling for the product and information about the manufacturing process and facilities that will be used to ensure product quality, results of analytical testing conducted on the chemistry of the product candidate and other relevant information. The NDA is a request for approval to market the drug for one or more specified indications, which is demonstrated by extensive non-clinical and clinical testing. The application may include both negative or ambiguous results of preclinical and clinical trials as well as positive findings. Data may come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and efficacy of a use of a product, or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by investigators, with appropriate rights of reference. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational product for the specified indication(s) to the satisfaction of the FDA. FDA approval of an NDA must be obtained before a drug may be marketed in the United States.
Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, as amended (PDUFA), each NDA must be accompanied by a significant user fee, which is adjusted on an annual basis. PDUFA also imposes an annual prescription drug product program fee. Fee waivers, reductions or exemptions are available in certain circumstances, including a waiver of the application fee for the first application filed by a small business (with fewer than 500 employees) and for applications seeking approval for orphan drugs.
Once an NDA is submitted, the FDA has 60 days to file the NDA, at which time the FDA begins its review process. Incomplete applications are subject to a Refuse-to-File decision. The FDA’s stated goal is to review NDAs within 10 months of the filing date for standard review or six months of the filing date for priority review. Products are eligible for priority review (a status assigned by the FDA at filing) if the application is for a product intended to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and the product, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness compared to any existing licensed products for the same intended use. The FDA has substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to file any application or not approve an NDA if the FDA determines that the data are insufficient for approval. The FDA may also require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies before it accepts the filing. Additionally, the review process is often significantly extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification.
After the NDA is accepted for filing, the FDA reviews the NDA to determine, among other things, whether the proposed product candidate is safe and effective for its intended use, and whether the product candidate is being manufactured in accordance with cGMP requirements. The FDA may refer applications for drug product candidates which present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions. The FDA conducts its own analysis of the clinical trial data, which could result in extensive discussions between the FDA and us during the review process. The review and evaluation of an NDA by the FDA is extensive and time-consuming and may take longer than originally planned to complete, and we may not receive a timely approval, if at all.
28
Before approving an NDA, the FDA will generally conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facilities for the new product to determine whether the facilities comply with cGMPs. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. In addition, before approving an NDA, the FDA may also audit data from clinical trials to ensure compliance with GCP requirements. After the FDA evaluates the application, manufacturing process and manufacturing facilities, it may issue an Approval Letter or a Complete Response Letter. An Approval Letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific prescribing information for specific indications and conditions of use. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete and the application will not be approved in its present form. A Complete Response Letter describes all deficiencies in the NDA identified by the FDA. Responding to a Complete Response Letter may require additional clinical data and/or an additional pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial(s), and/or other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, preclinical studies or manufacturing. If a Complete Response Letter is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the NDA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, withdraw the application, or engage in a dispute resolution proceeding or request a hearing. Even if additional data and information is submitted, the FDA may ultimately decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive, and the FDA may interpret data differently than we interpret the same data.
There is no assurance that the FDA will ultimately approve a product for marketing in the United States, and we may encounter significant difficulties or costs during the review process. If a product receives marketing approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific populations, severities of the condition being treated, and dosages, or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. Furthermore, the FDA may require that certain contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling or may condition the approval of the NDA on other changes to the proposed labeling, development of adequate controls and specifications, or a commitment or requirement to conduct post-market testing or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the effects of approved products. For example, the FDA may require Phase 4 trials designed to further assess the product’s safety and effectiveness and may require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the safety of approved products that have been commercialized, including long-term follow up for certain cellular products. The FDA may also place other conditions on approvals including the requirement for a REMS, to assure the safe use of the product. If the FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the NDA must submit a proposed REMS. The FDA will not approve the NDA without an approved REMS, if required. A REMS could include medication guides, physician communication plans, or elements to assure safe use (ETASU), such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. Any of these limitations on approval or marketing could restrict the commercial promotion, distribution, prescription or dispensing of products. Product approvals may be withdrawn for non-compliance with regulatory standards or based on the results of post-market studies or surveillance programs. Additionally, post-approval, many types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, changing manufacturing processes and adding labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval. Such post-approval requirements can be costly and time-consuming and can affect the potential market and profitability of the product.
Orphan Designation and Exclusivity
Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biological product intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making the product available in the United States for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product.
Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the identity of the product and its orphan designated use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.
If a product that has orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation, or if a subsequently designated product is determined to be clinically superior to the first such product on the basis of greater effectiveness or safety or providing a major contribution to patient care or in instances of drug supply issues, the sponsor will be entitled to orphan drug exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug or biologic for the same indication for seven years from the date of such approval, except in limited circumstances, such as a supply shortage. Competitors, however, may receive approval of either a different product for the same indication or the same product for a different indication but that could be used off-label in the orphan indication. Orphan drug exclusivity also could block the approval of one of our products for seven years if a competitor obtains approval before we do for the same product, as defined by the FDA, for the same indication we are seeking approval, or if our product is determined to be contained within the scope of the competitor’s product for the same indication or disease. If we pursue marketing approval for an indication broader than the orphan drug designation we have received, we may not be entitled to orphan drug exclusivity for the broader indication. Orphan drug status in the European Union has similar, but not identical, requirements and benefits.
29
In Catalyst Pharms., Inc. v. Becerra, 14 F.4th 1299 (11th Cir. 2021), the court disagreed with the FDA’s longstanding position that the orphan drug exclusivity only applies to the approved use or indication within the relevant orphan drug designation. This decision created uncertainty in the application of the orphan drug exclusivity. In January 2023, the FDA published a notice in the Federal Register to clarify that while the FDA complies with the court’s order in Catalyst, the FDA intends to continue to apply its longstanding interpretation of the regulations to matters outside of the scope of the Catalyst order – that is, the agency will continue tying the scope of orphan-drug exclusivity to the uses or indications for which a drug is approved, which permits other sponsors to obtain approval of a drug for new uses or indications within the same orphan designated disease or condition that have not yet been approved. It is unclear how future litigation, legislation, FDA decisions, and administrative actions will impact the scope of the orphan drug exclusivity.
Expedited Development and Review Programs
Fast-Track Designation and Accelerated Approval Pathway
The FDA has a fast track designation program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new drugs and biological products that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new drugs and biological products are eligible for fast track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and nonclinical or clinical data demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Fast track designation applies to the combination of the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor of a new drug or biologic may request the FDA to designate the drug or biologic as a fast track product concurrently with, or at any time after, submission of an IND, and the FDA must determine if the product qualifies for fast track designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor’s request. Under the fast track designation, the FDA may consider for review sections of the marketing application on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the application, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the application and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the application.
Any product submitted to the FDA in a marketing application, including a fast track designated product, may be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development and review, such as priority review and accelerated approval. Any product intended to treat a serious or life-threatening condition is eligible for priority review, or review within a six-month timeframe from the date a complete NDA is accepted for filing, if it has the potential to provide a significant improvement in safety and effectiveness compared to available therapies for the same intended use. The FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of an application for a new drug or biological product designated for priority review in an effort to facilitate the review.
Additionally, a product may be eligible for accelerated approval if it treats a serious or life-threatening condition and generally provides a meaningful advantage over available therapies and demonstrates an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality (IMM), that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on IMM or other clinical benefit. As a condition of approval, the FDA will require that a sponsor of a drug or biological product receiving accelerated approval perform a post-approval confirmatory study and, under the Food and Drug Omnibus Reform Act of 2022 (FDORA), the FDA is now permitted to require, as appropriate, that such trials be underway prior to approval or within a specific time period after the date of approval for a product approved under the accelerated approval pathway. FDA has issued draft guidance that proposes criteria it will evaluate to determine if a trial is underway, including whether enrollment in the trial has been initiated. Since the FDORA amendments, the FDA has increased authority for expedited procedures to withdraw approval of a drug or indication approved under accelerated approval if, for example, the confirmatory trial fails to verify the predicted clinical benefit of the product. In addition, the FDA currently requires as a condition for accelerated approval pre-approval review of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product. Fast track designation, priority review and accelerated approval do not change the standards for approval but may expedite the development or approval process.
Breakthrough Therapy Designation
A product can be designated as a Breakthrough Therapy if it is intended to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that it may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints. A sponsor may request that a drug product candidate be designated as a Breakthrough Therapy concurrently with, or at any time after, the submission of an IND, and the FDA must determine if the drug product candidate qualifies for Breakthrough Therapy designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor’s request. If so designated, the FDA shall act to expedite the development and review of the product’s marketing application, including by meeting with the sponsor throughout the product’s development, providing timely advice to the sponsor to ensure that the development program to gather preclinical and clinical data is as efficient as practicable, involving senior managers and experienced review staff in a cross-disciplinary review, assigning a cross-disciplinary project lead for the FDA review team to facilitate an efficient review of the development program and to serve as a scientific liaison between the review team and the sponsor, and taking steps to ensure that the design of the clinical trials is as efficient as practicable. Breakthrough Therapy designation does not change the standards for approval but may expedite the development or approval process.
30
Pediatric Trials
Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, a marketing application for a drug or biological product for a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen, or new route of administration must contain data to assess the safety and efficacy of the product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDCA requires that a sponsor submit an initial Pediatric Study Plan (PSP) within 60 days of an end-of-Phase 2 meeting or as may be agreed between the sponsor and the FDA. The initial PSP must include an outline of the pediatric study or studies that the sponsor plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, age groups, relevant endpoints and statistical approach, or a justification for not including such detailed information, and any request for a deferral of pediatric assessments or a full or partial waiver of the requirement to provide data from pediatric studies along with supporting information. The FDA and the sponsor must reach agreement on the PSP. A sponsor can submit amendments to an agreed-upon initial PSP at any time if changes to the pediatric plan need to be considered based on data collected from nonclinical studies, early phase clinical trials and/or other clinical development programs. The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the sponsor, grant deferrals for submission of data or full or partial waivers. Furthermore, with some exceptions, requirements under the Pediatric Research Equity Act generally do not apply to a drug for an indication for which orphan designation has been granted.
Post-Approval Requirements
Following approval of a new product, the manufacturer of the approved product is subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, monitoring and recordkeeping activities, reporting to the applicable regulatory authorities of adverse experiences with the product, providing the regulatory authorities with updated safety and efficacy information, product sampling, distribution, and tracking and tracing requirements and complying with promotion and advertising requirements, which include, among others, standards for direct-to-consumer advertising, restrictions on promoting products for uses or in patient populations that are not described in the product’s approved labeling (known as off-label use), limitations on industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and requirements for promotional activities involving the internet. Although physicians may prescribe legally available drugs and biologics for off-label uses, manufacturers may not market or promote such off-label uses.
Modifications or enhancements to the product or its labeling or manufacturing changes are often subject to the approval of the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, which may result in a lengthy review process and additional fees in certain cases. Prescription drug promotional materials must be submitted to the FDA in conjunction with their first use.
In the United States, once a product is approved, its manufacturer is subject to comprehensive and continuing regulation by the FDA. The FDA regulations require that products be manufactured in specific approved facilities and in accordance with cGMPs. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production of clinical and commercial quantities of our products in accordance with cGMP regulations. cGMP regulations require, among other things, quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation and the obligation to investigate and correct any deviations from cGMP. Manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved products are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP and other laws. Manufacturers are also subject to record requests from the FDA that demonstrate cGMP compliance through data and other information. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance and oversight. These regulations also impose certain organizational, procedural and documentation requirements with respect to manufacturing and quality assurance activities. NDA holders using contract manufacturers, laboratories, or packagers are responsible for the selection and monitoring of qualified firms, and, in certain circumstances, qualified suppliers to these firms. These firms and, where applicable, their suppliers are subject to inspections by the FDA at any time, and the discovery of violative conditions, including failure to conform to cGMP, could result in enforcement actions that interrupt the operation of any such facilities or the ability to distribute products manufactured, processed or tested by them. Discovery of problems with a product after approval may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer or holder of an approved NDA, including, among other things, recall or withdrawal of the product from the market.
The FDA also may require post-approval testing, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 testing, REMS and post-marketing surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product or place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the approved product. Discovery of previously unknown problems with a product or the failure to comply with applicable FDA requirements can have negative consequences, including adverse publicity, judicial or administrative enforcement, untitled or warning letters from the FDA, mandated corrective advertising or communications with doctors, and civil or criminal penalties, among others. Newly discovered or developed safety or effectiveness data may require changes to a product’s approved labeling, including the addition of new warnings and contraindications, and also may require the implementation of other risk management measures. Also, new government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or the FDA’s policies may change, which could delay or prevent regulatory approval of our products under development.
31
Other Regulatory Matters
Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities following product approval are also subject to regulation by numerous regulatory authorities in addition to the FDA, including, in the United States, the CMS, other Agencies of the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) (e.g., the Office of Inspector General and Office for Civil Rights), the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency and state and local governments. In the United States, sales, marketing and scientific/educational programs must also comply with federal and state fraud and abuse laws, data privacy and security laws, transparency laws and pricing and reimbursement requirements in connection with governmental payor programs, among others. The handling of any controlled substances must comply with the U.S. Controlled Substances Act and Controlled Substances Import and Export Act. Products must meet applicable child-resistant packaging requirements under the U.S. Poison Prevention Packaging Act. Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities are also potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.
The distribution of pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products.
The failure to comply with regulatory requirements subjects firms to possible legal or regulatory action. Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in criminal prosecution, fines or other penalties, injunctions, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of product approvals or refusal to allow a firm to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts. In addition, even if a firm complies with FDA and other requirements, new information regarding the safety or efficacy of a product could lead the FDA to modify or withdraw product approval. Prohibitions or restrictions on sales or withdrawal of future products marketed by us could materially affect our business in an adverse way.
Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (i) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (ii) additions or modifications to product labeling; (iii) the recall or discontinuation of our products; or (iv) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business.
505(b)(2) NDAs
The FDA is authorized to approve an alternative type of NDA under Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA. Section 505(b)(2) permits the filing of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference from the data owner. The applicant may rely upon the FDA’s findings of safety and efficacy for an approved product that acts as the “listed drug.” The FDA may also require 505(b)(2) applicants to perform additional studies or measurements to support the change from the listed drug. The FDA may then approve the new product for all, or some, of the conditions of use for which the branded reference drug has been approved, or for a new condition of use sought by the 505(b)(2) applicant.
Abbreviated New Drug Applications
The Hatch-Waxman amendments to the FDCA established a statutory procedure for submission and FDA review and approval of abbreviated new drug applications (ANDA) for generic versions of listed drugs. An ANDA is a comprehensive submission that contains, among other things, data and information pertaining to the active pharmaceutical ingredient, drug product formulation, specifications and stability of the generic drug, as well as analytical methods, manufacturing process validation data, and quality control procedures. Premarket applications for generic drugs are termed abbreviated because they generally do not include clinical data to demonstrate safety and effectiveness. However, a generic manufacturer is typically required to conduct bioequivalence studies of its test product against the listed drug. Bioequivalence is established when there is an absence of a significant difference in the rate and extent for absorption of the generic product and the reference listed drug. For some drugs, other means of demonstrating bioequivalence may be required by the FDA, especially where the rate or extent of absorption is difficult or impossible to measure. The FDA will approve an ANDA application if it finds that the generic product does not raise new questions of safety and effectiveness as compared to the reference listed drug. A product is not eligible for ANDA approval if the FDA determines that it is not bioequivalent to the reference listed drug if it is intended for a different use or if it is not subject to, and requires an approved suitability petition.
32
Hatch-Waxman Patent Certification and the 30-Month Stay
In seeking approval of an NDA or a supplement thereto, NDA sponsors are required to list with the FDA each patent with claims that cover the applicant’s product or an approved method of using the product. Upon approval, each of the patents listed by the NDA sponsor is published in the FDA’s Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the Orange Book. Upon submission of an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA, an applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the RLD in the Orange Book that:
Generally, the ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA cannot be approved until all listed patents have expired, except where the ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA applicant challenges a listed patent through the last type of certification, also known as a paragraph IV certification. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents or indicates that it is not seeking approval of a patented method of use, the ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA application will not be approved until all of the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired. If the ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA applicant has provided a paragraph IV certification the applicant must send notice of the paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the application has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the paragraph IV certification. If the paragraph IV certification is challenged by an NDA holder or the patent owner(s) asserts a patent challenge to the paragraph IV certification, the FDA may not approve that application until the earlier of 30 months from the receipt of the notice of the paragraph IV certification, the expiration of the patent, when the infringement case concerning each such patent was favorably decided in the applicant’s favor or settled, or such shorter or longer period as may be ordered by a court. This prohibition is generally referred to as the 30-month stay. In instances where an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA applicant files a paragraph IV certification, the NDA holder or patent owner(s) regularly take action to trigger the 30-month stay, recognizing that the related patent litigation may take many months or years to resolve. Thus, approval of an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA could be delayed for a significant period of time depending on the patent certification the applicant makes and the reference drug sponsor’s decision to initiate patent litigation. If the drug has new chemical entity (NCE) exclusivity and the ANDA is submitted four years after approval, the 30-month stay is extended so that it expires seven and a half years after approval of the innovator drug, unless the patent expires or there is a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant before then.
U.S. Patent Term Restoration and Marketing Exclusivity
Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of the FDA approval of our drug product candidates, some of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, commonly referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent restoration term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. However, patent term restoration cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. The patent term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA plus the time between the submission date of an NDA and the approval of that application, except that the review period is reduced by any time during which the applicant failed to exercise due diligence. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug is eligible for the extension and, among other requirements, the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent. The USPTO, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration. In the future, we may apply for restoration of patent term for our currently owned or licensed patents to add patent life beyond its current expiration date, depending on the expected length of the clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of the relevant NDA.
The Hatch-Waxman Amendments provide a period of five years of non-patent marketing exclusivity for the first approved drug containing an NCE as an active ingredient. An NCE is an active moiety that has not been approved by the FDA in any other NDA. An “active moiety” is defined as the molecule or ion responsible for the drug substance’s physiological or pharmacologic action. During the five-year exclusivity period, the FDA cannot accept for filing any ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA seeking approval of a product that contains the same active moiety, except that the FDA may accept such an application for filing after four years if the application includes a paragraph IV certification to a listed patent. In the case of such applications accepted for filing between four and five years after approval of the reference drug, the 30-month stay of approval triggered by a timely patent infringement lawsuit is extended by the amount of time necessary to extend the stay until 7-1/2 years after the approval of the reference drug NDA. If approved in the United States, as ARD-101 has not been previously approved in the United States for any indication, ARD-101 may be eligible for five years of NCE, which would run concurrently with its seven years of orphan drug exclusivity.
33
Although ARD-101’s active moiety has been available as a bittering agent, it has not ever previously been approved by the FDA in an NDA.
Pediatric exclusivity is another type of regulatory market exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing exclusivity periods and patent terms. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of the other exclusivity protection or patent term, may be granted based on the voluntary completion and submission of data from of a pediatric trial conducted in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a trial.
Pricing and Reimbursement
United States
Sales of our products will depend, in part, on the extent to which our products, if approved, will be covered and reimbursed by third-party payors, such as government health programs, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations. These third-party payors are increasingly reducing reimbursements for medical products and services. The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a drug product typically is separate from the process for setting the price of a drug product or for establishing the reimbursement rate that a payor will pay for the drug product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific drug products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the approved drugs for a particular indication.
In order to secure coverage and reimbursement for any drug product candidate that might be approved for sale, we may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the drug product candidate, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA or other comparable regulatory approvals. Whether or not we conduct such studies, our drug product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective. A third-party payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Third party reimbursement may not be sufficient to enable us to maintain price levels high enough to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development. In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new drug products are typically made by CMS, an agency within HHS. CMS decides whether and to what extent a new drug product will be covered and reimbursed under Medicare, and private payors tend to follow CMS to a substantial degree. However, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drug products exists among third-party payors and coverage and reimbursement levels for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor. Additionally, one third-party payor’s decision to cover a particular product or service does not ensure that other payors will also provide coverage for the product or service, and the level of coverage and reimbursement can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process will often require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately and can be a time-consuming process, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance.
The containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal and state governments, and the prices of drugs, including biologics, have been a focus in this effort. The U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. In many countries, the prices of drug products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. In general, the prices of drug products under such systems are substantially lower than in the United States. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for drug products, but monitor and control company profits. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for drug products may be reduced compared with the United States. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit our net revenue and results. The IRA, for example, includes provisions that impose new manufacturer financial liability on certain drugs under Medicare Part D, allowing the U.S. government to negotiate Medicare Part B and Part D price caps for certain high-cost drugs and biologics without generic or biosimilar competition. Orphan drugs are exempted from the Medicare drug price negotiation program, but as described in CMS guidance, this exemption will apply only to products that have no more than one rare disease designation and for which the only approved indication is for that disease or condition. Decreases in third-party reimbursement for our drug product candidate or a decision by a third-party payor to not cover our drug product candidate could reduce physician usage of the drug product candidate and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations and financial condition.
Outside of the United States, the pricing of pharmaceutical products is subject to governmental control in many countries. For example, in the European Union, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been approved. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost effectiveness of a particular therapy to currently available therapies or so-called health technology assessments, in order to obtain reimbursement or pricing approval. Other countries may allow companies to fix their own prices for products, but monitor and control product volumes and issue guidance to physicians to limit prescriptions. Efforts to control prices and utilization of pharmaceutical products will likely continue as countries attempt to manage healthcare expenditures.
34
Historically, products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the United States and generally prices tend to be significantly lower.
Other Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements
Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Our business operations in the United States and our current and future arrangements with clinical investigators, healthcare providers, consultants, third-party payors and patients may expose us to broadly applicable federal and state fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute any drugs for which we obtain marketing approval. In the United States, these laws include: the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the False Claims Act, and the HIPAA.
The Anti-Kickback Statute makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, that is intended to induce or reward referrals, including the purchase, recommendation, order or prescription of a particular drug, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Violations of this law are punishable by imprisonment, criminal fines, administrative civil money penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. Moreover, the ACA provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act. The Anti-Kickback Statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on the one hand and prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers on the other. There are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution.
Although we would not submit claims directly to payors, drug manufacturers can be held liable under the federal civil False Claims Act, which imposes civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities (including manufacturers) for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented to federal programs (including Medicare and Medicaid) claims for items or services, including drugs, that are false or fraudulent, claims for items or services not provided as claimed, or claims for medically unnecessary items or services. Penalties for a False Claims Act violation include three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties for each separate false claim, the potential for exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, and although the federal False Claims Act is a civil statute, conduct that results in a False Claims Act violation may also implicate various federal criminal statutes. The government may deem manufacturers to have “caused” the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. Claims which include items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute are false or fraudulent claims for purposes of the False Claims Act. The federal False Claims Act also permits a private individual acting as a “whistleblower” to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging violations of the federal False Claims Act and to share in any monetary recovery. Our future marketing and activities relating to the reporting of wholesaler or estimated retail prices for our products, if approved, the reporting of prices used to calculate Medicaid rebate information and other information affecting federal, state and third-party reimbursement for our products and the sale and marketing of our product candidates, are subject to scrutiny under this law.
The civil monetary penalties statute imposes penalties against any person or entity that, among other things, is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to a federal health program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent.
Additionally, we may be subject to data privacy and security regulations by both the federal government and states in which we conduct our business. For example, HIPAA created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud or to obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations or promises, any money or property owned by, or under the control or custody of, any healthcare benefit program, including private third party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by trick, scheme or device, a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Like the federal Anti-Kickback Statute a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.
HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and its implementing regulations, mandates, among other things, the adoption of uniform standards for the electronic exchange of information in common healthcare transactions, as well as standards relating to the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information, which require the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information.
35
Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAA’s security standards directly applicable to business associates, defined as independent contractors or agents of covered entities, which include certain health care providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, that create, receive or obtain protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities and business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney’s fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, certain state laws govern the privacy and security of health information and other personal data in certain circumstances, some of which are more stringent or otherwise different than HIPAA and many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts. Failure to comply with these laws, where applicable, can result in the imposition of significant civil and criminal penalties.
Further, the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act (the Sunshine Act) within the ACA, and its implementing regulations, require that certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biological and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) report annually to CMS information related to certain payments or other transfers of value made or distributed to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors), certain other licensed health care practitioners and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by the physicians described above and their immediate family members. In addition, many states also govern the reporting of payments or other transfers of value, many of which differ from each other in significant ways, are often not pre-empted, and may have a more prohibitive effect than the Sunshine Act, thus further complicating compliance efforts.
We may become subject to federal government price reporting laws, which would require us to calculate and report complex pricing metrics in an accurate and timely manner to government programs, as well as federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers.
Similar federal, state and foreign fraud and abuse laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services. Such laws are generally broad and are enforced by various state agencies and private actions. Also, many states have similar fraud and abuse statutes or regulations that may be broader in scope and may apply regardless of payor, in addition to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs. Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant federal government compliance guidance, and require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures.
In order to distribute products commercially, we must comply with federal and state laws relating to drug supply chain traceability, including those that require the registration of manufacturers and wholesale distributors of drug and biological products in a state, including, in certain states, manufacturers and distributors who ship products into the state even if such manufacturers or distributors have no place of business within the state. Federal laws require the implementation of systems to provide, capture, and maintain information about transactions involving drug products distributed within the United States and the trading partners who engaged in such transactions. Several states have enacted legislation requiring pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to establish marketing compliance programs, file periodic reports with the state, make periodic public disclosures on sales, marketing, pricing, clinical trials and other activities and/or register their sales representatives, as well as to prohibit pharmacies and other healthcare entities from providing certain physician prescribing data to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for use in sales and marketing, and to prohibit certain other sales and marketing practices. All of our activities are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.
The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Federal and state enforcement bodies regularly scrutinize interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future law. If our operations are found to be in violation of any applicable laws, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, individual imprisonment, exclusion of products from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs. Ensuring business arrangements comply with applicable laws, as well as responding to possible investigations by government authorities can be time-and resource-consuming, and can divert a company’s attention from the business.
36
Current and Future Legislation
In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and likely will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system directed at broadening the availability of healthcare, improving the quality of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare.
For example, in 2010, the ACA was enacted in the United States. The ACA includes measures that have significantly changed, and are expected to continue to significantly change, the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among the provisions of the ACA of greatest importance to the pharmaceutical industry are that the ACA:
Since its enactment, there have been executive, judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. For example, in June 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court held that Texas and other challengers had no legal standing to challenge the ACA, dismissing the case on procedural grounds without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA. Thus, while the ACA remains in effect in its current form, it is possible that the ACA will be subject to judicial or Congressional challenges in the future.
Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted:
In addition, there has been increasing legislative and enforcement interest in the United States with respect to specialty drug pricing practices. Specifically, there have been several recent U.S. Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient assistance programs and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drugs. Previous administrations have issued multiple executive orders seeking to reduce prescription drug costs, and the current Trump administration has signaled that lowering the cost of prescription drugs is a top priority.
37
The IRA includes several provisions that may impact our business to varying degrees, including provisions that reduce the out-of-pocket spending cap for Medicare Part D beneficiaries from $7,050 to $2,000 starting in 2025, thereby effectively eliminating the coverage gap; impose new manufacturer financial liability on certain drugs under Medicare Part D, allowing the U.S. government to negotiate Medicare Part B and Part D price caps for certain high-cost drugs and biologics without generic or biosimilar competition; require companies to pay rebates to Medicare for certain drug prices that increase faster than inflation; and delay until January 1, 2032 the implementation of the HHS rebate rule that would have limited the fees that pharmacy benefit managers can charge. Various industry stakeholders, including pharmaceutical companies, have lawsuits pending against the federal government asserting that the price negotiation provisions of the IRA are unconstitutional. HHS has generally won the substantive disputes in these cases, but certain of these cases are now on appeal. Further, under the IRA, orphan drugs are exempted from the Medicare drug price negotiation program, but as described in CMS guidance, this exemption will apply only to products that have no more than one rare disease designation and for which the only approved indication is for that disease or condition. If a product receives multiple rare disease designations or has multiple approved indications, it may not qualify for the orphan drug exemption. While there had been some questions about the Trump Administration’s position on the program for negotiating Medicare drug prices, CMS issued a public statement on January 29, 2025, declaring that lowering the cost of prescription drugs is a top priority of the new administration and CMS is committed to considering opportunities to bring greater transparency in the negotiation program. The effects of the IRA on our business is not yet known.
Individual states in the United States have also become increasingly active in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain drug access, marketing cost disclosure, transparency measures and other measures designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. In January 2024, the FDA authorized Florida’s Agency for Health Care Administration’s drug importation program, which is the first step toward Florida facilitating importation of certain prescription drugs from Canada. Authorization of other state programs may follow as other states have submitted importation program proposals. Legally mandated price controls on payment amounts by third-party payors or other restrictions could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other healthcare programs. This could reduce the ultimate demand for our drugs or put pressure on our drug pricing, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We cannot predict what healthcare reform initiatives may be adopted in the future. Further federal, state and foreign legislative and regulatory developments are likely, and we expect ongoing initiatives to increase pressure on drug pricing. Such reforms could have an adverse effect on anticipated revenues from product candidates and may affect our overall financial condition and ability to develop product candidates.
The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act
The FCPA prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.
Additional Regulation
In addition to the foregoing, state and federal laws regarding environmental protection and hazardous substances, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Resource Conservancy and Recovery Act and the Toxic Substances Control Act, affect our business. These and other laws govern our use, handling and disposal of various biological, chemical and radioactive substances used in, and wastes generated by, our operations. If our operations result in contamination of the environment or expose individuals to hazardous substances, we could be liable for damages and governmental fines. We believe that we are in material compliance with applicable environmental laws and that continued compliance therewith will not have a material adverse effect on our business. We cannot predict, however, how changes in these laws may affect our future operations.
Europe / Rest of World Government Regulation
In addition to regulations in the United States, we may be subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions that we may in the future select, which may govern, among other things, clinical trials and any commercial sales and distribution of our products. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval of a product, we would need to obtain the requisite approvals from regulatory authorities in foreign countries prior to the commencement of clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. Certain countries outside of the United States have a similar process that requires the submission of a clinical trial application much like the IND prior to the commencement of human clinical trials.
38
In the EU, for example, a clinical trial application must be submitted to each country’s national health authority and an independent ethics committee, much like the FDA and IRB, respectively. Once the clinical trial application is approved in accordance with a country’s requirements, clinical trial development may proceed.
To obtain a marketing authorization for a product in the EU, an applicant must submit an MAA either under a centralized procedure administered by the European Medicines Agency (EMA) or one of the procedures administered by competent authorities in the EU Member States (decentralized procedure or mutual recognition procedure) for obtaining a marketing authorization in multiple EU Member States. A marketing authorization may be granted only to an applicant established in the European Economic Area (EEA) (which is comprised of the EU Member States plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein).
European Union General Data Protection Regulation
In addition to EU regulations related to the approval and commercialization of our products, we may be subject to the GDPR. The GDPR imposes stringent requirements for controllers and processors of personal data of persons in the EU, including, for example, more robust disclosures to individuals and a strengthened individual data rights regime, shortened timelines for data breach notifications, limitations on retention of information, increased requirements pertaining to special categories of data, such as health data and additional obligations when we contract with third-party processors in connection with the processing of the personal data. The GDPR also imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data out of the European Union to the United States and other third countries. In addition, the GDPR provides that EU member states may make their own further laws and regulations limiting the processing of personal data, including genetic, biometric or health data.
The GDPR applies extraterritorially, and we may be subject to the GDPR because of our data processing activities that involve the personal data of individuals located in the European Union, such as in connection with our EU clinical trials. Failure to comply with the requirements of the GDPR and the applicable national data protection laws of the EU member states may result in fines of up to €20,000,000 or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, and other administrative penalties. GDPR regulations may impose additional responsibility and liability in relation to the personal data that we process, and we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms to ensure compliance with the new data protection rules.
Employees and Human Capital Resources
As of February 28, 2025, we had 22 employees, all of whom were full-time. Of those, 17 were engaged in research and development activities. All of our employees are located in the United States. We do not have any employees that are represented by a labor union or covered under a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.
Our future success depends on our ability to attract, develop and retain key personnel, maintain our culture and ensure diversity and inclusion in our board of directors, management and broader workforce. Our human resources objectives include, among other things, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and prospective employees. The principal purposes of our equity incentive plans are to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards. As these areas directly impact our ability to compete and innovate, they are key focus areas for our board of directors and senior executives.
Corporate and Other Information
We were incorporated in Delaware on May 17, 2017. Our principal executive offices are located at 4370 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 1050, San Diego, CA 92122 and our telephone number is 858-225-7696. We have one wholly-owned subsidiary, Artisan Therapeutics, Inc., incorporated in Delaware in October 2024. Our website address is https://aardvarktherapeutics.com. Our investor relations website is located at https://ir.aardvarktherapeutics.com. We make available free of charge on our investor relations website under “Financials—SEC Filings” our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, our directors’ and officers’ Section 16 reports and any amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after filing or furnishing such materials to the SEC. They are also available for free on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
We use our investor relations website as a means of disclosing material non-public information and for complying with our disclosure obligations under Regulation FD. Investors should monitor such website, in addition to following our press releases, SEC filings and public conference calls and webcasts. Information relating to our corporate governance is also included on our investor relations website. The information in or accessible through the SEC and our website are not incorporated into, and are not considered part of, this filing, and inclusions of our website address in this Annual Report are inactive textual references only.
39
The Aardvark Therapeutics design logo, “Aardvark Therapeutics,” and our other registered or common law trademarks, service marks or tradenames appearing in this Annual Report are our property. Solely for convenience, our trademarks, tradenames and service marks referred to in this Annual Report appear without the ®, TM, and SM symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to these trademarks, tradenames and service marks. This Annual Report contains additional trademarks, tradenames and service marks of other companies that are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trademarks, tradenames or service marks to imply relationships with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. In deciding whether to invest, you should carefully consider and read the following risk factors, as well as the financial and other information contained in this Annual Report, including in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, of this Annual Report and in our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects and cause the value of our common stock to decline, which could cause you to lose all or part of your investment. The risks described below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties of which we are unaware, or that we currently deem immaterial also may become important factors that affect us.
Risk Factor Summary
Below is a summary of material factors that make an investment in our securities speculative or risky. Importantly, this summary does not address all of the risks that we face. Additional discussion of the risks and uncertainties summarized in this risk factor summary, as well as other risks that we face, follows this summary. This summary is qualified in its entirety by that more complete discussion of such risks and uncertainties:
40
Risks Related to Our Limited Operating History, Financial Condition and Capital Requirements
We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history and no products approved for commercial sale, which may make it difficult for an investor to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.
Biopharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history, which may make it difficult to evaluate the success of our business to date and assess our future viability. Since our inception in 2017, we have focused primarily on organizing and staffing our company, business planning, establishing our intellectual property portfolio, raising capital, identifying and developing our product candidates, conducting preclinical studies and, more recently, clinical trials, and providing general and administrative support for these operations. To date, we have not yet demonstrated our ability to successfully obtain regulatory approvals, manufacture a product on a commercial scale, or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful commercialization. Our approach to the discovery and development of product candidates is unproven, and we do not know whether we will be able to develop any products of commercial value. Consequently, any predictions made about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history or a history of successfully developing and commercializing products.
We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known or unknown factors in achieving our business objectives. We may also need to transition from a company with a research focus to a company capable of supporting commercial activities. Our inability to adequately address these risks and difficulties or successfully make such a transition could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
We have incurred significant losses since our inception and expect to incur losses over the next several years and may never achieve or maintain profitability.
We have no products approved for commercial sale and have not generated any revenue to date, and we continue to incur significant research and development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations. As a result, we are not profitable and have incurred significant losses since our inception and expect to continue to incur significant and increasing operating losses for at least the next several years. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we reported a net loss of $20.6 million and $7.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, we had an accumulated deficit of $58.3 million. Substantially all of our losses have resulted from expenses incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations. ARD-101 and ARD-201 will require substantial additional development time and resources before we would be able to apply for or receive marketing approvals and begin generating revenue from product sales. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and we anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially as we:
41
Even if we succeed in developing and obtaining marketing approval for one or more product candidates, we may never generate revenue that is significant enough to achieve profitability. If we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis and we will continue to incur substantial research, development and other expenditures to develop and market additional product candidates. If we fail to become and remain profitable, it would depress the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our development efforts, obtain product approvals, diversify our offerings or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.
We will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals, and a failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development programs, commercialization efforts or other operations.
The development of biopharmaceutical product candidates is capital-intensive. We expect our expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing and planned activities, particularly as we conduct our ongoing and planned preclinical studies and clinical trials of ARD-101 and ARD-201 and our other product candidates and programs, and any future product candidates we may develop. Our expenses will increase substantially if our product candidates successfully complete early clinical and other studies, and also could increase beyond expectations if the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities require us to perform studies in addition to those that we currently anticipate. Because the outcome of any clinical trial or preclinical study is highly uncertain, we cannot reasonably estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Furthermore, if we obtain marketing approval for our product candidates, we expect to incur significant expenses related to manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or any future commercialization efforts.
As of December 31, 2024, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of approximately $73.7 million. Based on our current operating plan, we believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, together with the net proceeds from our IPO of approximately $87.5 million, will be sufficient to fund our projected operations into 2027. We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Our operating plan may change as a result of many factors currently unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned, through equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, including potential grants, collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. Even if we believe we have sufficient capital for our current or future operating plans, we may seek additional capital if market conditions are favorable or if we have specific strategic considerations. Such financing may result in dilution to our stockholders, imposition of burdensome debt covenants and repayment obligations, or other restrictions that may affect our business.
Our future capital requirements depend on many factors, including:
42
Any additional capital raising efforts may divert our management from their day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop and, if approved, commercialize our current and any future product candidates. Additional funding may not be available when we need them, on acceptable terms, or at all. If the equity and credit markets deteriorate, it may make any necessary debt or equity financing more difficult, more costly or more dilutive. If adequate funds are not available to us on a timely basis or on terms we believe are acceptable, we may be required to:
We also could be required to seek funds through arrangements with collaborators or others that may require us to relinquish rights to some of our technologies or product candidates that we would otherwise pursue on our own. To date, we have primarily financed our operations through the sale of equity securities. We will be required to seek additional funding in the future and currently intend to do so through public or private equity offerings or debt financings, credit or loan facilities, collaborations or a combination of one or more of these funding sources. Our ability to raise additional funds will depend on financial, economic and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. If additional funding is not available when we need it or on acceptable terms, our ability to grow and support our business and to respond to market challenges could be significantly limited, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.
Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial revenue, we may finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, including potential grants, collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. We do not currently have any other committed external source of funds. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible equity or debt securities, our stockholders will suffer dilution and the terms of any financing may adversely affect the rights of our stockholders. In addition, as a condition to providing additional funds to us, future investors may demand, and may be granted, rights superior to those of existing stockholders.
43
Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may be required to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or product candidates, grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us or commit to future payment streams.
Risks Related to the Research, Development and Approval of Our Product Candidates
Our business is heavily dependent on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of our lead product candidate, ARD-101.
We currently have no products that are approved for commercial sale. Our lead product candidate, ARD-101, is an oral gut-restricted small-molecule agonist of certain TAS2Rs expressed in the gut lumen for which we have initiated a Phase 3 clinical trial for hyperphagia associated with PWS. We also intend to evaluate ARD-101 in a Phase 2 clinical trial for hyperphagia associated with HO. While we also have a clinical-stage program, ARD-201, for which we intend to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial, we have not yet determined the formulation of ARD-201. The success of our business, including our ability to finance our company and generate revenue in the future, will primarily depend on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of our lead product candidate. We cannot be certain that ARD-101 or any future product candidates will receive regulatory approval or be successfully commercialized even if we receive regulatory approval.
We have not previously submitted an NDA to the FDA or any similar approval filing to a comparable foreign regulatory authority, for any product candidate. An NDA or other relevant regulatory filing must include extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to establish that the product candidate is safe and effective for each desired indication. The NDA or other relevant regulatory filing must also include significant information regarding the chemistry, manufacturing and controls for the product. It may also necessitate a successful regulatory inspection of manufacturing facilities and/or clinical sites. We cannot be certain that our current or future product candidates will be successful in clinical trials. Further, even if they are successful in clinical trials, our current or future product candidates may not receive regulatory approval. If we do not receive regulatory approvals for current or future product candidates, we may not be able to continue our operations. Even if we successfully obtain regulatory approval to market a product candidate, our revenue will depend, in part, upon the size of the markets in the territories for which we gain regulatory approval and have commercial rights, as well as the availability of competitive products, whether there is sufficient third-party reimbursement and adoption by physicians.
We plan to seek regulatory approval to commercialize our product candidates both in the United States and in select foreign countries. While the scope of regulatory approval generally is similar in other countries, in order to obtain separate regulatory approval in other countries, we must comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of such countries regarding safety and efficacy. Other countries also have their own regulations governing, among other things, clinical trials and commercial sales, as well as pricing and distribution of drugs, and we may be required to expend significant resources to obtain regulatory approval and to comply with ongoing regulations in these jurisdictions.
Before we can generate any revenue from sales of our lead product candidate, ARD-101, or any future product candidates, we must undergo additional preclinical and clinical development, regulatory review and approval in one or more jurisdictions. In addition, if one or more of our product candidates are approved, we must ensure access to sufficient commercial manufacturing capacity and conduct significant marketing efforts in connection with any commercial launch. These efforts will require substantial investment, and we may not have the financial resources to continue development of our product candidates. Our ability to generate product revenues, which we do not expect will occur for many years, if ever, will depend heavily on the successful development and eventual commercialization of our product candidates. The success of our product candidates will depend on several factors, including the following:
44
These factors, many of which are beyond our control, could cause us to experience significant delays or an inability to obtain regulatory approvals or commercialize our product candidates. Even if regulatory approvals are obtained, we may never be able to successfully commercialize any of our product candidates. Accordingly, we cannot provide assurances that we will be able to generate sufficient revenue through the sale of our product candidates or any future product candidates, if approved, to continue our business or achieve profitability.
45
The regulatory approval processes of the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities are lengthy, time-consuming and inherently unpredictable. If we are not able to obtain required regulatory approval for our product candidates, our business will be substantially harmed.
The time required to obtain approval or other marketing authorizations by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities is unpredictable, and it typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of the regulatory authorities. In addition, policies, regulations, and the type and amount of clinical data that the regulatory authority views as necessary for approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions. We have not obtained regulatory approval for any product candidate, and it is possible that we may never obtain regulatory approval for any product candidate we may seek to develop in the future. Neither we nor any current or future collaborator is permitted to market any product candidate in the United States until the product candidate receives regulatory approval from the FDA.
Prior to obtaining approval to commercialize any product candidate in the United States or abroad, we must demonstrate with sufficient evidence from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials, and to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, that such product candidates are safe and effective for their intended uses. Results from preclinical studies and clinical trials can be interpreted in different ways. Even if we believe the preclinical or clinical data for our product candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Our approach is designed to target biological pathways associated with alleviating hunger, specifically by developing selective compounds targeting TAS2Rs, is unproven and may not result in marketable products. Although multiple studies are currently underway, to date, this mechanism has not been definitively proven to successfully treat hunger-associated conditions. Targeting TAS2Rs is a novel approach in a rapidly developing field, and there can be no assurance that we will not experience currently unknown problems or delays in developing our product candidates, that such problems or delays will not result in unanticipated costs, or that any such development problems can be solved. In addition, the regulatory pathway for ARD-201, which will be a fixed-dose combination of ARD-101 and DPP-4 inhibitor, may differ from the pathway for our other product candidates in development. We have not yet discussed our ARD-201 program with the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities and therefore cannot be certain as to the requirements and processes that may be involved in the development of and seeking regulatory approval for this program. The FDA may also require us to conduct additional preclinical studies, clinical trials or other studies for our product candidates either prior to or after approval, or it may object to elements of our clinical development programs.
Of the large number of products in development globally, only a small percentage successfully complete the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory approval processes and are commercialized. The lengthy approval and marketing authorization process as well as the unpredictability of future clinical trial results may result in our failing to obtain regulatory approval and marketing authorization to market our product candidates, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We have invested a significant portion of our time and financial resources in the development of our clinical and preclinical product candidates. Our business is dependent on our ability to successfully complete preclinical and clinical development of, obtain regulatory approval for, and, if approved, successfully commercialize, our current and future product candidates in a timely manner.
Even if we eventually complete clinical testing and receive approval or other marketing authorization from the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority, the FDA or the comparable foreign regulatory authority may grant approval or other marketing authorization contingent on the performance of costly additional clinical trials, including post-marketing clinical trials. The FDA or the comparable foreign regulatory authority also may approve or authorize for marketing a product candidate for a more limited indication or patient population than we originally propose, and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may not approve or authorize the labeling that we believe is necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of a product candidate. Any delay in obtaining, or inability to obtain, applicable regulatory approval or other marketing authorization would delay or prevent commercialization of that product candidate and would materially and adversely impact our business and prospects.
In addition, the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities may change their policies, issue additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions, which may prevent or delay approval of our future products under development on a timely basis. With the change in presidential administrations in 2025, there is substantial uncertainty as to how, if at all, the new administration will seek to modify or revise the requirements and policies of the FDA and other regulatory agencies with jurisdiction over our product candidates. The impending uncertainty could present new challenges or potential opportunities as we navigate the clinical development and approval process for our product candidates. Such policy or regulatory changes through, for example, executive orders or legislation could impose additional requirements upon us that could delay our ability to obtain approvals, increase the costs of compliance or restrict our ability to maintain any marketing authorizations we may have obtained.
46
Preclinical and clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with uncertain timelines and outcomes, and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial results. If development of our product candidates is unsuccessful or delayed, we may be unable to obtain required regulatory approvals and we may be unable to commercialize our product candidates on a timely basis, if at all.
ARD-101 and ARD-201 are still in clinical development and their risk of failure is high. To obtain the requisite regulatory approvals to commercialize any product candidates, we must demonstrate through extensive preclinical studies and lengthy, complex and expensive clinical trials that our product candidates are safe and effective in humans for the indications for which we intend to commercialize our product candidates. Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure or delay can occur at any time during the preclinical or clinical trial process. Success in preclinical testing and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will generate the same results or otherwise provide adequate data to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of a product candidate. Preclinical tests and Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials are primarily designed to test safety, to study pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics and to understand the side effects of product candidates at various doses and regimens. Success in preclinical studies and early or Phase 2 clinical trials does not ensure that later large-scale efficacy trials will be successful nor does it predict final results. Our product candidates may fail to show the required safety and effectiveness through clinical trials despite positive results in preclinical studies or having successfully advanced through initial clinical trials, particularly because we are targeting novel pathways that have not yet been tested in later-stage clinical trials.
A number of companies in the pharmaceutical industry, including biotechnology companies, have suffered significant setbacks in clinical trials, even after promising results in earlier non-clinical or clinical trials. These setbacks have been caused by, among other things, non-clinical findings made while clinical trials were underway and safety or efficacy observations made in clinical trials, including previously unreported adverse events. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and effectiveness traits despite having progressed through preclinical and earlier phase clinical trials. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many sponsors that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval of their products. Notwithstanding any potential promising results in earlier studies, we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. Even if our clinical trials are completed, the results may not be sufficient to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates.
We may incur additional costs and experience delays in ongoing clinical trials for our product candidates, and we do not know whether future clinical trials, if any, will begin on time, need to be redesigned, enroll an adequate number of subjects on time or be completed on schedule, if at all. We may experience numerous unforeseen events during or as a result of clinical trials that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or commercialize our product candidates, including:
47
We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs representing the institutions at which such trials are being conducted, by a data monitoring committee for such trial or by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Such authorities may suspend or terminate a clinical trial due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate candidate product benefit, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial.
Moreover, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive compensation in connection with such services. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to report some of these relationships to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may conclude that a financial relationship between us and a principal investigator has created a conflict of interest or otherwise affected the interpretation of the trial. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may therefore question the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site(s) and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized. This could result in a delay in approval, refusal to accept or rejection, of our marketing applications by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority, as the case may be, and may ultimately lead to the denial of marketing approval of our product candidates.
If we experience delays in the completion of any clinical trial of our product candidates or terminate any such clinical trial, the commercial prospects of our product candidates may be harmed, and our ability to generate drug revenues from any of these product candidates will be delayed or not realized at all. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues. Any of these occurrences may adversely affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates.
Certain disorders we seek to treat, such as PWS, have low prevalence and it may be difficult to identify and enroll patients with these disorders. If we encounter difficulties or delays enrolling subjects in our clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.
We may not be able to initiate or continue our planned clinical trials for our product candidates if we are unable to identify and enroll a sufficient number of eligible subjects to participate in these trials. For example, we are developing ARD-101 for the treatment of hyperphagia associated with PWS and for the treatment of other rare obesity-associated disorders, initially hyperphagia associated with HO. Both PWS and HO are rare diseases with limited patient pools from which to draw. In particular, eligible patients for enrollment in our clinical trials for hyperphagia associated with HO must meet specific criteria, including craniopharyngioma previously treated with surgery or radiation and having experienced a specified minimum threshold of weight-gain. Subject enrollment, a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials, is affected by many factors including the size and nature of the patient population, the proximity of subjects to clinical sites, the eligibility criteria for the clinical trial, the design of the clinical trial, competing clinical trials and clinicians’ and subjects’ perceptions as to the potential advantages of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available products, including any approved or new drugs that may be approved for the indications we are investigating.
The timely completion of any clinical trial in accordance with its protocol depends, among other things, on our ability to enroll a sufficient number of subjects who remain in the study until its conclusion. We may experience difficulties in subject enrollment in our clinical trials for a variety of reasons. The enrollment of subjects depends on many factors, including:
48
Our Phase 3 HERO trial, in which we will evaluate the effect of ARD-101 on hyperphagia-related behavior in PWS, is currently limited to subjects 13 years of age and older. In the future, we may seek to gain regulatory approval to include subjects that are younger than 13 years of age in our Phase 3 HERO trial or other clinical trials. However, certain factors may preclude us from receiving regulatory approval to treat younger pediatric subjects, including potential disagreements regarding appropriate dose and dose escalation, product presentation for possibly lower doses, validity of patient-reported outcomes in younger, actively growing patients, and avoiding inappropriate hunger suppression in these growing individuals. We can neither predict if the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities will approve the use of our product candidates or programs in younger pediatric subjects, nor provide an estimate for the timing of such approval, if any. Furthermore, if the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities do not approve the use of our product candidates or programs in this population, such product candidates or programs will not be labeled for use in these subjects. Given that the median lifespan of PWS patients is 30 years, the size of our market opportunity in this indication will be more limited if ARD-101 is not ultimately approved in pediatric patients.
In addition, our clinical trials may compete for patients that are already taking existing products approved for the indications we are seeking to treat and also compete with other clinical trials for product candidates that are in the same therapeutic areas as our product candidates, and this competition will reduce the number and types of subjects available to us, because some subjects who might have opted to enroll in our trials may instead opt to enroll in a trial being conducted by one of our competitors. Furthermore, if subjects drop out of our clinical trials, miss scheduled doses or follow-up visits, or otherwise fail to follow clinical trial protocols, the integrity of data from our clinical trials may be compromised or not accepted by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, which would represent a significant setback for the applicable program. In addition, we may rely on CROs and clinical trial sites to ensure the proper and timely conduct of our clinical trials and we will have limited influence over their performance.
Delays in subject enrollment may result in increased costs or may affect the timing or outcome of the planned clinical trials, which could prevent completion of these trials and adversely affect our ability to advance the development of our product candidates.
Interim “topline” and preliminary results from our clinical trials and preclinical studies that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.
From time to time, we may publish interim topline or preliminary results from our preclinical studies and clinical trials, which are based on a preliminary analysis of then-available data, and the results and related findings and conclusions are subject to change following the availability of more data or following a more comprehensive review of the data related to the particular study or trial. For example, our Phase 2 clinical trial data for ARD-101 is preliminary, unpublished data and may be subject to change. We also make assumptions, estimations, calculations and conclusions as part of our analyses of data, and we may not have received or had the opportunity to fully and carefully evaluate all data. As a result, interim results from clinical trials that we may complete are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and more patient data become available. Preliminary or topline results also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the preliminary data we previously published. As a result, interim and preliminary data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available. Differences between preliminary or interim data and final data could adversely affect our business prospects and may cause the trading price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly.
Further, others, including regulatory agencies, may not accept or agree with our assumptions, estimates, calculations, conclusions or analyses or may interpret or weigh the importance of data differently, which could impact the value of the particular program, the approvability or commercialization of the particular product candidate or product and our company in general.
49
In addition, the information we choose to publicly disclose regarding a particular study or clinical trial is based on what is typically extensive information, and investors or others may not agree with what we determine is material or otherwise appropriate information to include in our disclosure, and any information we determine not to disclose may ultimately be deemed significant with respect to future decisions, conclusions, views, activities or otherwise regarding a particular product candidate or our business. If the interim, topline or preliminary data that we report differ from actual results, or if others, including regulatory authorities, disagree with the conclusions reached, our ability to obtain approval for, and commercialize, our product candidates may be harmed, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.
Our clinical trials may fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy of our product candidates, or serious adverse events or side effects may be identified during the development of our product candidates, which could prevent or delay regulatory approval and commercialization, increase our costs or necessitate the abandonment or limitation of the development of some of our product candidates.
Unforeseen adverse events or undesirable side effects caused by our product candidates could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Before obtaining regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of our product candidates, we must demonstrate through lengthy, complex and expensive preclinical testing and clinical trials that our product candidates are safe and effective for use in each target indication, and failures can occur at any stage of testing. Clinical trials often fail to demonstrate safety or efficacy of the product candidate studied for the target indication. Our clinical trials of ARD-101 for the treatment of hyperphagia associated with PWS rely on measurement of reduction of hyperphagia behavior based on HQ-CT scores, which are typically caregiver reported questionnaires. Because these questionnaires rely on subjective caregiver feedback, responses can be influenced by factors outside of our control, and can vary widely from day to day for a particular patient/caregiver, and from patient to patient and site to site within a clinical trial.
If our product candidates are associated with adverse events in clinical trials or have side effects or other characteristics that are serious or unexpected, we may need to abandon their development or limit development to more narrow uses in which the adverse events, side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective. We may also be required to modify our trial plans based on findings in our ongoing clinical trials. The FDA may also require that we conduct additional studies regarding the safety and efficacy of our product candidates which we have not planned or anticipated. Such findings could further result in regulatory authorities failing to provide marketing authorization for our product candidates or limiting the scope of the approved indication, if approved. Many product candidates that initially showed promise in early stage testing have later been found to cause side effects that prevented further development of such product candidates.
Treatment-related side effects could also affect subject recruitment or the ability of enrolled subjects to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. In addition, these side effects may not be appropriately recognized or managed by the treating medical staff. Furthermore, we may be required to expend time and incur costs to train medical personnel using our product candidates to understand the side effect profiles for our clinical trials and upon any commercialization of any of our product candidates. Any of these occurrences may adversely affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition. Moreover, if any serious side effects or other adverse events were to occur in our clinical programs other than ARD-101 and ARD-201, we could be subject to negative publicity and our company and reputation may be harmed.
Additionally, if one or more of our product candidates receives marketing approval, and we or others identify adverse events or undesirable side effects caused by such products, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:
50
There can be no assurance that we will resolve any issues related to any product-related adverse events to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities in a timely manner or at all. Moreover, any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the particular product candidate, if approved, and could adversely affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.
As an organization, we have not previously conducted pivotal clinical trials, and we may be unable to do so successfully for any product candidates we may develop.
We will need to successfully complete pivotal clinical trials in order to obtain product approval from the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to market ARD-101, ARD-201 or any future product candidate. Carrying out pivotal clinical trials is a complicated process. We initiated a potentially pivotal Phase 3 HERO clinical trial in hyperphagia associated with PWS in December 2024; however, as an organization, we have not previously conducted any later stage or pivotal clinical trials. In order to do so, we have expanded our clinical management and regulatory capabilities, including hiring clinical, regulatory and quality personnel, and we expect to continue to need to expand our clinical management and regulatory capabilities, but may be unable to recruit and train qualified personnel. We also expect to continue to rely on third parties to conduct our pivotal clinical trials. See the subsection titled “—Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties—We have relied and expect to continue to rely on third parties to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials, as well as investigator-initiated trials. If those third parties do not perform as contractually required, fail to satisfy legal or regulatory requirements, miss expected deadlines or terminate the relationship, our development programs could be delayed, more costly or unsuccessful, and we may never be able to seek or obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates.” Consequently, we may be unable to successfully and efficiently execute and complete necessary clinical trials in a way that leads to submission of an NDA and approval of ARD-101, ARD-201 or future product candidates. In addition, certain of our potential target indications may never have received FDA approval. We also plan to conduct a number of clinical trials for multiple product candidates in parallel over the next several years. This may be a difficult process to manage with our limited resources and may divert the attention of management. We may require more time and incur greater costs than our competitors and may not succeed in obtaining regulatory approvals of product candidates that we develop. Failure to commence or complete, or delays in, our planned clinical trials, could prevent us from or delay us in commercializing our product candidates, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.
We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate or indication and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.
Because we have limited financial and management resources, we focus on development programs and product candidates that we identify for specific indications. As such, we are currently primarily focused on the development of ARD-101 for the treatment of hyperphagia associated with PWS and HO and our ARD-201 program for the treatment of obesity and obesity-related conditions. As a result, we may forgo or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications for our product candidates that later prove to have greater commercial potential. In particular, we are still exploring the potential clinical applications for ARD-201 in obesity and obesity-related conditions and our future decisions with respect to treatment areas and indications will be informed by the results of the EMPOWER trial. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate.
Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not mean that we will be successful in obtaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in other jurisdictions.
Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not guarantee that we will be able to obtain or maintain regulatory approval in any other jurisdiction, while a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. For example, even if the FDA grants marketing approval of a product candidate, comparable regulatory authorities in foreign jurisdictions must also approve the regulatory submission, preclinical studies, clinical trials, manufacturing, marketing and promotion of the product candidate in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the United States, including additional preclinical studies or clinical trials as clinical trials conducted in one jurisdiction may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions.
51
In many jurisdictions outside the United States, a product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that jurisdiction. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our drugs is also subject to approval.
Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our drugs in certain countries. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets and/or receive applicable marketing approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our product candidates will be harmed, which would adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
We plan to conduct certain clinical trials for our product candidates outside the United States, and the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities may not accept data from such trials.
We plan to conduct certain clinical trials of ARD-101 and ARD-201 outside the United States, including, but not limited to, in the United Kingdom, South Korea, Romania, Italy, France, Spain, Canada and Australia. The acceptance of study data from clinical trials conducted outside the United States or another jurisdiction by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may be subject to certain conditions or may not be accepted at all. In cases where data from foreign clinical trials are intended to serve as the basis for marketing approval in the United States, the FDA will generally not approve the application on the basis of foreign data alone unless (i) the data are applicable to the U.S. population and U.S. medical practice; (ii) the trials were performed by clinical investigators of recognized competence; and (iii) the data may be considered valid without the need for an on-site inspection by the FDA or, if the FDA considers such an inspection to be necessary, the FDA is able to validate the data through an on-site inspection or other appropriate means. Additionally, the FDA’s clinical trial requirements, including sufficient size of patient populations and statistical power, must be met. Many foreign regulatory authorities have similar approval requirements. In addition, such foreign trials would be subject to the applicable local laws of the foreign jurisdictions where the trials are conducted. There can be no assurance that the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority will accept data from trials conducted outside of the United States or the applicable jurisdiction. If the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority does not accept such data, we would need to conduct additional trials, which could be costly and time-consuming.
Even if we receive regulatory approval of our product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense. Additionally, our product candidates, if approved, could be subject to labeling and other restrictions on marketing or withdrawal from the market, and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or if we experience unanticipated problems with our product candidates, when and if any of them are approved.
Any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval, along with the manufacturing processes, post-approval clinical data, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, recordkeeping, export, import, and advertising and promotional activities for such product, among other things, will be subject to extensive and ongoing requirements of and review by the FDA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, establishment registration and drug listing requirements, continued compliance with cGMP requirements relating to manufacturing, quality control, quality assurance and corresponding maintenance of records and documents, product tracking and tracing requirements, requirements regarding the distribution of samples to physicians and recordkeeping and GCP requirements for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval.
Even if we receive approval for our product candidates, they may be subject to limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the drug may be marketed or the conditions of approval, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-market testing and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate. The FDA may also require us to adopt a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS) to ensure that the benefits of treatment with such product candidate outweigh the risks for each potential subject, which may include, among other things, a communication plan to health care practitioners, patient education, extensive subject monitoring or distribution systems and processes that are highly controlled, restrictive and more costly than what is typical for the industry. We or our collaborators may also be required to adopt a REMS or engage in similar actions, if we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by any drug that we develop alone or with collaborators.
Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product candidate, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in, among other things, the following actions by regulators:
52
Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response, and could generate negative publicity. Any failure to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements may significantly and adversely affect our ability to commercialize and generate revenue from our products. If regulatory sanctions are applied or if regulatory approval is withdrawn, the value of our company and our operating results will be adversely affected.
Advertising and promotion of any product candidate that obtains approval in the United States will be heavily scrutinized by the FDA, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (the FTC), the Department of Justice, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General, state attorneys general, members of the U.S. Congress and the public. The FDA strictly regulates the promotional claims that may be made about drug products. In particular, a product may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA as reflected in the product’s approved labeling. If we receive marketing approval for a product candidate, physicians may nevertheless prescribe it to their patients in a manner that is inconsistent with the approved label. If we are found to have promoted such off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability.
Additionally, advertising and promotion of any product candidate that obtains approval outside of the United States will be heavily scrutinized by comparable foreign entities and stakeholders. Violations, including actual or alleged promotion of our drugs for unapproved or off-label uses, are subject to enforcement letters, inquiries and investigations, and civil and criminal sanctions by the FDA or comparable foreign bodies. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion and has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The government has also required companies to enter into consent decrees and/or imposed permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed. Any actual or alleged failure to comply with labeling and promotion requirements may result in fines, warning letters, mandates to corrective information to healthcare practitioners, injunctions or civil or criminal penalties.
The FDA’s and comparable foreign regulatory authorities’ policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. For example, the U.S. Supreme Court’s June 2024 decision in Loper Bright Enterprises v. Raimondo overturned the longstanding Chevron doctrine, under which courts were required to give deference to regulatory agencies’ reasonable interpretations of ambiguous federal statutes. The Loper decision could result in additional legal challenges to regulations and guidance issues by federal agencies, including the FDA, on which we rely. Any such legal challenges, if successful, could have a material impact on our business. The Loper decision also may result in increased regulatory uncertainty, inconsistent judicial interpretations, and other impacts to the agency rulemaking process, any of which could adversely impact our business and operations. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability, which could adversely affect business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.
Disruptions at the FDA and other government agencies caused by funding shortages or global health concerns could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, or otherwise prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner, which could negatively impact our business.
The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and statutory, regulatory and policy changes. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of other government agencies that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.
53
Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new drugs to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, the new administration has discussed several changes to the reach and oversight of the FDA, which could affect its relationship with the pharmaceutical industry, transparency in decision making and ultimately the cost and availability of prescription drugs. Additionally, over the last several years, including for 35 days beginning on December 22, 2018, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical FDA employees and stop certain critical activities. The new administration also recently announced plans to reduce the number of federal employees by establishing voluntary termination programs, by position eliminations or by involuntary terminations. If funding for the FDA is reduced, if the FDA workforce is reduced, or if a prolonged government shutdown occurs, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may also face delays or resource constraints relating to foreign inspections, such as those that occurred during the COVID-19 pandemic. In response, such agencies may shift inspection priorities, may turn to remote regulatory assessments, or may issue other policies that could affect product approval timelines, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. A prolonged U.S. government shutdown or reductions in FDA funding or workforce may also affect inspection-related activities.
Changes in methods of product candidate manufacturing or formulation may result in additional costs or delay.
As product candidates proceed through preclinical studies to late-stage clinical trials towards regulatory application submission, potential approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods and formulation, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize processes and product characteristics. Such changes carry the risk that they will not achieve their intended objectives. Any of these changes could cause our product candidates to perform differently and affect the results of planned clinical trials or other future clinical trials conducted with the materials manufactured using altered processes. Such changes may also require additional testing, FDA notification or FDA agreement. This could delay completion of clinical trials, require the conduct of bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials, increase clinical trial costs, delay approval of our product candidates and jeopardize our ability to commence sales and generate revenue.
We may not be successful in our efforts to identify or discover additional product candidates in the future.
Our research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential product candidates, yet fail to yield product candidates for clinical development for a number of reasons, including:
Research programs to identify new product candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources. If we are unable to identify suitable compounds for preclinical and clinical development, we will not be able obtain product revenue in future periods for such programs.
We have received Orphan Drug Designation for ARD-101 for the treatment of PWS, and we may seek Orphan Drug Designation for some or all of our other product candidates. We may not receive such designation, and we may not be able to maintain Orphan Drug Designation or orphan drug exclusivity for ARD-101, which could limit the potential profitability of our product candidates.
Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States, may designate drugs intended to treat relatively small patient populations as orphan drug products. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a product candidate as an orphan drug if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or a patient population greater than 200,000 in the United States where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the drug will be recovered from sales in the United States.
In the United States, Orphan Drug Designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for granting funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and application fee waivers. If a drug or biologic with an Orphan Drug Designation subsequently receives marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product may be entitled to an expanded period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the FDA from approving another marketing application for the same drug and indication for that time period, except in limited circumstances. The applicable period is seven years in the United States.
54
The FDA granted us an Orphan Drug Designation for the use of ARD-101 in PWS in August 2023, and we may also seek Orphan Drug Designation for some or all of our other product candidates. However, we may be unsuccessful in obtaining Orphan Drug Designation for other product candidates, and we may be unable to obtain or maintain the benefits associated with Orphan Drug Designation for ARD-101 or other product candidates for which we may receive such designations. The exclusivity granted under the Orphan Drug Designation may not effectively protect ARD-101 from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition, and orphan drug exclusivity does not prevent the FDA from approving the same or a different drug for another indication. The FDA may be able to subsequently approve a later application for the same drug for the same condition before the expiration of the seven-year exclusivity period if the FDA concludes that the later drug is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer in a substantial portion of the target populations, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. In addition, a designated orphan drug may not receive orphan drug exclusivity if it is approved for a use that is broader than the indication for which it received orphan designation. Moreover, orphan-drug-exclusive marketing rights in the United States may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if we are unable to manufacture sufficient quantities of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition. Orphan Drug Designation does not shorten the development time or regulatory review time of a drug and does not give the drug any advantage in the regulatory review or approval process.
A Breakthrough Therapy designation by the FDA, even if granted for any of our product candidates, may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process, and it does not increase the likelihood that our product candidates will receive marketing approval in the United States.
We may apply for a Breakthrough Therapy designation for ARD-101, ARD-201 and other future product candidates for one or more indications when we have placebo-controlled data and we believe that the clinical data may support such a designation for one or more product candidates. A Breakthrough Therapy is defined as a drug or biologic that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs or biologics, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition with unmet medical need and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug, or biologic, may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. For product candidates that have been designated as Breakthrough Therapies, interaction and communication between the FDA and the sponsor of the trial can help to identify the most efficient path for clinical development while minimizing the number of patients placed in ineffective control regimens. Drugs and biologics designated as Breakthrough Therapies by the FDA may also be eligible for rolling review (submissions of portions of an application before the complete marketing application is submitted) and priority review.
Designation as a Breakthrough Therapy is within the discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe one of our product candidates meets the criteria for designation as a Breakthrough Therapy, the FDA may disagree and determine not to make such designation. For example, we previously applied for Breakthrough Therapy designation for ARD-101 for the treatment of hyperphagia associated with PWS; however, the FDA noted that we would need to provide additional information in order to support such a Breakthrough Therapy designation. We may determine to submit a new request for Breakthrough Therapy designation for ARD-101 for the treatment of hyperphagia associated with PWS that includes the additional information requested by the FDA when available. However, there can be no assurances that the FDA would consider any such additional information to be sufficient or otherwise determine to grant a Breakthrough Therapy designation for ARD-101 for the treatment of hyperphagia associated with PWS. In any event, the receipt of a Breakthrough Therapy designation for a product candidate may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to drugs considered for approval under non-expedited FDA review procedures and does not assure ultimate approval by the FDA. In addition, even if one or more of our product candidates qualify as Breakthrough Therapies, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for such qualification.
We may not be successful in pursuing or maintaining fast track or other expedited regulatory designations for our product candidates, and such designations may not actually lead to a faster development or regulatory approval process.
We may apply for fast track designation, priority review or accelerated approval status for ARD-101, ARD-201 or for future product candidates. However, even if we receive fast track designation, priority review or accelerated approval status or other accelerated review designation for one or more of our product candidates, these designations do not assure that we will experience a faster development process, regulatory review or regulatory approval process compared to conventional FDA procedures. In addition, the FDA may withdraw a fast track, priority review, accelerated approval status or other accelerated review designation if it believes that the status or designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program. Additionally, qualification for any expedited review procedure does not ensure that we will ultimately obtain regulatory approval for such product candidate. Access to an expedited program may expedite the development or approval process, but it does not change the standards for approval.
Furthermore, although we may pursue additional opportunities to accelerate the development of certain of our product candidates through one or more of the FDA’s expedited program designations, we cannot be assured that any of our product candidates will qualify for such programs. The FDA may determine that our proposed target indication or other aspects of our clinical development plans do not qualify for such expedited program.
55
Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties
We have relied and expect to continue to rely on third parties to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials, as well as investigator-initiated trials. If those third parties do not perform as contractually required, fail to satisfy legal or regulatory requirements, miss expected deadlines or terminate the relationship, our development programs could be delayed, more costly or unsuccessful, and we may never be able to seek or obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates.
We rely and intend to rely in the future on third-party clinical investigators, CROs, and clinical data management organizations to conduct, supervise and monitor preclinical studies and clinical trials of our current or future product candidates. In addition, third parties are conducting and we expect will continue to conduct investigator-initiated trials with our product candidates. Because we currently rely and intend to continue to rely on these third parties, we will have less control over the timing, quality and other aspects of preclinical studies and clinical trials than we would have had we conducted them independently. These parties are not, and will not be, our employees and we will have limited control over the amount of time and resources that they dedicate to our programs. Additionally, such parties may have contractual relationships with other entities, some of which may be our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other drug development activities that could harm our competitive position.
Large-scale clinical trials require significant financial and management resources, and reliance on third-party clinical investigators, CROs, partners or consultants. Relying on third-party clinical investigators or CROs may force us to encounter delays and challenges that are outside of our control. We may not be able to demonstrate sufficient comparability between products manufactured at different facilities to allow for inclusion of the clinical results from participants treated with products from these different facilities, in our product registrations. Further, our third-party clinical manufacturers may not be able to manufacture our product candidates or otherwise fulfill their obligations to us because of interruptions to their business, including the loss of their key staff or interruptions to their raw material supply.
Our reliance on these third parties for development activities will reduce our control over these activities. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable trial protocol and legal, regulatory and scientific standards, and our reliance on the CROs, clinical trial sites, and other third parties does not relieve us of these responsibilities. For example, we will remain responsible for ensuring that each of our preclinical studies is conducted in accordance with GLPs, and clinical trials are conducted in accordance with GCPs. Moreover, the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities require us to comply with GCPs for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of trial participants are protected. Regulatory authorities enforce these requirements through periodic inspections (including pre-approval inspections once an NDA or biologics license application is submitted to the FDA) of trial sponsors, clinical investigators, trial sites and certain third parties including CROs. If we, our CROs, clinical trial sites, or other third parties fail to comply with applicable GCP or other regulatory requirements, we or they may be subject to enforcement or other legal actions, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials. We cannot assure you that upon inspection by a given regulatory authority, such regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical trials complies with GCP regulations. Moreover, our business may be significantly impacted if our CROs, clinical investigators or other third parties violate federal or state healthcare fraud and abuse or false claims laws and regulations or healthcare privacy and security laws.
In the event we need to repeat, extend, delay or terminate our clinical trials because these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated protocols, our clinical trials may need to be repeated, extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, marketing approvals for our product candidates, and we will not be able to, or may be delayed in our efforts to, successfully commercialize our product candidates or we or they may be subject to regulatory enforcement actions. As a result, our results of operations and the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed. To the extent we are unable to successfully identify and manage the performance of third-party service providers in the future, our business may be materially and adversely affected.
If any of our relationships with these third parties terminate, we may not be able to enter into alternative arrangements or do so on commercially reasonable terms. Switching or adding additional contractors involves additional cost and time and requires management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new third party commences work. As a result, delays could occur, which could compromise our ability to meet our desired development timelines. In addition, if an agreement with any of our collaborators terminates, our access to technology and intellectual property licensed to us by that collaborator may be restricted or terminate entirely, which may delay our continued development of our product candidates utilizing the collaborator’s technology or intellectual property or require us to stop development of those product candidates completely.
We also expect to rely on other third parties to store and distribute product supplies for our clinical trials. Any performance failure on the part of our distributors could delay clinical development or marketing approval of our product candidates or commercialization of our products, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential revenue.
56
We rely completely on third parties to manufacture our clinical drug supplies and we intend to rely on third parties to produce commercial supplies of any approved product candidate, and our commercialization of any of our product candidates could be stopped, delayed or made less profitable if those third parties fail to obtain approval of the FDA or comparable regulatory authorities, fail to provide us with sufficient quantities of drug product or fail to do so at acceptable quality levels or prices.
We do not currently have nor do we plan to acquire the infrastructure or internal capability to manufacture our clinical drug supplies for use in the conduct of our clinical trials, and we lack the internal resources and the capability to manufacture any of our product candidates on a clinical or commercial scale. The facilities used by our contract manufacturers to manufacture our product candidates must be approved by the FDA pursuant to inspections that will be conducted after we submit our NDA to the FDA. If our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or others, they will not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory approval for their manufacturing facilities. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates or if it withdraws any such approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our product candidates, if approved.
Any replacement of our manufacturers could require significant effort and expertise because there may be a limited number of qualified replacements. In some cases, the technology required to manufacture our product candidates may be unique to the original manufacturer and we may have difficulty transferring such skills or technology to another third party. The process of changing manufacturers is extensive and time-consuming and could cause delays or interruptions in our product candidate supply. Further, if we are required to change manufacturers for any reason, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities and procedures that comply with all applicable regulations and guidelines, including cGMPs, and that the post-change material is comparable to pre-change. The delays associated with the verification of a new manufacturer could negatively affect our ability to develop product candidates in a timely manner or within budget.
We rely on our manufacturers to purchase from third-party suppliers the materials necessary to produce our product candidates for our clinical trials. There are a limited number of suppliers for raw materials that we use to manufacture our product candidates and there may be a need to assess alternate suppliers to prevent a possible disruption of the manufacture of the materials necessary to produce our product candidates for our clinical trials, and if approved, ultimately for commercial sale. We do not have control over the process or timing of the acquisition of these raw materials by our manufacturers. Moreover, we currently do not have any agreements for the commercial production of these raw materials. Although we generally do not begin a clinical trial unless we believe we have a sufficient supply of a product candidate to complete the clinical trial, any significant delay in the supply of a product candidate, or the raw material components thereof, for an ongoing clinical trial due to the need to replace a third-party manufacturer could considerably delay completion of our clinical trials, product testing and potential regulatory approval of our product candidates. If our manufacturers or we are unable to purchase these raw materials after regulatory approval has been obtained for our product candidates, the commercial launch of our product candidates would be delayed or there would be a shortage in supply, which would impair our ability to generate revenues from the sale of our product candidates.
We, or our manufacturing partners, may be unable to successfully increase the manufacturing capacity for any of our product candidates in a timely or cost-effective manner, or at all. In addition, quality issues may arise during scale-up activities. If we or our manufacturing partners are unable to successfully scale up the manufacture of our product candidates in sufficient quality and quantity, the development, testing and clinical trials of that product candidate may be delayed or become infeasible, and marketing approval or commercial launch of any resulting product may be delayed or not obtained, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.
We expect to continue to depend on third-party contract manufacturers for the foreseeable future. We have not entered into long-term agreements with our current contract manufacturers or with any alternate fill/finish suppliers, and though we intend to do so prior to commercial launch in order to ensure that we maintain adequate supplies of finished drug products, we may be unable to enter into such an agreement or do so on commercially reasonable terms, which could have a material adverse impact upon our business. Our product candidates, and any drugs that we may develop, may compete with other product candidates and drugs for access to manufacturing facilities. Qualifying and validating such manufacturers may take a significant period of time and reliance on third-party manufacturers entails additional risks, including:
57
Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including clinical holds, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocation, seizures or recalls of product candidates or drugs, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supply of our products.
We have entered into collaborations with third parties for the development of certain potential product candidates, and we may seek additional collaborations in the future for the development and commercialization of these or other potential candidates. If our collaborations are not successful, our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates could be adversely affected.
We currently have collaborations with third parties to develop certain of our potential product candidates, although none of these collaborations relate to ARD-101 or ARD-201. In the future, we may seek collaboration arrangements for the commercialization, or potentially for the development, of other product candidates depending on the merits of retaining commercialization rights for ourselves as compared to entering into collaboration arrangements. For example, certain disease areas that we believe our product candidates address require large, costly and later-stage clinical trials, which a collaboration partner may be better positioned to finance and/or conduct.
If we enter into any additional such arrangements with any third parties, we will likely have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators dedicate to the development or commercialization of our product candidates. Our ability to generate revenue from these arrangements will depend on our collaborators’ abilities to successfully perform the functions assigned to them in these arrangements.
Collaborations involving our product candidates would pose the following risks to us:
58
Collaboration agreements may not lead to development or commercialization of product candidates in the most efficient manner or at all. If any future collaborator of ours were to be involved in a business combination, the continued pursuit and emphasis on our product development or commercialization program could be delayed, diminished or terminated.
We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for any collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the design or results of clinical trials, the likelihood of approval by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States, the potential market for the subject product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering such product candidate to subjects in our clinical trials, the potential of competing products, the existence of uncertainty with respect to our ownership of technology, which can exist if there is a challenge to such ownership without regard to the merits of the challenge and industry and market conditions generally. The collaborator may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available to collaborate on and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for our product candidate. Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators.
We may not be able to negotiate additional collaborations on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so, we may have to curtail the development of such product candidate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate revenue.
If conflicts arise between us and our collaborators or strategic partners, these parties may act in a manner adverse to us and could limit our ability to implement our strategies.
If conflicts arise between our collaborators or strategic partners and us, the other party may act in a manner adverse to us and could limit our ability to implement our strategies. Current or future collaborators or strategic partners may develop, either alone or with others, products in related fields that are competitive with the products or potential products that are the subject of these collaborations.
Our current or future collaborators or strategic partners may preclude us from entering into collaborations with their competitors, fail to obtain timely regulatory approvals, terminate their agreements with us prematurely or fail to devote sufficient resources to the development and commercialization of products. Furthermore, competing products, either developed by our current or future collaborators or strategic partners or to which our collaborators or strategic partners may have rights, may result in the withdrawal of partner support for our product candidates. Any of these developments could harm our product development efforts, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.
Reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.
Reliance on third parties to manufacture or commercialize our current or any future product candidates, and on collaborations with additional third parties for the development of our current or any future product candidates, requires us to share trade secrets with these third parties. We may also conduct joint research and development programs that may require us to share trade secrets under the terms of our research and development partnerships or similar agreements. We seek to protect our proprietary technology in part by entering into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, services agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information.
59
These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, including our trade secrets. Despite the contractual provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
In addition, these agreements typically restrict the ability of our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover our trade secrets, either through breach of our agreements with third parties, independent development or publication of information by any third-party collaborators. A competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets could adversely affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.
Confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties may not prevent unauthorized disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.
In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we seek to rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect proprietary know-how that is not patentable or that we elect not to patent, processes for which patents are difficult to enforce, and any other elements of our product candidates, technology and product discovery and development processes that involve proprietary know-how, information, or technology that is not covered by patents. Any disclosure, either intentional or unintentional, by our employees, the employees of third parties with whom we share our facilities or third-party consultants and vendors that we engage to perform research, clinical trials or manufacturing activities, or misappropriation by third parties (such as through a cybersecurity breach) of our trade secrets or proprietary information could enable competitors to duplicate or surpass our technological achievements, thus eroding our competitive position in our market.
Trade secrets and confidential information, however, may be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our trade secrets, know-how and confidential information, including our proprietary processes, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, outside scientific advisors, contractors, and collaborators. With our consultants, contractors, and outside scientific collaborators, these agreements typically include invention assignment obligations. Despite these efforts, we cannot provide any assurances that all such agreements have been duly executed, and any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. In addition to contractual measures, we try to protect the confidential nature of our proprietary information using commonly accepted physical and technological security measures. Although we use reasonable efforts to protect our trade secrets, our employees, consultants, outside scientific advisors, contractors, and collaborators might intentionally or inadvertently disclose our trade secret information, including to competitors. In addition, competitors or other third-parties may otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. Despite our efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Recourse we take against such misconduct may not provide an adequate remedy to fully protect our interests. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary technologies will be effective. Unauthorized parties may also attempt to copy or reverse engineer certain aspects of our product candidates that we consider proprietary. Trade secrets will over time be disseminated within the industry through independent development, the publication of journal articles and the movement of personnel skilled in the art from company to company or academic to industry scientific positions.
Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third-party, we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information, which could harm our competitive position.
Furthermore, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. If we are unable to prevent unauthorized material disclosure of our intellectual property to third parties, or misappropriation of our intellectual property by third parties, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
60
The operations of our suppliers, some of which are located outside of the United States, are subject to additional risks that are beyond our control and that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Currently, some of our suppliers are located outside of the United States. As a result of our global suppliers, we are subject to risks associated with doing business abroad, including:
These and other factors beyond our control could interrupt our suppliers’ production, influence the ability of our suppliers to export our clinical supplies cost-effectively or at all, and inhibit our suppliers’ ability to procure certain materials, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
If we are unable to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection directed to our current and any future technologies that we develop, others may be able to make, use or sell product candidates substantially the same as ours, which could adversely affect our ability to compete in the market.
The market for pharmaceuticals and biopharmaceuticals is highly competitive and subject to rapid technological change. Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to maintain a competitive position in the development and protection of technologies and any future product candidates for use in these fields and upon our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce our intellectual property rights. We seek to obtain and maintain patents and other intellectual property rights to restrict the ability of others to market products that misappropriate our technology and/or infringe our intellectual property to unfairly and illegally compete with any of our product candidates. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new planned products, patents protecting such products might expire before or shortly after such products are commercialized. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, our competitive position and our business could be harmed, as third parties may be able to make, use or sell products that are substantially the same as any product candidates we may sell without incurring the sizeable development and licensing costs that we have incurred, which would adversely affect our ability to compete in the market. We use a combination of patents, trademarks, know-how, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our proprietary technology and that of our licensors. However, these protections may not be adequate and may not provide us with any competitive advantage. For example, patents may not issue from any of our or our licensors’ currently pending or any future patent applications, and our or our licensors’ issued patents and any future patents that may issue may not survive legal challenges to their scope, validity or enforceability or provide significant protection for us.
To protect our proprietary position, we file patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our product candidates that we consider important to our business. The patent application and approval process is expensive, time-consuming and complex. We may not be able to file, prosecute and maintain all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner or in all jurisdictions. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Moreover, depending on the terms of any future license or collaboration agreements to which we may become a party, we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the patents, covering technology licensed from third parties. Therefore, these patents and patent applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.
Furthermore, the patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in biotechnology and pharmaceutical patents has emerged to date in the United States or in many foreign jurisdictions. The standards applied by the USPTO and foreign patent offices in granting patents are not always applied uniformly or predictably. In addition, the determination of patent rights with respect to biological and pharmaceutical products commonly involves complex legal and factual questions, which have in recent years been the subject of much litigation.
61
As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Thus, we cannot offer any assurances about which, if any, patents will issue, the breadth of any such patents, whether any issued patents will be found invalid and unenforceable or will be threatened by third parties or whether any issued patents will effectively prevent others from commercializing competing technologies and product candidates.
The USPTO, international patent offices or judicial bodies may deny or significantly narrow claims made under our patent applications, and our issued patents may be successfully challenged, may be designed around or may otherwise be of insufficient scope to provide us with protection for our drugs or combination therapies.
Further, the USPTO, international trademark offices or judicial bodies may deny our trademark applications and, even if published or registered, these trademarks may not effectively protect our brand and goodwill. Like patents, trademarks also may be successfully opposed or challenged.
We cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use or unauthorized reverse engineering of our technology. Moreover, third parties may independently develop technologies that are competitive with ours and such competitive technologies may or may not infringe our intellectual property. The enforcement of our intellectual property rights also depends on the success of any legal actions we may take against these infringers in the respective country or forum, but these actions may not be successful. As with all granted intellectual property, such intellectual property may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, may not provide protection and/or may not prove to be enforceable in actions against specific alleged infringers.
Even if our patents are determined by a court to be valid and enforceable, they may not be interpreted sufficiently broadly to prevent others from marketing products similar to ours or designing around our patents. For example, third parties may be able to make products that are similar to ours but that are not covered by the claims of our patents. Third parties may assert that we or our licensors were not the first to make the inventions covered by our issued patents or pending patent applications. The claims of our or our licensors’ issued patents or patent applications when issued may not cover our product candidates or any future product candidates that we develop. We may not have freedom to commercialize unimpeded by the patent rights of others. Third parties may have patents that dominate, block or are otherwise relevant to our technology. For example, our ARD-201 program will be a fixed-dose combination of our proprietary bitter taste receptor agonist, denatonium acetate monohydrate, and a DPP-4 inhibitor. However, we do not expect to be able to use a DPP-4 inhibitor in our ARD-201 program unless and until it is no longer protected by patent. In addition, there may be prior public disclosures or other art that could be deemed to invalidate one or more of our patent claims. We may not develop additional proprietary technologies in the future, and, if we do, they may not be patentable.
We may not be able to correctly estimate or control our future operating expenses in relation to obtaining intellectual property, enforcing intellectual property and/or defending intellectual property, which could affect operating expenses. Our operating expenses may fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of a variety of factors, including the costs of preparing, filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing patent and trademark claims and other intellectual property-related costs, including adverse proceedings and litigation costs.
Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a negative impact on the success of our business.
Our commercial success depends, in part, upon our ability and the ability of our current or future collaborators to develop, manufacture, market and sell our current and any future product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing the proprietary rights and intellectual property of third parties. The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by extensive and complex litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights. Because the intellectual property landscape in the industry in which we participate is rapidly evolving and interdisciplinary, it is difficult to conclusively assess our freedom to operate without infringing on third-party rights. U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields relating to our product candidates. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that others may assert our product candidates infringe the patent rights of others. Moreover, it is not always clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of drugs, products or their methods of use or manufacture. Thus, because of the large number of patents issued and patent applications filed in our fields, there may be a risk that third parties may allege they have patent rights encompassing our product candidates, technologies or methods.
Our product candidates and other proprietary technologies we may develop may infringe existing or future patents owned by third parties. We may in the future become party to, or be threatened with, adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our current and any future product candidates and technologies, including interference or derivation, post-grant review (PGR) and inter partes review (IPR) proceedings before the USPTO. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing patents or patents that may be granted in the future, regardless of their merit.
62
There is a risk that third parties may choose to engage in litigation with us to enforce or to otherwise assert their patent rights against us. Even if we believe such claims are without merit, a court of competent jurisdiction could hold that these third-party patents are valid, enforceable and infringed, which could have a negative impact on our ability to commercialize our current and any future product candidates. In order to successfully challenge the validity of any such U.S. patent in federal court, we would need to overcome a presumption of validity. As this burden is a high one requiring us to present clear and convincing evidence as to the invalidity of any such U.S. patent claim, a court of competent jurisdiction may not invalidate the claims of any such U.S. patent. If we are found to infringe a third party’s valid and enforceable intellectual property rights, we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to continue developing, manufacturing and marketing our product candidate(s) and technologies. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same technologies licensed to us, and it could require us to make substantial licensing and royalty payments. We could be forced, including by court order, to cease developing, manufacturing and commercializing the infringing technologies or product candidate, or redesign our product candidates or processes so they do not infringe, which may not be possible or may require substantial monetary expenditures and time. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent or other intellectual property right. A finding of infringement could prevent us from manufacturing and commercializing our current or any future product candidates or force us to cease some or all of our business operations, which could adversely affect our business. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Third parties asserting their patent or other intellectual property rights against us may also seek and obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of management and other employee resources from our business, cause development delays, and may impact our reputation.
Many of our employees were employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee’s former employer.
In addition, if our product candidates are found to infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, these third parties may assert infringement claims against our licensees and other parties with whom we have business relationships, and we may be required to indemnify those parties for any damages they suffer as a result of these claims. The claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of licensees and other parties regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of those parties or may be required to obtain licenses for the products they use.
Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce our resources available for development activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations or could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Additionally, during the course of any intellectual property litigation, there could be public announcements of the initiation of the litigation as well as results of hearings, rulings on motions and other interim proceedings in the litigation. If securities analysts or investors regard these announcements as negative, the perceived value of our existing product candidates, programs or intellectual property could be diminished. Accordingly, the market price of our common stock may decline. Such announcements could also harm our reputation or the market for our future products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our patents and other intellectual property.
We may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators, or other third parties have an interest in our patents or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. The failure to name the proper inventors on a patent application can result in the patents issuing thereon being unenforceable. Inventorship disputes may arise from conflicting views regarding the contributions of different individuals named as inventors, the effects of foreign laws where foreign nationals are involved in the development of the subject matter of the patent, conflicting obligations of third parties involved in developing our product candidates or as a result of questions regarding co-ownership of potential joint inventions. For example, we may have inventorship disputes arise from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates. Alternatively, or additionally, we may enter into agreements to clarify the scope of our rights in such intellectual property.
63
Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.
We or our licensors may in the future rely on third-party consultants or collaborators or on funds from third parties, such as the U.S. government, such that we or our licensors are not the sole and exclusive owners of the patents we in-licensed. If other third parties have ownership rights or other rights to our patents, including in-licensed patents, they may be able to license such patents to our competitors, and our competitors could market competing products and technology. This could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.
We may be subject to claims that we have wrongfully hired an employee from a competitor or that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged confidential information or trade secrets of their former employers.
As is common in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, in addition to our employees, we engage the services of consultants to assist us in the development of our product candidates. Many of these consultants, and many of our employees, were previously employed at, or may have previously provided or may be currently providing consulting services to, universities or other pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies including our competitors or potential competitors. These employees and consultants may have executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure and non-competition agreements, or similar agreements, in connection with such other current or previous employment. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may become subject to claims that we, our employees or a consultant inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other information proprietary to their former employers or their former or current clients. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, which could adversely affect our business. Such intellectual property could be awarded to a third party, and we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to commercialize our technology or drugs and combination therapies. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our management team. Any of the foregoing would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We may be unsuccessful in licensing or acquiring intellectual property from third parties that may be required to develop and commercialize our current or future product candidates.
A third party may hold intellectual property, including patent rights that are important or necessary to the development and commercialization of our current or future product candidates. It may be necessary for us to use the patented or proprietary technology of third parties to commercialize our product candidates, in which case we would be required to acquire or obtain a license to such intellectual property from these third parties, and we may be unable to do so on commercially reasonable terms or at all. We may need to cease use of the compositions or methods covered by such third-party intellectual property rights, and may need to seek to develop alternative approaches that do not infringe on such intellectual property rights which may entail additional costs and expenses and development delays, even if we were able to develop such alternatives, which may not be feasible.
The licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a highly competitive area, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment or at all. If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property rights or maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to abandon development of the relevant program or product candidate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We license or otherwise have access to patent rights from third-party owners. Such licenses or other arrangements may be subject to early termination if we fail to comply with our obligations in our agreements with third parties, which could result in the loss of rights or technology that are material to our business.
We are and may become a party to licenses and other agreements that give us rights to third-party intellectual property that are necessary or valuable for our business, and we may enter into additional licenses or other agreements in the future. Under these agreements, we are or may be obligated to pay the counterparties' fees, which may include annual license fees, milestone payments, royalties, a percentage of revenues associated with the applicable technology and a percentage of sublicensing revenue. In addition, under certain of such agreements, we are or may be required to diligently pursue the development of products using the applicable technology.
64
If we fail to comply with these obligations and fail to cure our breach within a specified period of time, the counterparty may have the right to terminate the applicable agreement. Termination of this agreement, or reduction or elimination of our rights under it or any other agreement, may result in our having to negotiate new or reinstated arrangements on less favorable terms, or our not having sufficient intellectual property rights to operate our business. The occurrence of such events could adversely affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.
We may rely on third parties from whom we license proprietary technology to file and prosecute patent applications and maintain patents and otherwise protect the intellectual property we license from them. We may have limited control over these activities or any other intellectual property that may be related to our in-licensed intellectual property. For example, we cannot be certain that such activities by these licensors will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents and other intellectual property rights. We may have limited control over the manner in which our licensors initiate an infringement proceeding against a third-party infringer of the intellectual property rights, or defend certain of the intellectual property that may be licensed to us. It is possible that the licensors’ infringement proceeding or defense activities may be less vigorous than if we conduct them ourselves.
The risks described elsewhere pertaining to our intellectual property rights also apply to any intellectual property rights that we may license, and any failure by us or any future licensor to obtain, maintain, defend and enforce these rights could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our intellectual property agreements with third parties may be subject to disagreements over contract interpretation, which could narrow the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology or increase our financial or other obligations to our licensors.
Certain provisions in our intellectual property agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could affect the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or affect financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
Our intellectual property licensed from third parties may be subject to retained rights.
Our future licensors may retain certain rights under their agreements with us, including the right to use the underlying technology for non-commercial academic and research use, to publish general scientific findings from research related to the technology, and to make customary scientific and scholarly disclosures of information relating to the technology. It is difficult to monitor whether our licensors limit their use of the technology to these uses, and we could incur substantial expenses to enforce our rights to our licensed technology in the event of misuse.
Government agencies may provide funding, facilities, personnel or other assistance in connection with the development of the intellectual property rights owned by or licensed to us. Such government agencies may have retained rights in such intellectual property. The U.S. federal government retains certain rights in inventions produced with its financial assistance under the Patent and Trademark Law Amendments Act (the Bayh-Dole Act); these include the right to grant or require us to grant mandatory licenses or sublicenses to such intellectual property to third parties under certain specified circumstances, including if it is necessary to meet health and safety needs that we are not reasonably satisfying or if it is necessary to meet requirements for public use specified by federal regulations, or to manufacture products in the United States. Any exercise of such rights, including with respect to any such required sublicense of these licenses could result in the loss of significant rights and could harm our ability to commercialize licensed products. While it is our policy to avoid engaging our university partners in projects in which there is a risk that federal funds may be commingled, we cannot be sure that any co-developed intellectual property will be free from government rights pursuant to the Bayh-Dole Act. If, in the future, we co-own or license in technology which is critical to our business that is developed in whole or in part with federal funds subject to the Bayh-Dole Act, our ability to enforce or otherwise exploit patents covering such technology may be adversely affected.
If the scope of any patent protection we obtain is not sufficiently broad, or if we lose any of our patent protection, our ability to prevent our competitors from commercializing similar or identical product candidates would be adversely affected.
The patent position of biopharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation, resulting in court decisions, including U.S. Supreme Court decisions, that have increased uncertainties as to the ability to enforce patent rights in the future. In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, or vice versa.
65
Further, we may not be aware of all third-party intellectual property rights potentially relating to our research programs and product candidates, or their intended uses, and as a result the potential impact of such third-party intellectual property rights upon the patentability of our own patents and patent applications, as well as the potential impact of such third-party intellectual property upon our freedom to operate, is highly uncertain. While we are not aware of third-party patents and patent filings that would block commercialization of our product candidates, we have not conducted a freedom-to-operate search or analysis for any of our current product candidates, and we may not be aware of patents or pending or future patent applications that, if issued, would block us from commercializing our product candidates. Thus, we cannot guarantee that our current product candidates, or our commercialization thereof, do not and will not infringe any third party’s intellectual property. Because patent applications are maintained as confidential for a certain period of time (for example, patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases, not at all), until the relevant application is published, we may be unaware of third-party patents that may be infringed by commercialization of any of our product candidates, and we cannot be certain that we were the first to file a patent application related to a product candidate or technology. Moreover, because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently-pending patent applications that may later result in issued patents that our product candidates may infringe. There is also no assurance that there is not prior art of which we are aware, but which we do not believe is relevant to our business, which may, nonetheless, ultimately be found to limit our ability to make, use, sell, offer for sale or import our products that may be approved in the future, or impair our competitive position. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. We have pending U.S. and foreign patent applications in our portfolio; however, we cannot predict:
Our patents or pending patent applications may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and other foreign jurisdictions. For example, we may be subject to a third-party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the USPTO or become involved in post-grant review procedures, derivations, reexaminations, or inter parties review proceedings, in the United States or oppositions or similar proceedings in foreign jurisdictions, challenging our patent rights. The legal threshold for initiating such proceedings may be low, so that even proceedings with a low probability of success might be initiated. An adverse determination in any such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated, or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and products.
Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. In addition, we may rely on more than one patent to provide multiple layers of patent protection for our product candidates. If the latest-expiring patent is invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, the overall protection for the product candidate may be adversely affected. For example, if the latest-expiring patent is invalidated, the overall patent term for our product candidate could be adversely affected.
As a result, only limited protection may be available and our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. Any failure to obtain or maintain patent protection with respect to our product candidates or their uses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
66
We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive, time-consuming, and unsuccessful. Further, our issued patents could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court.
Competitors may infringe our intellectual property rights or those of our licensors. To prevent infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that one or more patent of ours or any of our current licensors or future licensors is not valid or is unenforceable, in whole or in part, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our or our licensors’ patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our or our licensors’ patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, which may curtail or preclude our ability to exclude third parties from making and selling similar or competitive products, and could put our or our licensors’ patent applications at risk of not issuing. If we or any of our potential future collaborators were to initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent directed at our products, the defendant could counterclaim that our or our licensors’ patent is invalid and/or unenforceable in whole or in part. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge include an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could also include an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO or made a misleading statement during prosecution.
If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability of our or our licensors’ patents covering one of our product candidates, we could lose a part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection covering such candidate. Competing products may also be sold in other countries in which our patent coverage might not exist or be as strong. If we lose a foreign patent lawsuit, alleging our infringement of a competitor’s patents, we could be prevented from marketing our products in one or more foreign countries. Any of these occurrences could adversely affect our competitive business position, business prospects and financial condition.
Even if we establish infringement, the court may decide not to grant an injunction against further infringing activity and instead award only monetary damages, which may or may not be an adequate remedy. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock.
We may not be able to prevent, alone or with our potential licensors, misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States.
Our defense of litigation or interference proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or if a non-exclusive license is offered and our competitors gain access to the same technology. In addition, the uncertainties associated with litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our clinical trials, continue our research programs, license necessary technology from third parties or enter into development or manufacturing partnerships that would help us bring our products to market.
Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may not be in a position to enforce our intellectual property rights against third parties.
Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may conclude that even if a third-party is infringing our issued patent, any patents that may be issued as a result of our pending or future patent applications or other intellectual property rights, the risk-adjusted cost of bringing and enforcing such a claim or action may be too high or not in the best interest of our company or our stockholders, or it may be otherwise impractical or undesirable to enforce our intellectual property against some third parties. Our competitors or other third parties may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. In such cases, we may decide that the more prudent course of action is to simply monitor the situation or initiate or seek some other non-litigious action or solution. In addition, the uncertainties associated with litigation could compromise our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our clinical trials, continue our internal research programs, in-license needed technologies or other product candidates, or enter into development partnerships that would help us bring our product candidates to market.
67
Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.
The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent process. Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to the USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and/or applications. We employ reputable professionals and rely on such third parties to help us comply with these requirements and effect payment of these fees with respect to the patents and patent applications that we own, and we may have to rely upon our licensors to comply with these requirements and effect payment of these fees with respect to any patents and patent applications that we license. In many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors might be able to use our technologies and this circumstance would have a material adverse effect on our business.
Patent terms may be inadequate to establish our competitive position on our product candidates for an adequate amount of time. If we do not obtain patent term extension for our product candidates, our business may be materially harmed.
Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional filing date. Patent terms may be shortened or lengthened by, for example, terminal disclaimers, patent term adjustments, supplemental protection certificates and patent term extensions, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Non-payment or delay in payment of patent fees, maintenance fees or annuities, delay in patent filings or delay in extension filings (including any patent term extension or adjustment filings), whether intentional or unintentional, may result in the loss of patent rights important to our business. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired for a product candidate, we may be open to competition from competitive medications, including generic versions. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents directed towards such product candidates might expire before or shortly after such product candidates are commercialized. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing product candidates similar or identical to ours for a meaningful amount of time, or at all.
Depending upon the timing, duration and conditions of any FDA marketing approval of our product candidates, one or more of our owned or licensed U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Act and similar legislation in the EU and certain other jurisdictions. The Hatch-Waxman Act permits, in certain cases, a patent term extension of up to five years for a patent covering an approved product as compensation for effective patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. However, we may not receive an extension if we fail to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, fail to apply within applicable deadlines, fail to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise fail to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the length of the extension could be less than we request. Only one patent per approved product can be extended, the extension cannot extend the total patent term beyond 14 years from approval and the amount of available extension to any extension-eligible patent which claims a product, a method of using a product or a method of manufacturing a product, depends on a variety of factors, including the date on which the patent issues and certain dates related to the regulatory review period. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or the term of any such extension is less than we request, the period during which we can enforce our patent rights for the applicable product candidate will be shortened and our competitors may obtain approval to market competing products sooner. As a result, our revenue from applicable products could be reduced. Further, if this occurs, our competitors may take advantage of our investment in development and trials by referencing our clinical and non-clinical data and launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case, and our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially harmed.
We expect to receive five years of new chemical entity exclusivity (NCE) under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments; however, because the denatonium active moiety is off-patent, a third party could obtain NDA approval for a denatonium drug prior to our NDA approval. In this case, we would not receive five years of exclusivity.
Further, there are detailed rules and requirements regarding the patents that may be submitted to the FDA for listing in the Orange Book. We may be unable to obtain patents covering our product candidates that contain one or more claims that satisfy the requirements for listing in the Orange Book. Even if we submit a patent for listing in the Orange Book, the FDA may decline to list the patent, or a manufacturer of generic drugs may challenge the listing. If one of our product candidates is approved and a patent covering that product candidate is not listed in the Orange Book, a manufacturer of generic drugs would not have to provide advance notice to us of any abbreviated new drug application filed with the FDA to obtain permission to sell a generic version of such product candidate. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
68
Changes in patent law in the United States and other jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our product candidates.
As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining, defending, maintaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involves both technological and legal complexity and is therefore costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents, and may diminish our ability to protect our inventions, obtain, maintain, enforce and protect our intellectual property rights and, more generally, could affect the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our future owned and licensed patents. Patent reform legislation in the United States and other countries, including the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (the AIA), could increase those uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our future issued patents. The AIA includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, re-define prior art and provide more efficient and cost-effective avenues for competitors to challenge the validity of patents. These include allowing third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, PGR, IPR and derivation proceedings.
In addition, the patent positions of companies in the development and commercialization of pharmaceuticals are particularly uncertain. The U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. courts, the USPTO and the relevant law-making bodies in other countries, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our or our licensors’ ability to obtain new patents and patents that we or our licensors might obtain in the future. We cannot predict how future decisions by the courts, the U.S. Congress or the USPTO may impact the value of our patents. Any similar adverse change in the patent laws of other jurisdictions could also adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Similarly, changes in patent law and regulations in other countries or jurisdictions or changes in the governmental bodies that enforce them or changes in how the relevant governmental authority enforces patent laws or regulations may weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce patents that we have licensed or that we may obtain in the future. For example, the complexity and uncertainty of European patent laws have also increased in recent years. In Europe, in June 2023, a new unitary patent system was introduced, which will significantly impact European patents, including those granted before the introduction of the system. Under the unitary patent system, after a European patent is granted, the patent proprietor can request unitary effect, thereby getting a European patent with unitary effect (the Unitary Patent). Each Unitary Patent is subject to the jurisdiction of the Unitary Patent Court (the UPC). As the UPC is a new court system, there is no precedent for the court, increasing the uncertainty of any litigation. Patents granted before the implementation of the UPC will have the option of opting out of the jurisdiction of the UPC and remaining as national patents in the UPC countries. Patents that remain under the jurisdiction of the UPC may be potentially vulnerable to a single UPC-based revocation challenge that, if successful, could invalidate the patent in all countries who are signatories to the UPC. We cannot predict with certainty the long-term effects of the new unitary patent system.
If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.
Our current or future trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or descriptive determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names or may be forced to stop using these names, which we need for name recognition by potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections. Although we would be given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. We may license our trademarks and trade names to third parties, such as distributors. Though these license agreements may provide guidelines for how our trademarks and trade names may be used, a breach of these agreements or misuse of our trademarks and tradenames by our licensees may jeopardize our rights in or diminish the goodwill associated with our trademarks and trade names.
Moreover, any name we have proposed to use with our product candidates in the United States must be approved by the FDA, regardless of whether we have registered it, or applied to register it, as a trademark. Similar requirements exist in Europe. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names.
69
If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority objects to any of our proposed proprietary product names, it may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable substitute name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA. Furthermore, in many countries, owning and maintaining a trademark registration may not provide an adequate defense against a subsequent infringement claim asserted by the owner of a senior trademark. At times, competitors or other third parties may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. If we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid or unenforceable, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question. In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks.
We may enjoy only limited geographical protection with respect to certain patents and we may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.
Filing and prosecuting patent applications and defending patents covering our product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement rights are not as strong as that in the United States or Europe. These products may compete with our product candidates, and our future patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.
In addition, we may decide to abandon national and regional patent applications before they are granted. The examination of each national or regional patent application is an independent proceeding. As a result, patent applications in the same family may issue as patents in some jurisdictions, such as in the United States, but may issue as patents with claims of different scope or may even be refused in other jurisdictions. It is also quite common that depending on the country, the scope of patent protection may vary for the same product candidate or technology.
While we intend to protect our intellectual property rights in our expected significant markets, we cannot ensure that we will be able to initiate or maintain similar efforts in all jurisdictions in which we may wish to market our product candidates. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate, which may have an adverse effect on our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates in all of our expected significant foreign markets. If we encounter difficulties in protecting, or are otherwise precluded from effectively protecting, the intellectual property rights important for our business in such jurisdictions, the value of these rights may be diminished, and we may face additional competition from others in those jurisdictions.
The laws of some jurisdictions do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws or rules and regulations in the United States and Europe, and many companies have encountered significant difficulties in protecting and defending such rights in such jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets, and other intellectual property rights, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our future patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in other jurisdictions, whether or not successful, could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our future patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing as patents, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.
Some countries also have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, some countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In those countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patents. If we are forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.
70
Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.
The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:
Should any of these events occur, they could adversely affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.
Risks Related to Legal and Regulatory Compliance Matters
Our relationships with customers, physicians, and third-party payors may be subject, directly or indirectly, to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, false claims laws, other healthcare laws and regulations and health data privacy and security laws and regulations, contractual obligations and self-regulatory schemes. If we are unable to comply, or have not fully complied, with such laws, we could face substantial penalties.
Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors in the United States and elsewhere play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of pharmaceutical products. Our current and future arrangements with healthcare providers, third-party payors and customers can expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we research and, if approved, sell, market and distribute our products. In particular, the research of our product candidates, as well as the promotion, sales, marketing and business arrangements of our product candidates, is subject to extensive laws designed to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission(s), certain customer incentive programs and other business arrangements generally. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of patient recruitment for clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation.
71
The applicable federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:
72
The distribution of pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products.
The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform. Federal, state and foreign enforcement bodies regularly scrutinize interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions, significant fines and penalties and settlements in the healthcare industry. Ensuring that business arrangements comply with applicable healthcare laws, as well as responding to possible investigations by government authorities, can be time- and resource-consuming and may divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.
It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including, without limitation, civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participating in federal and state funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, contractual damages, diminished profits and future earnings, reputational harm and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.
The risk of our being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. The shifting compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with multiple jurisdictions with different compliance and/or reporting requirements increases the possibility that a healthcare company may run afoul of one or more of the requirements.
Recently enacted legislation, future legislation and other healthcare reform measures may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval for and commercialize our product candidates and may affect the prices we may set.
In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system, including cost-containment measures that may reduce or limit coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. In particular, there have been and continue to be a number of initiatives at the U.S. federal and state levels that seek to reduce healthcare costs and improve the quality of healthcare.
For example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, (collectively, the ACA), was enacted in the United States, which substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers in the United States and significantly affected the pharmaceutical industry. The ACA, among other things, subjected biologic products to potential competition by lower-cost biosimilars, addressed a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program (the MDRP), are calculated for drugs and biologics that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected, increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the MDRP, extended manufacturer Medicaid rebate obligations to utilization by individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations, established annual fees and taxes on manufacturers of certain branded prescription drugs and biologics, and established a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program. Since its enactment, there have been judicial, congressional, and executive branch challenges to the ACA, which have resulted in delays in the implementation of, and action taken to repeal or replace, certain aspects of the ACA. On June 17, 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed a challenge on procedural grounds that argued the ACA is unconstitutional in its entirety because the “individual mandate” was repealed by Congress. In addition, there have been a number of health reform initiatives that have impacted the ACA. For example, on August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act (the IRA) became law, which, among other things, extends enhanced subsidies for individuals purchasing health insurance coverage in ACA marketplaces through plan year 2025. The IRA also eliminates the “donut hole” under the Medicare Part D program beginning in 2025 by significantly lowering the beneficiary maximum out-of-pocket cost and through a newly established manufacturer discount program.
73
In addition, the IRA imposes new manufacturer financial liability on certain drugs under Medicare Part D, allowing the U.S. government to negotiate Medicare Part B and Part D price caps for certain high-cost drugs and biologics without generic or biosimilar competition, subject to certain exemptions applicable to orphan drugs. It is possible that the ACA will be subject to judicial or congressional challenges in the future. It is unclear how such challenges, and the healthcare reform measures of the current administration, will impact the ACA and our business.
In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. For example, on August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 was signed into law, which, among other things, resulted in reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013, and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2032. In certain countries outside the United States, reimbursement for products that have not yet received marketing authorization may be provided through national managed access programs.
Moreover, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several U.S. Presidential executive orders, congressional inquiries, and proposed and enacted legislation designed, among other things, to bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for pharmaceutical products. The IRA, among other things, (i) directs HHS to negotiate the price of certain high-expenditure, single-source drugs and biologics covered under Medicare, and subject drug manufacturers to civil monetary penalties and a potential excise tax by offering a price that is not equal to or less than the negotiated “maximum fair price” for such drugs and biologics under the law, and (ii) imposes rebates with respect to certain drugs and biologics covered under Medicare Part B or Medicare Part D to penalize price increases that outpace inflation. The IRA permits HHS to implement many of these provisions through guidance, as opposed to regulation, for the initial years. These provisions took effect progressively starting in fiscal year 2023. On August 15, 2024, HHS announced the agreed-upon reimbursement prices of the first ten drugs that were subject to price negotiations. The prices of these ten drugs are scheduled to become effective January 1, 2026. On January 17, 2025, CMS announced its selection of 15 additional drugs covered by Part D for the second cycle of negotiations by February 1, 2025. While there had been some questions about the Trump Administration’s position on this program, CMS issued a public statement on January 29, 2025, declaring that lowering the cost of prescription drugs is a top priority of the new administration and CMS is committed to considering opportunities to bring greater transparency in the negotiation program. The second cycle of negotiations with participating drug companies will occur during 2025, and any negotiated prices for this second set of drugs will be effective starting January 1, 2027. Several pharmaceutical companies, as well as the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, and the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America, or PhRMA, have filed lawsuits against HHS and CMS asserting that, among other things, the IRA’s drug price negotiation program for Medicare constitutes an uncompensated taking in violation of the Fifth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution and is otherwise unlawful. HHS has generally won the substantive disputes in these cases. Certain of these cases are now on appeal. Further, on December 7, 2023, the Biden administration announced an initiative to control the price of prescription drugs through the use of march-in rights under the Bayh-Dole Act. On December 8, 2023, the National Institute of Standards and Technology published for comment a Draft Interagency Guidance Framework for Considering the Exercise of march-in eights, which for the first time includes the price of a product as one factor an agency can use when deciding to exercise march-in rights. While march-in rights have not previously been exercised, it is uncertain if that will continue under the new framework. It is unclear whether or how such rights may be exercised.
We expect that the ACA, the IRA, and any other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, more rigorous coverage criteria, new payment methodologies and additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our product candidates, if approved.
Further, changes in regulatory requirements and guidance may occur and we may need to amend clinical trial protocols to reflect these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit our clinical trial protocols to IRBs for re-examination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical trial. In light of widely publicized events concerning the safety risk of certain drug products, regulatory authorities, members of Congress, the Governmental Accounting Office, medical professionals and the general public have raised concerns about potential drug safety issues. These events have resulted in the recall and withdrawal of drug products, revisions to drug labeling that further limit use of the drug products and establishment of risk management programs that may, for instance, restrict distribution of drug products or require safety surveillance or patient education. The increased attention to drug safety issues may result in a more cautious approach by the FDA to clinical trials and the drug approval process. Data from clinical trials may receive greater scrutiny with respect to safety, which may make the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities more likely to terminate or suspend clinical trials before completion or require longer or additional clinical trials that may result in substantial additional expense and a delay or failure in obtaining approval or approval for a more limited indication than originally sought.
74
Changing regulatory environments could negatively impact our business.
Third-party payors, whether domestic or foreign, or governmental or commercial, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs. The United States and many foreign jurisdictions have enacted or proposed legislative and regulatory changes affecting the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any product for which we obtain marketing approval.
There have been, and likely will continue to be, legislative and regulatory proposals at the foreign, federal and state levels directed at broadening the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our products. Such reforms could have an adverse effect on anticipated revenue from product candidates that we may successfully develop and for which we may obtain regulatory approval and may affect our overall financial condition and ability to develop product candidates.
Many European Economic Area (EEA) Member States periodically review their reimbursement procedures for medicinal products, which could have an adverse impact on reimbursement status. We expect that legislators, policymakers and healthcare insurance funds in the EEA Member States will continue to propose and implement cost-containing measures, such as lower maximum prices, lower or lack of reimbursement coverage and incentives to use cheaper, usually generic, products as an alternative to branded products, and/or branded products available through parallel import to keep healthcare costs down. Moreover, in order to obtain reimbursement for our products in some European countries, including some EEA Member States, we may be required to compile additional data comparing the cost-effectiveness of our products to other available therapies. Health Technology Assessment (HTA) of medicinal products is becoming an increasingly common part of the pricing and reimbursement procedures in some EEA Member States, including those representing the larger markets. The HTA process is the procedure to assess the therapeutic, economic and societal impact of a given medicinal product in the national healthcare systems of the individual country. The outcome of an HTA will often influence the pricing and reimbursement status granted to these medicinal products by the competent authorities of individual EEA Member States. The extent to which pricing and reimbursement decisions are influenced by the HTA of the specific medicinal product currently varies between EU Member States.
In December 2021, Regulation No. 2021/2282 on HTA, amending Directive 2011/24/EU, was adopted in the European Union. This Regulation, which entered into force in January 2022 and will apply as of January 2025, is intended to boost cooperation among EEA Member States in assessing health technologies, including new medicinal products, and providing the basis for cooperation at European Union level for joint clinical assessments in these areas. The Regulation foresees a three-year transitional period and will permit EEA Member States to use common HTA tools, methodologies, and procedures across the European Union, working together in four main areas, including joint clinical assessment of the innovative health technologies with the most potential impact for patients, joint scientific consultations whereby developers can seek advice from HTA authorities, identification of emerging health technologies to identify promising technologies early, and continuing voluntary cooperation in other areas. Individual EEA Member States will continue to be responsible for assessing non-clinical (e.g., economic, social, ethical) aspects of health technologies, and making decisions on pricing and reimbursement. If we are unable to maintain favorable pricing and reimbursement status in EEA Member States for product candidates that we may successfully develop and for which we may obtain regulatory approval, any anticipated revenue from and growth prospects for those products in the European Union could be negatively affected.
Legislators, policymakers and healthcare insurance funds in the European Union may continue to propose and implement cost-containing measures to keep healthcare costs down. These measures could include limitations on the prices we would be able to charge for product candidates that we may successfully develop and for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the level of reimbursement available for these products from governmental authorities or third-party payors. Further, an increasing number of European Union and other foreign countries use prices for medicinal products established in other countries as “reference prices” to help determine the price of the product in their own territory. Consequently, a downward trend in prices of medicinal products in some countries could contribute to similar downward trends elsewhere.
We are subject to certain U.S. and foreign anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, export control, sanctions, and other trade laws and regulations. We can face serious consequences for violations.
Among other matters, U.S. and foreign anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, export control, sanctions, and other trade laws and regulations, which are collectively referred to as Trade Laws, prohibit companies and their employees, agents, clinical research organizations, legal counsel, accountants, consultants, contractors, and other partners from authorizing, promising, offering, providing, soliciting, or receiving, directly or indirectly, corrupt or improper payments or anything else of value to or from recipients in the public or private sector. Violations of Trade Laws can result in substantial criminal fines and civil penalties, imprisonment, the loss of trade privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm, and other consequences. We have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government authorities or government-affiliated hospitals, universities, and other organizations.
75
We have engaged and will continue to engage third parties for clinical trials and/or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations, and other regulatory approvals, and we can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our personnel, agents, or partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have prior knowledge of such activities. If we further expand our operations outside of the United States, we must dedicate additional resources to comply with numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we plan to operate. The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the FCPA), prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate and other related parties for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.
Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.
If our procedures and controls to monitor anti-bribery compliance fail to protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents or if we, or our employees, agents, contractors or other collaborators, fail to comply with applicable anti-bribery laws, our reputation could be harmed and we could incur criminal or civil penalties, other sanctions and/or significant expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. The SEC also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA’s accounting provisions.
Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. Our products may be subject to U.S. and foreign export controls, trade sanctions and import laws and regulations. Governmental regulation of the import or export of our products, or our failure to obtain any required import or export authorization for our products, when applicable, could harm our international or domestic sales and adversely affect our revenue. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements regarding the export of our products may create delays in the introduction of our products in international markets or, in some cases, prevent the export of our products to some countries altogether. Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to countries, governments and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions. If we fail to comply with export and import regulations and such economic sanctions, penalties could be imposed, including fines and/or denial of certain export privileges. Moreover, any new export or import restrictions, new legislation or shifting approaches in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or in the countries, persons or products targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our products or limitation on our ability to export or sell our products would likely adversely affect our business. If we expand our presence outside of the United States, it will require us to dedicate additional resources to comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing, or selling certain products and product candidates outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our research and development costs.
If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.
We, and the third parties with whom we share our facilities, are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Each of our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological and radioactive materials. Each of our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. We could be held liable for any resulting damages in the event of contamination or injury resulting from the use of hazardous materials by us or the third parties with whom we share our facilities, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.
We cannot guarantee that the safety procedures utilized by our third-party manufacturers and CROs for handling and disposing of these materials comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, nor can we eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. Under certain environmental laws, we could be held responsible for costs relating to any contamination at our current or past facilities and at third-party facilities. In such an event, we may be held liable for any resulting damages and such liability could exceed our resources, and state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of certain materials and/or interrupt our business operations.
76
Furthermore, environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent. We cannot predict the impact of such changes and cannot be certain of our future compliance.
Compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations may be expensive, and current or future environmental laws and regulations may impair our research and product development efforts. In addition, we cannot entirely eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from hazardous materials or wastes. Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not carry specific biological or hazardous waste insurance coverage, and our property, casualty and general liability insurance policies specifically exclude coverage for damages and fines arising from biological or hazardous waste exposure or contamination. Accordingly, in the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for damages or be penalized with fines in an amount exceeding our resources, and our clinical trials or regulatory approvals could be suspended, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our business could be negatively impacted by environmental, social and corporate governance (ESG) matters or our reporting of such matters.
There is an increasing focus from certain investors, employees, partners, and other stakeholders concerning ESG matters. While we have internal efforts directed at ESG matters and preparations for any increased required future disclosures, we may be perceived to be not acting responsibly in connection with these matters, which could negatively impact us. Moreover and although currently stayed while litigation is pending, the SEC has recently approved certain mandated ESG reporting requirements designed to enhance and standardize climate-related disclosures, which, if the stay is lifted, would significantly increase our compliance and reporting costs and may also result in disclosures that certain investors or other stakeholders deem to negatively impact our reputation or that harm our stock price. In addition, we currently do not report our environmental emissions, and lack of reporting could result in certain investors declining to invest in our common stock.
Even if we commercialize any product candidates, alone or with our partners, any such product may become subject to unfavorable pricing regulations, third-party reimbursement practices or healthcare reform initiatives, which could adversely affect our business.
In some countries, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product candidate. In addition, there can be considerable pressure by governments and other stakeholders on prices and reimbursement levels, including as part of cost containment measures. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after coverage and reimbursement have been obtained. Reference pricing used by various countries and parallel distribution or arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced countries, can further reduce prices. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available products, which is time-consuming and costly. As a result, we might obtain marketing approval for a product in a particular country, but then be subject to price regulations that delay or limit our commercial launch of the product, possibly for lengthy time periods, which could negatively impact the revenue we generate from the sale of the product in that particular country. Adverse pricing limitations may hinder our ability to recoup our investment in one or more product candidates, even if our product candidates obtain marketing approval. If coverage and reimbursement of our product candidates are unavailable or limited in scope or amount, our business could be materially harmed.
Risks Related to the Operation of Our Business
We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to remediate this material weakness, or if we experience additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.
Prior to the completion of our IPO, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel to adequately execute our accounting processes and limited supervisory resources with which to address our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, a material weakness was identified in the design and operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
77
The material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting relates to a lack of controls in the financial reporting process, including a lack of segregation of duties and design and documentation of formalized processes and procedures. Specifically, we lack a sufficient number of qualified resources to ensure adequate oversight and accountability over the performance of controls, including the retention of control evidence, while maintaining appropriate segregation of duties. Without such resources, we did not design and currently do not maintain effective general controls over information systems that support the financial reporting process. This material weakness could result in a misstatement of substantially all of our accounts or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.
To remediate the deficiencies described above and prevent similar deficiencies in the future, in late 2024, we began to take steps to address the material weakness through our remediation plan, which includes the hiring of additional experienced accounting and financial reporting personnel, formalizing the design and implementation of internal controls over the financial reporting process, including general controls over information systems, and implementing a new enterprise resource planning system. The material weakness will not be considered fully remediated until the applicable remedial controls operate for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are operating effectively. Any actions we have taken or may take to remediate these deficiencies are subject to continued management review supported by testing, as well as oversight by the Audit Committee. These remediation measures will be time-consuming and require financial and operational resources.
We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, and are continuing to implement, will be sufficient to remediate the material weaknesses we have identified or avoid potential future material weaknesses. If the steps we take do not correct the material weaknesses in a timely manner, we will be unable to conclude that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, there could continue to be a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
We are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We must design our disclosure controls and procedures to reasonably assure that information we must disclose in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC.
We are required pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act (Section 404) to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2025. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting and will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts. We may discover additional weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that could result in a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements. Our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. We may not be able to implement improvements to our management information and control systems in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing systems and controls. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.
If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate consolidated financial statements. If that were to happen, our investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities.
Our future success depends on our ability to retain key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.
We are highly dependent on our senior management team. The employment agreements we have with these officers do not prevent such persons from terminating their employment with us at any time. The loss of the services of any of these persons could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives. In addition, we will need to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified additional management, clinical and scientific personnel. If we are not able to retain our management and to attract, on terms acceptable to us, additional qualified personnel necessary for the continued development of our business, we may not be able to sustain our operations or grow.
We may not be able to attract or retain qualified personnel in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel among biotechnology, pharmaceutical and other businesses. Many of the other pharmaceutical companies that we compete against for qualified personnel and consultants have greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles and a longer operating history in the industry than we do. They also may provide more diverse opportunities and better chances for career advancement. Some of these characteristics may be more appealing to high-quality candidates and consultants than what we have to offer.
78
If we are unable to attract, retain and motivate high-quality personnel and consultants to accomplish our business objectives, the rate and success at which we can discover and develop product candidates and our business will be limited and we may experience constraints on our development objectives. Additionally, we do not currently maintain “key person” life insurance on the lives of our executives or any of our employees.
Our future performance will also depend, in part, on our ability to successfully integrate newly hired executive officers into our management team and our ability to develop an effective working relationship among senior management. Our failure to integrate these individuals and create effective working relationships among them and other members of management could result in inefficiencies in the development and commercialization of our product candidates, harming future marketing approvals, sales of our product candidates and our results of operations.
There is a scarcity of experienced professionals in our industry. If we are not able to retain and recruit personnel with the requisite technical skills, we may be unable to successfully execute our business strategy.
The specialized nature of our industry results in an inherent scarcity of experienced personnel in the field. Our future success depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly skilled personnel, including scientific, competition for qualified personnel among biotechnology businesses, we may not succeed in attracting or retaining the personnel we require to continue and grow our operations.
We have in the past acquired, and may in the future acquire other assets, businesses or form joint ventures or make investments in other companies or technologies that could harm our operating results, dilute our stockholders’ ownership, increase our debt or cause us to incur significant expense.
As part of our business strategy, we may pursue acquisitions of assets or licenses of assets, including preclinical, clinical or commercial stage products or product candidates, businesses, strategic alliances, joint ventures and collaborations, to expand our existing technologies and operations.
Any potential acquisition or strategic partnership may entail numerous risks, including:
In the future, we may not be able to find suitable partners or acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete such transactions on favorable terms, if at all. If we make any acquisitions, we may not be able to integrate these acquisitions successfully into our existing business, and we could assume unknown or contingent liabilities. Any future acquisitions also could result in the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or future write-offs of intangible assets or goodwill, any of which could have a negative impact on our cash flows, financial condition and results of operations. Integration of an acquired company also may disrupt ongoing operations and require management resources that we would otherwise focus on developing our existing business. We may experience losses related to investments in other companies, which could harm our financial condition and results of operations. We may not identify or complete these transactions in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis or at all, and we may not realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, license, strategic alliance or joint venture.
To finance such a transaction, we may issue dilutive securities, assume or incur debt obligations, incur large one-time expenses and acquire intangible assets that could result in significant amortization expense. If the price of our common stock is low or volatile, we may not be able to acquire other companies or fund a joint venture project using our stock as consideration. Alternatively, it may be necessary for us to raise additional funds for these activities through public or private financings or through the issuance of debt.
79
Additional funds may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, or at all, and any debt financing may involve covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take certain actions.
We expect to expand our clinical development and regulatory capabilities and potentially implement sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.
As of February 28, 2025, we had 22 employees and 26 full-time or part-time consultants. As our development progresses, we expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of clinical development, product development and manufacturing, regulatory affairs, quality assurance and, if any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, sales, marketing and distribution. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must:
Our future financial performance and our ability to develop, manufacture and commercialize our product candidates, if approved, will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth, and our management may also have to divert financial and other resources, and a disproportionate amount of its attention away from day-to-day activities, to managing these growth activities. We currently have no marketing, sales or distribution capabilities. We intend to establish a sales and marketing organization, either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize ARD-101 or any other potential future product candidates that may receive regulatory approval in key territories. These efforts will require substantial additional resources.
We currently rely, and for the foreseeable future will continue to rely, in substantial part on certain independent organizations, advisors and consultants to provide certain services, including contract manufacturers and companies focused on research and development and discovery activities. There can be no assurance that the services of independent organizations, advisors and consultants will continue to be available to us on a timely basis when needed, or that we can find qualified replacements. In addition, if we are unable to effectively manage our outsourced activities or if the quality, accuracy or quantity of the services provided is compromised for any reason, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain, or may be substantially delayed in obtaining, regulatory approval of our product candidates or otherwise advance our business. There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our existing consultants or find other competent outside contractors and consultants on economically reasonable terms, or at all.
If we are not able to effectively expand our organization by hiring new employees and expanding our groups of consultants and contractors, we may not be able to successfully implement the tasks necessary to further develop and commercialize ARD-101 or any other product candidates and, accordingly, may not achieve our research, development and commercialization goals.
We may acquire additional technology and complementary businesses in the future. Acquisitions involve many risks, any of which could materially harm our business, including the diversion of management’s attention from core business concerns, failure to effectively exploit acquired technologies, failure to successfully integrate the acquired business or realize expected synergies or the loss of key employees from either our business or the acquired businesses.
If we are not able to effectively expand our organization by hiring new employees and expanding our groups of consultants and contractors, we may not be able to successfully implement the tasks necessary to further develop and commercialize our product candidates and, accordingly, may not achieve our research, development and commercialization goals.
Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial collaborators, principal investigators, CROs, suppliers and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements.
We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial collaborators, principal investigators, CROs, suppliers and vendors may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violates FDA regulations, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to the FDA, manufacturing standards, federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, and laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data.
80
In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Misconduct by these parties could also involve the improper use of individually identifiable information, including, without limitation, information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, including, without limitation, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.
We enter into various contracts in the normal course of our business in which we indemnify the other party to the contract. In the event we have to perform under these indemnification provisions, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In the normal course of business, we periodically enter into commercial, service, collaboration, licensing, consulting and other agreements that contain indemnification provisions. For example, we have entered into agreements in which we agreed to indemnify an institution and related parties from any losses that may arise from claims relating to alleged infringement of intellectual property rights held by a third party and in which we agreed to indemnify a counterparty from third-party claims arising from the death of, injury to, or damage to property of any person resulting from the research, development or use of applicable rights or products under the agreement.
Should our obligation under an indemnification provision in any of our agreements exceed applicable insurance coverage or if we were denied insurance coverage, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Similarly, if we are relying on a collaborator to indemnify us and the collaborator is denied insurance coverage or the indemnification obligation exceeds the applicable insurance coverage, and if the collaborator does not have other assets available to indemnify us, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our ability to use our net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards and certain other tax attributes to offset taxable income or taxes may be limited.
We have incurred substantial losses during our history and do not expect to become profitable in the near future, and we may never achieve profitability. As of December 31, 2024, we had federal NOL carryforwards of $25.8 million and state NOL carryforwards of $45.8 million. Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), our U.S. federal NOLs will not expire and may be carried forward indefinitely but the deductibility of U.S. federal NOLs is limited to no more than 80% of current year taxable income (with certain adjustments), and the state loss carryforwards begin expiring in 2037 unless previously utilized. In addition, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage point change (by value) in its equity ownership by certain stockholders over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOL carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. We have not completed a Section 382 study to assess whether an ownership change has occurred or whether there have been multiple ownership changes since our formation due to the complexity and cost associated with such a study; however, we have raised funds several times in recent years, increasing the likelihood there have been changes in ownership that would limit our ability to utilize tax attribute carryforwards. Furthermore, there may be additional ownership changes in the future or as a result of subsequent changes in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control. As a result, if we undergo an ownership change, and our ability to use our pre-change NOL carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset our post-change income or taxes is limited, such an ownership change would harm our future results of operations by effectively increasing our future tax obligations. In addition, there is a risk that due to changes under the tax law, regulatory changes or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs and other tax attributes could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. Similar provisions of state tax law may also apply to limit our use of accumulated state tax attributes. In addition, at the state level, there may be periods during which the use of NOLs is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed. As a result, even if we attain profitability, we may be unable to use all or a material portion of our NOLs and other tax attributes, which could adversely affect our future cash flows. We have recorded a full valuation allowance related to our NOLs and other deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits of those assets.
81
Our operations are concentrated in one location, and we or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by a wildfire and earthquake or other natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.
Our current operations are predominantly located in California. Any unplanned event, such as a flood, wildfire, explosion, earthquake, extreme weather condition, epidemic or pandemic, power outage, telecommunications failure or other natural or manmade accidents or incidents that result in us being unable to fully utilize our facilities may have a material and adverse effect on our ability to operate our business, particularly on a daily basis, and have significant negative consequences on our financial and operating conditions. Any similar impacts of natural or manmade disasters on our third-party CMOs and CROs, could cause delays in our clinical trials and may have a material and adverse effect on our ability to operate our business and have significant negative consequences on our financial and operating conditions. If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using our clinical sites, impacted clinical supply or the conduct of our clinical trials, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as the manufacturing facilities of our third-party CMOs, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible, for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we and our CMOs and CROs have in place may prove inadequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. In the event of an accident or incident at these facilities, we cannot assure you that the amounts of insurance we currently carry will be sufficient to satisfy any damages and losses. If our facilities, or the manufacturing facilities of our CMOs or CROs, are unable to operate because of an accident or incident or for any other reason, even for a short period of time, any or all of our development programs may be harmed. Any business interruption could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
International expansion of our business will expose us to business, regulatory, political, operational, financial and economic risks associated with doing business outside of the United States.
Our business strategy contemplates international expansion, including partnering with distributors, and introducing our current products and other planned products outside the United States. Doing business internationally involves a number of risks, including:
Any of these risks, if encountered, could significantly harm our future international expansion and operations and, consequently, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Product liability lawsuits against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and to limit commercialization of any products that we may develop.
We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of our current and future product candidates in clinical trials and may face an even greater risk if we commercialize any product candidate that we may develop. For example, we may be sued if any drug we develop allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during clinical testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale.
82
Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability and breach of warranty. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that any such product candidates caused injuries, we could incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:
Although we maintain product liability insurance coverage, such insurance may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. We may need to increase our insurance coverage as we expand our clinical trials or if we commence commercialization of our product candidates. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise. Although we will maintain such insurance, any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement in an amount that is not covered, in whole or in part, by our insurance or that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. Our insurance policies will also have various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We may have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts.
Significant disruptions of our information technology systems or data security incidents could result in significant financial, legal, regulatory, business and reputational harm to us.
We are increasingly dependent on information technology systems and infrastructure, including mobile and third-party, cloud-based technologies, to operate our business. In the ordinary course of our business, we may collect, store, process and transmit large amounts of sensitive information, including intellectual property, proprietary business information, and other confidential information. It is important that we do so in a secure manner to maintain the confidentiality, integrity and availability of such sensitive information. We have also outsourced elements of our operations (including elements of our information technology infrastructure) to third parties, and as a result, we manage a number of third-party vendors who may or could have access to our computer networks or our sensitive information. In addition, many of those third parties in turn subcontract or outsource some of their responsibilities to third parties. While all information technology operations are inherently vulnerable to inadvertent or intentional security breaches, incidents, attacks and exposures, the accessibility and distributed nature of our information technology systems, and the sensitive information stored on or transmitted between those systems, make such systems potentially vulnerable to unintentional or malicious, internal and external exploits of our technology environment. In addition, we may face increased risks of a security breach or disruption due to our reliance on internet technology and the number of our employees who are working remotely, which may create additional opportunities for cybercriminals to exploit vulnerabilities.
Cyber incidents are increasing in their frequency, levels of persistence, sophistication and intensity, and are being conducted by organized groups and individuals with a wide range of motives (including, but not limited to, industrial espionage) and expertise, including organized criminal groups, “hacktivists,” nation states and others. In addition to the extraction of sensitive information, such attacks could include the deployment of harmful malware, ransomware, supply chain attacks, denial-of-service attacks, social engineering and other means to affect service reliability and threaten the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information. Data security incidents and other inappropriate access can also be difficult to detect, and any delay in identifying them may lead to increased harm. In addition, the prevalent use of mobile devices increases the risk of data security incidents.
83
Significant disruptions of, or cyber incidents directed at, our or our third-party vendors’ and/or business partners’ information technology systems could adversely affect our business operations and/or result in the loss, misappropriation, and/or unauthorized access, use or disclosure of, or the prevention of access to, sensitive information, which could result in a variety of adverse effects, including financial, legal, regulatory, business and reputational harm to us. In addition, information technology system disruptions, whether from attacks on our technology environment or from computer viruses, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures, could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our marketing approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. Additionally, theft of our intellectual property or proprietary business information could require substantial expenditures to remedy. If we or our third-party collaborators, consultants, contractors, suppliers, vendors or service providers were to suffer an actual or likely attack or breach, for example, that involves the unauthorized access to or use or disclosure of personal or health information, we may have to notify consumers, partners, collaborators, government authorities, and the media, and may be subject to investigations, civil penalties, administrative and enforcement actions (including mandatory corrective action or requirements to verify the correctness of database contents), and consuming, distracting and expensive litigation, any of which could result in increased costs to us, and result in significant legal and financial exposure, or other harm to our business and reputation.
While we have no reason to believe that we have been subject to any significant system failure, accident or security breach to date, attackers have become very sophisticated in the way they conceal access to systems, and many companies that have been attacked are not aware that they have been attacked. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended period. Even if identified, we may be unable to adequately investigate or remediate incidents or breaches due to attackers increasingly using tools and techniques that are designed to circumvent controls, to avoid detection, and to remove or obfuscate forensic evidence. While we have implemented security measures intended to protect our information technology systems and infrastructure, such measures may not successfully prevent service interruptions or security incidents.
Our contracts may not contain limitations of liability, and even where they do, there can be no assurance that limitations of liability in our contracts are sufficient to protect us from liabilities, damages, or claims related to our data privacy and security obligations. We cannot be sure that our insurance coverage will be adequate or sufficient to protect us from or to mitigate liabilities arising out of our privacy and security practices, that such coverage will continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or that such coverage will pay future claims.
Failure to comply with data privacy and security laws, regulations and other obligations could lead to government enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal penalties), private litigation, negative publicity, and/or other adverse consequences that could negatively affect our operating results and business.
We and our partners and vendors may be subject to federal and state data protection laws and regulations (i.e., laws and regulations that address privacy and data security). In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including state data breach notification laws, state health information privacy laws, and federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations that govern the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of health-related and other personal information, could apply to our operations or the operations of our partners. In addition, we may obtain health information from third parties (including research institutions from which we obtain clinical trial data) that are subject to privacy and security requirements under HIPAA). Depending on the facts and circumstances, we could be subject to penalties if we violate HIPAA.
Even when HIPAA does not apply, according to the FTC, failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure may constitute unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of the Federal Trade Commission Act. The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. Individually identifiable health information is considered sensitive data that merits stronger safeguards. Additionally, the SEC implemented rules last year around incident reporting, requiring cybersecurity incidents to be reported within 96 hours.
Certain state laws govern the privacy and security of health-related and other personal information in certain circumstances, some of which may be more stringent, broader in scope or offer greater individual rights with respect to protected health information than HIPAA, many of which may differ from each other, thus complicating compliance efforts. Failure to comply with these laws, where applicable, can result in the imposition of significant civil and/or criminal penalties and private litigation. For example, California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act (the CCPA), which creates new individual privacy rights for California consumers (as defined in the law), including the right to opt out of certain disclosures of their information, and places increased privacy and security obligations on entities handling certain personal data of consumers or households. The CCPA also creates a private right of action with statutory damages for certain data breaches, thereby potentially increasing risks associated with a data breach. Although there are limited exemptions for clinical trial data and some other health data under the CCPA, as currently written, the CCPA may impact our business activities and exemplifies the vulnerability of our business to the evolving regulatory environment related to personal data and protected health information.
84
Further, the California Privacy Rights Act (the CPRA), recently entered into force in California, which amended the CCPA. The changes introduced by the CPRA impose additional data protection obligations on covered businesses, including additional consumer rights processes, limitations on data uses, new audit requirements for higher risk data, and opt-outs for certain uses of sensitive data. The amendments ushered in by the CPRA also create a new California data protection agency authorized to issue substantive regulations and could result in increased privacy and information security enforcement. Additional compliance investment and potential business process changes may be required.
Some observers have noted that the CCPA could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States, which could increase our potential liability and adversely affect our business. More than a dozen states have statewide comprehensive privacy laws in place, with several more considering similar legislation. However, it should be noted that all of the new state laws contain some type of exemption for information collected under HIPAA and some data processed in the context of clinical trials, either at the entity level or the data level, so the impact might be limited particularly as it relates to protected health information. In addition, a number of other states have proposed new privacy laws, some of which are similar to the above-discussed recently passed laws. Such proposed legislation, if enacted, may add additional complexity, variation in requirements, restrictions and potential legal risk, require additional investment of resources in compliance programs, impact strategies and the availability of previously useful data and could result in increased compliance costs and/or changes in business practices and policies. The existence of comprehensive privacy laws in different states in the country would make our compliance obligations more complex and costly and may increase the likelihood that we may be subject to enforcement actions or otherwise incur liability for non-compliance.
In addition, all 50 U.S. states and territories and international jurisdictions have varying breach notification laws that may require us to notify patients, employees or regulators in the event of unauthorized access to or disclosure of personal or confidential information experienced by us or our service providers. These laws are not consistent, and compliance in the event of a widespread data breach is difficult and may be costly. We also may be contractually required to notify patients or other counterparties of a security breach. In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups have and may in the future propose self-regulatory standards from time to time. These and other industry standards may legally or contractually apply to us, or we may elect to comply with such standards.
Foreign data protection laws, including the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (the EU GDPR), and the United Kingdom’s equivalent of the same (the UK GDPR, together with the EU GDPR, the GDPR), may also apply to our processing of health-related and other personal data regardless of where the processing in question is carried out.
The GDPR imposes stringent requirements for controllers and processors of personal data of individuals within the EEA or the United Kingdom. The GDPR applies to any company established in the EEA or United Kingdom as well as to those outside the EEA or United Kingdom if they collect and use personal data in connection with the offering of goods or services to individuals in the EEA or United Kingdom or the monitoring of their behavior. The GDPR, together with national legislation, regulations and guidelines of the EEA Member States and the United Kingdom governing the processing of personal data, imposes strict obligations and restrictions on the ability to collect, analyze and transfer personal data, including health data from clinical trials and adverse event reporting. In particular, these obligations and restrictions concern the consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, the information provided to the individuals, the transfer of personal data out of the EEA or the United Kingdom, security breach notifications, security and confidentiality of the personal data and imposition of substantial potential fines for breaches of the data protection obligations. Companies that must comply with the GDPR face increased compliance obligations and risk, including more robust regulatory enforcement of data protection requirements and potential fines for non-compliance of up to €20 million (£17.5 million) or 4% of the annual global revenues of the non-compliant company, whichever is greater. Currently, the EU GDPR and UK GDPR remain largely aligned, but the United Kingdom has announced plans to reform the country’s data protection legal framework in its Data Reform Bill, which will introduce significant changes from the EU GDPR. This may lead to additional compliance costs and could increase our overall risk exposure as we may no longer be able to take a unified approach across the EEA and the United Kingdom, and we will need to amend our processes and procedures to align with the new framework.
Implementing mechanisms to endeavor to ensure compliance with the GDPR and relevant local legislation in EEA Member States and the United Kingdom may be onerous and may interrupt or delay our development activities, and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. In addition to the foregoing, a breach of the GDPR or other applicable privacy and data protection laws and regulations could result in regulatory investigations, reputational damage, and orders to cease/change our use of data, enforcement notices, or potential civil claims including class-action-type litigation. While we have taken steps to comply with the GDPR where applicable, including by reviewing our security procedures, engaging data protection personnel, and entering into data processing agreements with relevant contractors, our efforts to achieve and remain in compliance may not be fully successful.
85
Compliance with U.S. and foreign privacy and security laws, rules and regulations could require us to take on more onerous obligations in our contracts, require us to engage in costly compliance exercises, restrict our ability to collect, use and disclose data, or, in some cases, impact our or our partners’ or suppliers’ ability to operate in certain jurisdictions. Each of these constantly evolving laws can be subject to varying interpretations. Failure to comply with U.S. and foreign data protection laws and regulations could result in government investigations and enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal penalties), fines, private litigation, and/or adverse publicity and could negatively affect our operating results and business. Moreover, patients about whom we or our partners obtain information, as well as the providers who share this information with us, may contractually limit our ability to use and disclose the information. Claims that we have violated individuals’ privacy rights, failed to comply with data protection laws, or breached our contractual obligations, even if we are not found liable, could be expensive and time-consuming to defend and could result in adverse publicity that could adversely affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.
Risks Related to the Commercialization of Our Product Candidates
Even if any of our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.
If any of our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community. If our product candidates do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant revenue and we may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to:
Our efforts to educate physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community on the benefits of our product candidates may require significant resources and may never be successful. Such efforts may require more resources than are typically required due to the complexity and uniqueness of our product candidates. Because we expect sales of our product candidates, if approved, to generate substantially all of our revenues for the foreseeable future, the failure of our product candidates, if approved, to find market acceptance, could adversely affect our business and could require us to seek additional financing.
86
If we are unable to establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for our product candidates that may receive regulatory approval, we may not be successful in commercializing those product candidates if and when they are approved.
We have no internal sales, marketing or distribution capabilities, nor have we as a company commercialized a product. If any of our product candidates ultimately receives marketing approval, we will be required to build a marketing and sales organization with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize each such product in the markets that we target, which will be expensive and time-consuming, or collaborate with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of establishing our own sales force and distribution systems. We have no prior experience as a company in the marketing, sale and distribution of biopharmaceutical products and there are significant risks involved in building and managing a sales organization, including our ability to hire, retain and incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these product candidates. If the commercial launch of a product candidate for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. This may be costly, and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our sales and marketing personnel.
Factors that may inhibit our efforts to market our products on our own include:
If we are unable to establish our own sales, marketing and distribution capabilities and are forced to enter into arrangements with, and rely on, third parties to perform these services, our revenue and our profitability, if any, are likely to be lower than if we had developed such capabilities ourselves. In addition, we may not be successful in entering into arrangements with third parties to sell, market and distribute our product candidates or may be unable to do so on terms that are favorable to us. We likely will have little control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our product candidates effectively. If we are not successful in commercializing our product candidates, either on our own or through arrangements with one or more third parties, we may not be able to generate any future product revenue and we would incur significant additional losses, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.
We face substantial competition, which may result in a smaller than expected commercial opportunity and/or others discovering, developing or commercializing products before or more successfully than we do.
The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapid evolution of technologies, fierce competition and strong defense of intellectual property. We face competition from major pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies and public and private research institutions, among others.
If any of our product candidates are approved for the indications for which we expect to conduct clinical trials, we anticipate they will compete with the foregoing therapies and currently marketed drugs, as well as any drugs potentially in development. It is also possible that we will face competition from other pharmaceutical approaches as well as other types of therapies. The key competitive factors affecting the success of all our programs, if approved, are likely to be their potency, tolerability, convenience, price, level of generic competition, and availability of reimbursement.
With respect to ARD-101, Soleno Therapeutics’ VYKAT XR is the only approved treatment for PWS-associated hyperphagia. We are also aware of therapeutic candidates in development programs with reported hyperphagia reducing activity in patients with PWS, including those from Acadia Pharmaceuticals. We are also aware of a therapeutic candidate in late-stage development for the treatment of hyperphagia associated with HO from Rhythm Pharmaceuticals.
Our competitors for ARD-201 include a number of major pharmaceutical companies and independent biotechnology companies developing therapeutics for the treatment of obesity and obesity-related conditions, including Eli Lilly, Novo Nordisk, Roche, Pfizer, AstraZeneca, Boehringer Ingelheim, Amgen, Zealand Pharma, Viking Therapeutics, Altimmune, Terns Pharmaceuticals, Merck and Structure Therapeutics.
87
Many of our current or potential competitors, either alone or with their collaboration partners, have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical studies, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and subject registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Mergers and acquisitions in the biopharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.
Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that have fewer or less severe side effects, are more potent, are more convenient, are less expensive or are sold more effectively than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other applicable regulatory authority approval for their product candidates more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. In addition, our ability to compete may be affected in many cases by insurers or other third-party payors seeking to encourage the use of generic products. There are generic products currently on the market for certain of the indications that we are pursuing and additional products are expected to become available on a generic basis over the coming years. If our product candidates are approved, we expect that they will be priced at a significant premium over competitive generic products. Competitive products may make any products we develop obsolete or noncompetitive before we recover the expense of developing and commercializing our product candidates. If we are unable to compete effectively, our opportunity to generate revenue from the sale of any product candidates we develop, if approved, could be adversely affected.
The success of our product candidates will depend significantly on coverage and adequate reimbursement or the willingness of patients to pay for these products.
The availability and adequacy of coverage and reimbursement by governmental healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, private health insurers and other third-party payors are essential for most patients to be able to afford prescription medications such as our product candidates, assuming FDA approval. Our ability to achieve acceptable levels of coverage and reimbursement for products by governmental authorities, private health insurers and other organizations will have an effect on our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates. Assuming we obtain coverage for our product candidates by a third-party payor, the resulting reimbursement payment rates may not be adequate or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement in the United States, the EEA or elsewhere will be available for our product candidates or any product that we may develop, and any reimbursement that may become available may be decreased or eliminated.
An increasing number of third-party payors are challenging prices charged for pharmaceutical products and services, and many third-party payors may refuse to provide coverage and reimbursement for particular drugs or biologics when an equivalent generic drug, biosimilar or a less expensive product is available. It is possible that a third-party payor may consider our product candidates as substitutable and only offer to reimburse patients for the less expensive drug. Even if we show more favorable efficacy or a more favorable convenience of administration with our product candidates, pricing of existing third-party therapeutics may limit the amount we will be able to charge for our product candidates. These payors may deny or revoke the reimbursement status of a given product or establish prices for new or existing marketed products at levels that are too low to enable us to realize an appropriate return on our investment in our product candidates. For products administered under the supervision of a physician, obtaining coverage and adequate reimbursement may be particularly difficult because higher prices are often associated with such drugs. Additionally, separate reimbursement for the product itself or the treatment or procedure in which the product is used may not be available, which may impact physician utilization. If reimbursement is not available or is available only at limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates, if approved, and may not be able to obtain a satisfactory financial return on our product candidates.
No uniform policy for coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors in the United States. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our product candidates to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance. Furthermore, rules and regulations regarding reimbursement change frequently, in some cases on short notice, and we believe that changes in these rules and regulations are likely.
Outside the United States, international operations are generally subject to extensive governmental price controls and other market regulations, and we believe the increasing emphasis on cost-containment initiatives in Europe and other countries have and will continue to put pressure on the pricing and usage of our product candidates. In many countries, the prices of medical products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for medical products, but monitor and control company profits.
88
Additional foreign price controls or other changes in pricing regulation could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for our product candidates. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for our product candidates may be reduced compared with the United States and may be insufficient to generate commercially-reasonable revenue and profits. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures within the United States, could further limit our net revenue and results. The IRA, for example, includes provisions that impose new manufacturer financial liability on certain drugs under Medicare Part D, allowing the U.S. government to negotiate Medicare Part B and Part D price caps for certain high-cost drugs and biologics without generic or biosimilar competition. Orphan drugs are exempted from the Medicare drug price negotiation program, but as described in CMS guidance, this exemption will apply only to products that have no more than one rare disease designation and for which the only approved indication is for that disease or condition. Decreases in third-party reimbursement for our drug product candidate or a decision by a third-party payor to not cover our drug product candidate could reduce physician usage of the drug product candidate and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations and financial condition.
Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors in the United States and abroad to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement for newly approved products and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of our product candidates due to the trend toward managed health care, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs and biologics and surgical procedures and other treatments, has become intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products.
There can be no assurance that our product candidates, if approved for sale in the United States or in other countries, will be considered medically reasonable and necessary, that it will be considered cost-effective by third-party payors, that coverage or an adequate level of reimbursement will be available or that reimbursement policies and practices in the United States and in other countries where our products are sold will not adversely affect our ability to sell our product candidates profitably, if they are approved for sale.
If the market opportunities for any of our product candidates are smaller than we estimate, even assuming approval of a product candidate, our revenue may be adversely affected, and our business may suffer.
The precise incidence and prevalence for all the conditions we aim to address with our product candidates are unknown. Our projections of both the number of people who have these diseases, as well as the subset of people with these diseases who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our product candidates, are based on our beliefs and estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including scientific literature, surveys of clinics, patient foundations or market research, and may prove to be incorrect. Further, new information may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these diseases. For example, PWS is a rare disease, and as such, our projections of both the number of people who have this disease, as well as the subset of people with PWS who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our product candidate, are based on estimates. Currently, most reported estimates of the prevalence of PWS are based on studies of small subsets of the population of specific geographic areas, which are then extrapolated to estimate the prevalence of the diseases in the broader world population. There can be no assurance that the prevalence of PWS in the study populations, particularly in these newer studies, accurately reflects the prevalence of this disease in the broader world population. If our estimates of the prevalence of PWS, or of the number of patients who may benefit from treatment with our product candidates prove to be incorrect, the market opportunities for our product candidate may be smaller than we believe it is, our prospects for generating revenue may be adversely affected and our business may suffer.
The total addressable market across our product candidates will ultimately depend upon, among other things, the diagnosis criteria included in the final label for each of our product candidates approved for sale for these indications, the availability of alternative treatments and the safety, convenience, cost and efficacy of our product candidates relative to such alternative treatments, acceptance by the medical community and patient access, drug pricing and reimbursement. The number of patients in the United States and other major markets and elsewhere may turn out to be lower than expected, patients may not be otherwise amenable to treatment with our product candidates, or new patients may become increasingly difficult to identify or gain access to, all of which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Further, even if we obtain significant market share for our product candidates, because some of our potential target populations are very small, we may never achieve profitability despite obtaining such significant market share.
The increasing use of social media platforms presents new risks and challenges.
Social media is increasingly being used to communicate about our clinical development programs and the diseases our therapeutics are being developed to treat, and we intend to utilize appropriate social media in connection with our commercialization efforts following approval of our product candidates, if any. Social media practices in the biopharmaceutical industry continue to evolve and regulations and regulatory guidance relating to such use are evolving and not always clear.
89
This evolution creates uncertainty and risk of noncompliance with regulations applicable to our business, resulting in potential regulatory actions against us, along with the potential for litigation related to off-label marketing or other prohibited activities. For example, patients may use social media channels to comment on their experience in an ongoing blinded clinical trial or to report an alleged adverse event. When such disclosures occur, there is a risk that trial enrollment may be adversely impacted, that we fail to monitor and comply with applicable adverse event reporting obligations or that we may not be able to defend our business or the public’s legitimate interests in the face of the political and market pressures generated by social media due to restrictions on what we may say about our product candidates. There is also a risk of inappropriate disclosure of sensitive information or negative or inaccurate posts or comments about us on any social networking website. If any of these events were to occur or we otherwise fail to comply with applicable regulations, we could incur liability, face regulatory actions or incur other harm to our business.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and Our Status as a Public Company
An active and liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop and you may not be able to resell your shares of common stock at or above the public offering price, if at all.
Prior to our IPO, no market for shares of our common stock existed. Our common stock only recently began trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “AARD,” and we can provide no assurance that an active or liquid trading market for our common stock will develop. Even if an active trading market is developed, it may not be maintained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other businesses or technologies using our shares as consideration, which, in turn, could materially adversely affect our business.
Our stock price may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares of our common stock.
The market price of our common stock is likely to be volatile and could fluctuate widely in response to many factors, including but not limited to:
90
In recent years, the stock market in general, and the market for pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in particular, has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to changes in the operating performance of the companies whose stock is experiencing those price and volume fluctuations. Broad market and industry factors may seriously affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance.
When the market price of a stock has been volatile, as our stock price may be, holders of that stock have occasionally brought securities class action litigation claims against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders were to bring a lawsuit of this type against us, even if the lawsuit were without merit, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. The lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management.
Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly or may fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts or any guidance we may publicly provide, each of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate or decline.
We expect our operating results to be subject to quarterly and annual fluctuations which may, in turn, cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly. Our net loss and other operating results will be affected by numerous factors, including:
91
If our quarterly or annual operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts or any forecasts or guidance we may provide to the market, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated guidance we may provide. We believe that quarterly or annual comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.
Because we do not anticipate paying any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.
We have never declared nor paid dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development, operation and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate declaring or paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation of our common stock, which may never occur, will be your sole source of gain on your investment for the foreseeable future.
Our board of directors are authorized to issue and designate shares of our preferred stock without stockholder approval.
Our Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time (Certificate of Incorporation), authorizes our board of directors, without the approval of our stockholders, to issue shares of preferred stock, subject to limitations prescribed by applicable law, rules and regulations and the provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, and to establish from time to time the number of shares of preferred stock to be included in each such series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The powers, preferences and rights of these additional series of convertible preferred stock may be senior to or on parity with our common stock, which may reduce our common stock’s value.
Conflicts of interest may arise because some members of our board of directors are representatives of our principal stockholders.
Certain of our principal stockholders or their affiliates are venture capital funds or other investment vehicles that could invest in entities that directly or indirectly compete with us. As a result of these relationships, when conflicts arise between the interests of the principal stockholders or their affiliates and the interests of other stockholders, members of our board of directors that are representatives of the principal stockholders may not be disinterested.
Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our common stock and are able to control matters subject to stockholder approval.
As of February 28, 2025, our executive officers, directors and holders of 5% or more of our capital stock beneficially owned approximately 52.6% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. As a result, such stockholders, acting together, have the ability to significantly influence all matters submitted to our board of directors or stockholders for approval, including the appointment of our management, amendments of our organizational documents, the election and removal of directors and approval of any major corporate transactions, as well as our management and business affairs. The interests of these stockholders may not be the same as or may even conflict with your interests. For example, these stockholders could delay, defer or prevent a change of control of our company, impede a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempt to obtain control of our business, even if such a transaction would benefit our other stockholders. This could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company or our assets and might affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. The significant concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could prevent or delay an acquisition of us that may be beneficial to our stockholders, and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.
Our Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws (Bylaws) contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to elect directors who are not nominated by current members of our board of directors or take other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. These provisions:
92
In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by Section 203 of General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the DGCL), which may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company. Section 203 imposes certain restrictions on mergers, business combinations and other transactions between us and holders of 15% or more of our common stock, unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other exceptions, our board of directors has approved the transaction. Any of the foregoing provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, and they could deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood the holders of our common stock would receive a premium for their shares of our common stock in an acquisition.
The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our Certificate of Incorporation, to the fullest extent permitted by law, provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or another state court or the federal court located within the State of Delaware if the Court of Chancery does not have or declines to accept jurisdiction) shall be the sole and exclusive forum, in all cases subject to the court’s having jurisdiction over indispensable parties named as defendants, for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any director, officer or other employee; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us or any director, officer or other employee arising pursuant to the DGCL; (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws; or (v) any other action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation provides that the federal district courts of the United States are the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act but that the exclusive forum provision does not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act.
Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may result in increased costs to stockholders to bring a claim for any such dispute and may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in the Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition. For example, under the Securities Act, federal courts have concurrent jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act, and investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this exclusive forum provision, but will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
93
General Risk Factors
Recent and future changes to tax laws could materially adversely affect our company.
The tax regimes we are subject to or operate under, including with respect to income and non-income taxes, are unsettled and may be subject to significant change. Changes in tax laws, regulations, or rulings, or changes in interpretations of existing laws and regulations, could materially adversely affect our company. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, and the IRA enacted many significant changes to the U.S. tax laws. Future guidance from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities with respect to such legislation may affect us, and certain aspects thereof could be repealed or modified in future legislation. For example, the IRA includes provisions that will impact the U.S. federal income taxation of certain corporations, including imposing a 15% minimum tax on the book income of certain large corporations and a 1% excise tax on certain corporate stock repurchases that would be imposed on the corporation repurchasing such stock. In addition, many countries in Europe, as well as a number of other countries and organizations (including the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development and the European Commission), have proposed, recommended, or (in the case of countries) enacted or otherwise become subject to changes to existing tax laws or new tax laws that could significantly increase our tax obligations in the countries where we do business or require us to change the manner in which we operate our business.
We or our directors or officers may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.
We may be the target of securities litigation in the future, including based on volatility in the market price of our stock. The stock market in general, and Nasdaq and biopharmaceutical companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies. The market price of our common stock is likely to be volatile. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. Securities litigation (including the cost to defend against, and any potential adverse outcome resulting from any such proceeding) can be expensive, time-consuming, damage our reputation and divert our management’s and board of directors’ attention from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.
We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management is required to devote substantial time and resources to new compliance initiatives.
As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Nasdaq listing requirements, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Complying with these rules and regulations has increased and will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could significantly harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We plan to hire additional support for financial reporting and internal controls and other finance personnel or consultants in order to develop and implement appropriate internal controls and reporting procedures, which will increase our costs and expenses.
In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be significantly harmed.
The future issuance of equity or of debt securities that are convertible into equity would dilute our share capital.
We may choose to raise additional capital in the future, depending on market conditions, strategic considerations and operational requirements. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the issuance of shares or other securities convertible into shares, our stockholders will be diluted. Future issuances of our common stock or other equity securities, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through future offerings of shares or equity securities.
94
No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of common stock or other equity securities or the availability of common stock for future sales will have on the trading price of our common stock.
Pursuant to our 2025 Equity Incentive Plan (2025 Plan), our management is authorized to grant equity awards to our employees, directors and consultants. Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to equity awards under the 2025 Plan is 2,150,000 shares. Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2025 Plan will automatically increase on January 1st of each year, beginning on January 1, 2026 and continuing through and including January 1, 2035, by 5% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. Unless our board of directors elects not to increase the number of shares available for future grant each year, our stockholders may experience additional dilution, which could cause our stock price to fall.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock by our existing stockholders in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise adequate capital through the sale of additional equity or equity-linked securities.
In connection with our IPO, our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding securities have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters pursuant to which they may not, with certain exceptions, through the close of trading on August 11, 2025, offer, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of our securities, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. However, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may permit our officers, directors and other securityholders who are subject to the lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements at any time in its sole discretion. Sales of these shares, or the perception that they will be sold, could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. After the lock-up agreements expire, an additional 15,496,377 shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, of which 8,708,189 shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
In addition, the 934,368 shares of our common stock that are subject to outstanding options under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2017 Plan) as of December 31, 2024 became eligible for sale in the public market after our IPO, to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements (and the exceptions thereto) and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of our common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.
The holders of 11,439,841 shares of our outstanding common stock, or approximately 52.7% of our total outstanding common stock as of February 28, 2025, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the lock-up agreements described above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.
Techniques employed by short sellers may drive down the market price of our common stock.
Short selling is the practice of selling securities that the seller does not own, but rather has borrowed from a third-party with the intention of buying identical securities back at a later date to return to the lender. The short seller hopes to profit from a decline in the value of the securities between the sale of the borrowed securities and the purchase of the replacement shares, as the short seller expects to pay less in that purchase than it received in the sale. As it is in the short seller’s best interests for the price of the stock to decline, many short sellers publish, or arrange for the publication of, negative opinions regarding the relevant issuer and its business prospects in order to create negative market momentum and generate profits for themselves after selling a stock short. These short attacks have, in the past, led to selling of shares in the market. While we would strongly defend against any such short seller attacks, we may be constrained in the manner in which we can proceed against the relevant short seller by applicable state law or issues of commercial confidentiality. Such a situation could be costly and time-consuming, and could be distracting for our management team. Additionally, such allegations against us could negatively impact our business operations and stockholders' equity, and the value of any investment in our stock could be reduced.
95
We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” and our election of reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this Annual Report and our other periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, as an emerging growth company, we are only required to provide two years of audited financial statements. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this Annual Report. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of our IPO, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which occurs when the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, or if we have total annual gross revenue of $1.235 billion or more during any fiscal year before that time, in which cases we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31, or if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during any three-year period before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company immediately. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we could still qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this Annual Report and our other periodic reports and proxy statements. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our share price may be more volatile.
In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and therefore we are not subject to the same requirements to adopt new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.
We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and are able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock may be influenced in part by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over the industry or securities analysts, or the content and opinions included in their reports and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, or if analysts cease coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, and the trading price for our common stock could be impacted negatively. If any of the analysts who cover us publish inaccurate or unfavorable research or opinions regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property or our stock performance, or if our preclinical studies and clinical trials and operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline.
Our failure to meet Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements could result in a delisting of our common stock.
If we fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq, such as the corporate governance requirements or the minimum closing bid price requirement, Nasdaq may take steps to delist our common stock. Such a delisting would likely have a negative effect on the price of our common stock and would impair your ability to sell or purchase our common stock when you wish to do so. In the event of a delisting, we can provide no assurance that any action taken by us to restore compliance with listing requirements would allow our common stock to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our common stock, prevent our common stock from dropping below the Nasdaq minimum bid price requirement or prevent future non-compliance with the listing requirements of Nasdaq.
96
Unfavorable global economic or political conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our business is susceptible to general conditions in the global economy and in the global financial markets. A global financial crisis or a global or regional political disruption could cause extreme volatility in the capital and credit markets. A severe or prolonged economic downturn, including a recession or depression resulting from the political disruption, could result in a variety of risks to our business, including weakened demand for our current or future product candidates, if approved, and our ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, if at all. A weak or declining economy or political disruption could also strain our manufacturers or suppliers, possibly resulting in supply disruption, or cause our customers to delay making payments for our potential drugs, if approved. Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and sanctions against Russia are causing disruptions to global economic conditions. The escalation in October 2023 of the conflict between Israel and Hamas also could cause disruptions to global economic conditions and affect the stability of the Middle East region. Further, the global equity markets in general have recently experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations, including as a result of economic uncertainty and increased interest rates, inflation, the government closure of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank, and liquidity concerns at other financial institutions that may be unrelated to our operating performance. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and we cannot anticipate all of the ways in which the political or economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
Item 1C. Cybersecurity.
We have developed our cybersecurity risk management program (Cybersecurity Framework), including a cybersecurity incident response plan, based on the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity Framework’s (NIST CSF) principles: Identify, Protect, Detect, Respond, and Recover, and our Cybersecurity Framework is intended to address current vulnerabilities and anticipate future cybersecurity threats and risks to our cyber ecosystem. This does not imply that we meet any particular technical standards, specifications, or requirements, only that we use the NIST CSF as a guide to help us identify, assess, and manage cybersecurity risks relevant to our business.
Our Cybersecurity Framework is integrated into our overall enterprise risk management program, and shares common methodologies, reporting channels and governance processes that apply across the enterprise risk management program to other legal, compliance, strategic, operational, and financial risk areas.
Our cybersecurity risk management program includes:
We have not identified risks from known cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any prior cybersecurity incidents, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our operations, business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. There can be no assurance, however, that our cybersecurity risk management program and processes, including our policies, controls or procedures, will be fully implemented, complied with or effective in protecting our systems and information. For more information, see Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Operation of Our Business—Significant disruptions of our information technology systems or data security incidents could result in significant financial, legal, regulatory, business and reputational harm to us” of this Annual Report.
97
Our board of directors considers cybersecurity risk as part of its risk oversight function and has delegated to the Audit Committee oversight of cybersecurity and other information technology risks. The Audit Committee oversees management’s implementation of our cybersecurity risk management strategy.
The Audit Committee receives periodic reports from management, including our IT Governance Team, on our cybersecurity risks. In addition, management updates the Audit Committee, as necessary, regarding any material cybersecurity incidents, as well as any incidents with lesser impact potential.
Our IT Governance Team is comprised of senior Aardvark leadership, including our Chief Financial Officer, Vice President, Head of Product Management and Strategy and Vice President, Quality, as well as third party advisors. Our IT Governance Team has primary responsibility for our overall cybersecurity risk management program and supervises both our internal cybersecurity personnel and our retained external cybersecurity consultants. The experience of our IT Governance Team encompasses leadership, development, and support of cybersecurity strategies, along with the implementation of policies and procedures.
Our IT Governance Team supervises efforts to prevent, detect, mitigate, and remediate cybersecurity risks and incidents through various means, which may include briefings from internal security personnel; threat intelligence and other information obtained from governmental, public or private sources, including external consultants engaged by us; and alerts and reports produced by security tools deployed in the IT environment.
Item 2. Properties.
We currently lease approximately 8,000 square feet of space as our primary headquarters in San Diego, California. The lease expires in December 2026. We believe that our existing facility is adequate to meet our current needs, although we may seek to negotiate new leases or evaluate additional or alternate spaces for our operations. We believe suitable additional alternative spaces will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
From time to time, we may be involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, in the opinion of management, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us due to defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, negative publicity, reputational harm and other factors.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
98
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Market Information
Our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on February 13, 2025 and trades under the symbol “AARD”. Prior to February 13, 2025, there was no public market for our common stock.
Holders of Record
As of March 20, 2025, there were approximately 83 stockholders of record of our common stock. Certain shares are held in “street” name and accordingly, the number of beneficial owners of such shares is not known or included in the foregoing number.
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We do not currently anticipate declaring or paying, in the foreseeable future, any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors or any authorized committee thereof, subject to applicable laws, after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors or such committee may deem relevant.
Stock Performance Graph
We are a smaller reporting company, as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, and are not required to provide a performance graph.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, we issued and sold the following unregistered securities:
The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraph (1) above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of such securities were our employees, directors or bona fide consultants and received the securities under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about our company.
No underwriters were involved in the foregoing issuances of securities. These securities described in this section (2) were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All holders of securities described above represented to us in connection with their purchase or issuance that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the securities for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The holders received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration. The shares of Series C convertible preferred stock were convertible into an equal number of shares of common stock, at the option of the holder, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments. Each share of Series C convertible preferred stock was to be automatically converted into common stock (i) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of common stock for the account of the Company in which the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $50.0 million or (ii) at any time upon the written consent of a majority of the holders of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; provided that, in the case of Series C convertible preferred stock, no automatic conversion could occur without the written request for such conversion from the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series C convertible preferred stock unless such conversion was being made pursuant to clause (i) above and immediately prior to the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public, the common stock had a price of at least $22.49 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the common stock).
99
As a result of the Reverse Stock Split effected on February 5, 2025, the conversion price for the Series C convertible preferred stock increased to $14.9964. All shares of the Series C Preferred Stock automatically converted into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of our initial public offering in accordance with our Certificate of Incorporation.
On February 14, 2025, immediately prior to the closing of our IPO, all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 11,439,841 shares of our common stock. The issuance of such common stock upon conversion of the convertible preferred stock was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 3(a)(9) thereof, involving an exchange of securities exchanged by the issuer with its existing security holders exclusively where no commission or other remuneration is paid or given directly or indirectly for soliciting such exchange.
Use of Proceeds
On February 12, 2025, our registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-284440) was declared effective by the SEC for our IPO. We sold an aggregate of 6,120,661 shares of common stock in the IPO, which included the partial exercise by the underwriters to purchase 232,661 additional shares, at an initial public offering price of $16.00 per share for gross proceeds of $97.9 million. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC acted as joint book-running managers of our initial public offering, which has now terminated. After deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering costs paid by us totaling $10.4 million, the net proceeds from the offering were approximately $87.5 million. No offering expenses were paid or are payable, directly or indirectly, to our directors or officers, to persons owning 10% or more of any class of our equity securities, or to any of our affiliates.
There has been no material change in the expected use of the net proceeds from our initial public offering as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) on February 13, 2025.
Issuer Repurchases of Equity Securities
None.
Item 6. [Reserved]
100
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report. This discussion and other parts of this Annual Report contain forward-looking statements that involve risk, assumptions and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions, forecasts and projections. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors, including those set forth under Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors”, of this Annual Report and elsewhere in this Annual Report. You should carefully read Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors”, of this Annual Report to gain an understanding of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Please also see the section titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
Overview
We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on developing novel, small-molecule therapeutics to activate innate homeostatic pathways for the treatment of metabolic diseases. We target biological pathways associated with alleviating hunger that we believe have the potential to deliver transformative outcomes for patients. We have focused our efforts on developing selective compounds, targeting Bitter Taste Receptors (TAS2Rs) for hunger-associated conditions. Our initial compounds target TAS2Rs expressed in the gut lumen, which normally respond to the nutrients in food and participate in the gut-brain axis. Our research has shown that activating these receptors can induce secretion of endogenous signaling molecules, including cholecystokinin (CCK) and glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1). Our wholly-owned lead product candidate, ARD-101, is an oral gut-restricted small-molecule agonist of certain TAS2Rs expressed in the gut lumen for which we have initiated a Phase 3 clinical trial for hyperphagia associated with PWS. We also intend to evaluate ARD-101 in a Phase 2 clinical trial for hyperphagia associated with HO. In our completed Phase 2 clinical trial in subjects with hyperphagia associated with PWS, ARD-101 was shown to be well-tolerated and demonstrated clinical activity through a reduction in Hyperphagia Questionnaire for Clinical Trials (HQ-CT) score. We have aligned with the FDA on a protocol for a potentially pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial, which we initiated in December 2024, and we anticipate topline data will be available in early 2026. In furtherance of preparing for this potentially pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial, we have expanded our clinical management and regulatory capabilities, including hiring clinical, regulatory and quality personnel, and we expect to continue to need to expand our clinical management and regulatory capabilities and to rely on third parties to conduct our pivotal clinical trials.
Below is a summary of our portfolio of novel and proprietary small molecule programs that we believe can induce satiety in patients with hunger-associated indications.
Our Hunger Associated TAS2R Pipeline (1)(2)
Beyond our lead product candidate, ARD-101, and our ARD-201 program, we are also developing other programs for the potential treatment of indications with high unmet need, including other indications mediated by TAS2R signaling.
101
Since we commenced operations in 2017, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, discovering ARD-101, establishing and maintaining our intellectual property portfolio, conducting research, preclinical studies, and clinical trials, manufacturing of ARD-101 and related raw materials, and providing general and administrative support for these operations.
We have incurred significant net losses and negative cash flows from operations since our inception and, as of December 31, 2024, we had an accumulated deficit of $58.3 million. Our net losses for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 were $20.6 million and $7.2 million, respectively. We expect our expenses and operating losses will increase substantially for the foreseeable future as we:
If we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing, and distribution. Our net losses may fluctuate significantly from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year, depending on the timing of and level of expense related to our clinical trials and preclinical studies and our other research and development activities and capital expenditures and the timing and amount of any milestone or royalty payments due under our existing or future license or collaboration agreements.
From inception and up to the date of our IPO in February 2025, we had raised a total of $129.1 million in gross proceeds to fund our operations from the sale and issuance of shares of our convertible preferred stock. In February 2025, we completed our IPO with the sale of 6,120,661 shares of common stock, which included the partial exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase 232,661 additional shares, at an initial public offering price of $16.00 per share and received net proceeds of approximately $87.5 million. As of December 31, 2024, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $73.7 million, which does not include the net proceeds from our IPO. Based upon our current operating plans, we believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, together with the proceeds from our IPO, will be sufficient to fund our projected operations into 2027. However, our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially.
We do not have any products approved for sale and have not generated any revenue to date. We do not expect to generate any revenue from product sales until we successfully complete development and obtain regulatory approval for one or more of our product candidates, which we expect will take a number of years and may never occur. We will need substantial additional funding in addition to the net proceeds of our IPO to support our continuing operations and pursue our long-term business plan, including to complete the development and commercialization of ARD-101 and our other product candidates, if approved. Accordingly, until such time as we can generate significant revenue from sales of ARD-101 or our other product candidates, if ever, we expect to finance our cash needs through equity offerings, debt financings, or other capital sources, including potential collaborations, licenses, and other similar arrangements. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed on favorable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital or enter into such other arrangements when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and could force us to delay, limit, reduce, or terminate our research and development programs or other operations, or grant rights to develop and market our product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.
We do not own or operate, and currently have no plans to establish, any manufacturing facilities. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the manufacture of our ARD-101 and our other product candidates for preclinical and clinical testing, as well as for commercial manufacture if ARD-101 or any of our other product candidates obtain marketing approval. We are working with our current manufacturers to ensure that we will be able to scale up our manufacturing capabilities to support our clinical plans.
102
In addition, we rely on third parties to package, label, store, and distribute ARD-101, and we intend to rely on third parties for our commercial products if marketing approval is obtained. We believe that this strategy allows us to maintain a more efficient infrastructure by eliminating the need for us to invest in our own manufacturing facilities, equipment, and personnel while also enabling us to focus our expertise and resources on the discovery and development of ARD-101 and our other product candidates.
Given our stage of development, we do not yet have a marketing or sales organization or commercial infrastructure; however, we intend to build the necessary sales, marketing and commercialization capabilities and infrastructure over time as our product candidates advance through clinical development. We expect to spend a significant amount in commercial development and marketing costs prior to obtaining regulatory and marketing approval of one or more of our product candidates.
Macroeconomic Trends
We may be affected by unfavorable economic conditions and challenges in the United States and abroad, such as the effects of the ongoing geopolitical conflicts in Ukraine, the Israel-Hamas war, tensions in U.S.-China relations, disruptions in the banking industry and inflationary trends. The fiscal years 2024 and 2023 were marked by significant market uncertainty and increasing inflationary pressures. These market dynamics are expected to continue into 2025, and these and similar adverse market conditions may negatively impact our business, financial position, results of operations and growth prospects. For further discussion of the potential impacts of macroeconomic events on us, refer to Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors”, of this Annual Report.
Components of Our Results of Operations
Revenue
To date, we have not generated any revenue from the sale of products. We do not expect to generate any such revenue unless and until such time as ARD-101, ARD-201 and our other product candidates have advanced through clinical development and regulatory approval, if ever. If we fail to complete preclinical and clinical development of any product candidates or obtain regulatory approval for them, our ability to generate future revenues, and our results of operations and financial position would be adversely affected.
Operating Expenses
Our operating expenses consist of (i) research and development expenses, (ii) general and administrative expenses and (iii) credit losses recorded on related party convertible promissory note and accounts receivable.
Research and Development
Our research and development (R&D) expenses consist primarily of external and internal costs incurred in performing preclinical and clinical development activities. Research and development expenses are recognized as incurred and payments made prior to the receipt of goods or services to be used in research and development are capitalized until the goods or services are received.
Our research and development expenses consist principally of:
103
We do not track our research and development expenses on a program-specific basis or allocate our internal costs associated with our discovery and development efforts because these costs are deployed across multiple programs and, as such, are not separately classified. Since our inception and through December 31, 2024, substantially all of our external costs have been related to the research and development of ARD-101.
Although R&D activities are central to our business model, the successful development of ARD-101 and our other product candidates is highly uncertain. We cannot determine with certainty the timing of initiation, the duration or the completion costs of current or future preclinical studies and clinical trials of ARD-101, ARD-201, or any future product candidates due to the inherently unpredictable nature of preclinical and clinical development. There are numerous factors associated with the successful development of a product candidate, including future trial design and various regulatory requirements, many of which cannot be determined with accuracy at this time based on our stage of development. In addition, future regulatory factors beyond our control may impact our clinical development programs. Product candidates in later stages of development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of development. As a result, we expect that our R&D expenses will increase substantially for the foreseeable future as we continue to conduct our ongoing R&D activities, advance preclinical research programs toward clinical development, conduct clinical trials, hire additional personnel, and maintain, expand, protect, and enforce our intellectual property portfolio.
At this time, we cannot accurately estimate or know the nature, timing and costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the preclinical and clinical development of any of our product candidates. Our future R&D expenses may vary significantly based on a wide variety of factors such as:
A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to development of any of our product candidates could significantly change the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate.
The process of conducting the necessary preclinical and clinical research to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time-consuming. The actual probability of success for ARD-101 or any future product candidates may be affected by a variety of factors. We may never succeed in achieving regulatory approval for any of our product candidates. Preclinical and clinical development timelines, the probability of success, and total development costs can differ materially from expectations. We anticipate that we will make determinations as to which product candidates to pursue and how much funding to direct to each product candidate on an ongoing basis in response to the results of ongoing and future preclinical studies and clinical trials, regulatory developments, and our ongoing assessments as to each product candidates’ commercial potential. We will need to raise substantial additional capital in the future.
104
In addition, we cannot forecast which product candidate may be subject to future collaborations, when such arrangements will be secured, if at all, and to what degree such arrangements would affect our development plans and capital requirements.
General and Administrative
Our general and administrative (G&A) expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs such as salaries, bonuses, payroll taxes, employee benefits, travel, and stock-based compensation expense for employees involved in executive, accounting and finance, legal, and other administrative functions. Other significant costs include allocated facility-related costs, legal fees relating to intellectual property and corporate matters, professional fees for accounting and consulting services, insurance costs, and business development expenses.
We expect that our G&A expenses will increase substantially for the foreseeable future as we continue to increase our general and administrative headcount to support our continued R&D activities and, if ARD-101 or our other product candidates receive marketing approval, commercialization activities, as well as to support our operations generally. We also expect to incur increased expenses related to audit, legal, regulatory, and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and SEC requirements, director and officer insurance premiums, and investor relations costs associated with operating as a public company.
Credit Loss – Accounts Receivable and Related Party Convertible Promissory Note
In connection with a Transition Services Agreement (the Transition Services Agreement) entered into with Aardwolf Therapeutics, Inc. (Aardwolf), which was effective through May 31, 2024, we performed certain services and billed Aardwolf monthly. As Aardwolf currently does not have the ability to repay the related party receivables, these amounts are deemed uncollectible and have been written off until such time as Aardwolf has the ability to repay. In addition, in August 2022, we loaned Aardwolf $1.0 million in the form of a convertible promissory note, which, based on its current inability to repay, we also have written off as uncollectible. We will reassess the estimated recovery on previous written off balances at each reporting period.
Other Income (Expense), Net
Other income (expense), net consists primarily of interest income earned on our invested cash and cash equivalents, dividend income and changes in the fair value of equity securities held as investments.
Results of Operations
Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
The following table summarizes our results of operations for each of the periods indicated:
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|
Change |
|
|||
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Research and development |
|
$ |
17,363 |
|
|
$ |
4,480 |
|
|
$ |
12,883 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
5,305 |
|
|
|
2,173 |
|
|
|
3,132 |
|
Credit loss – related party accounts receivable |
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
762 |
|
|
|
(645 |
) |
Total operating expenses |
|
|
22,785 |
|
|
|
7,415 |
|
|
|
15,370 |
|
Loss from operations |
|
|
(22,785 |
) |
|
|
(7,415 |
) |
|
|
(15,370 |
) |
Other income, net |
|
|
2,197 |
|
|
|
207 |
|
|
|
1,990 |
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
(20,588 |
) |
|
$ |
(7,208 |
) |
|
$ |
(13,380 |
) |
105
Research and Development Expenses
The following table summarizes our R&D expenses for each of the periods indicated:
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|
Change |
|
|||
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|||||||||
External costs |
|
$ |
12,659 |
|
|
$ |
3,242 |
|
|
$ |
9,417 |
|
Internal costs: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Personnel-related (including stock-based compensation |
|
|
4,272 |
|
|
|
1,084 |
|
|
|
3,188 |
|
Facilities-related (including depreciation) and other |
|
|
432 |
|
|
|
154 |
|
|
|
278 |
|
Total internal costs |
|
|
4,704 |
|
|
|
1,238 |
|
|
|
3,466 |
|
Total R&D expenses |
|
$ |
17,363 |
|
|
$ |
4,480 |
|
|
$ |
12,883 |
|
R&D expenses were $17.4 million and $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The $12.9 million increase for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 resulted primarily from an increase of $9.4 million for external expenses incurred for chemistry, manufacturing and controls (CMC), clinical and toxicology studies primarily related to the development of ARD-101 and a $3.2 million increase in personnel-related costs due to increased headcount and bonuses.
General and Administrative (G&A) Expenses
G&A expenses were $5.3 million and $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The $3.1 million increase for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily resulted from a $0.7 million increase in personnel-related costs and a $2.0 million increase in legal and other professional costs.
Credit Loss – Related Party Accounts Receivable
Amounts written off as uncollectible related to the Transition Services Agreement with Aardwolf were $0.1 million and $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The $0.7 million decrease for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 was due to the expiration of the Transition Services Agreement in May 2024.
Other Income, Net
Other income, net was $2.2 million and $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The $2.0 million increase for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 resulted from higher interest income generated by our invested cash and lower unrealized losses recorded on the change in the fair value of our short-term investments, offset by lower dividend income.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Sources of Liquidity
We have not generated any revenue from product sales and have incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operations since our inception and anticipate we will continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future. From inception and up to the date of our IPO in February 2025, we had raised a total of $129.1 million in gross proceeds to fund our operations from the sale and issuance of shares of our convertible preferred stock. In February 2025, we completed our IPO with the sale of 6,120,661 shares of common stock, which included the partial exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase 232,661 additional shares, at an initial public offering price of $16.00 per share and received net proceeds of $87.5 million.
Future Funding Requirements
As of December 31, 2024, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $73.7 million, which does not include the proceeds from our IPO in February 2025. Based upon our current operating plans, we believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, together with the proceeds from our IPO, will be sufficient to fund our projected operations into 2027. However, our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could deplete our capital resources sooner than we expect.
106
Additionally, the process of conducting preclinical studies, manufacturing and testing product candidates in clinical trials is costly, and the timing of progress and expenses in these studies and trials is uncertain.
We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception and, as of December 31, 2024, we had an accumulated deficit of $58.3 million. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and we anticipate these losses will increase substantially for the reasons described above.
Our future capital requirements are difficult to predict and depend on many factors, including but not limited to:
We have no other committed sources of capital. Until we can generate a sufficient amount of product revenue to finance our cash requirements, if ever, we expect to finance our future cash needs primarily through equity offerings, debt financings, or other capital sources, including potential collaborations, licenses, and other similar arrangements. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed on favorable terms or at all. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be or could be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our common stockholders. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures, or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through other collaborations or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our future revenue streams, product candidates, research programs, intellectual property or proprietary technology, or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or other arrangements when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce, or terminate our R&D programs or other operations, or grant rights to develop and market our product candidates to third parties that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves, or on less favorable terms than we would otherwise choose.
107
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our cash flows for each of the periods indicated:
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net cash used in operating activities |
|
$ |
(18,087 |
) |
|
$ |
(5,824 |
) |
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(11,998 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
|
81,991 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
51,906 |
|
|
$ |
(5,824 |
) |
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $18.1 million and $5.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2024 was primarily due to our reported net loss of $20.6 million, net of non-cash items (including unrealized losses on short-term investments, credit losses, stock-based compensation expense and right-of-use asset amortization) totaling $0.9 million and a $1.6 million net increase of our net operating assets. The net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily due to our reported net loss of $7.2 million, net of non-cash charges (including non-cash dividend income, unrealized losses on short-term investments, credit losses, stock-based compensation expense, and right-of-use asset amortization) totaling $1.5 million and a $0.1 million net decrease of our net operating assets. The increase in cash used in operations during the year ended December 31, 2024 in comparison to the year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily attributable to increased research and development activities.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $12.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily as a result of the purchase of short-term investments during the period.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was $82.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily as a result of proceeds from the sale and issuance of shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock in May 2024 for net proceeds of $82.9 million, offset by payments for deferred IPO costs of $1.2 million.
Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments
We entered into a new lease for office space commencing on August 1, 2024 and expiring on December 31, 2026. Total future aggregate operating lease commitments under the lease agreement is $0.9 million.
In August 2023, we acquired the rights to certain intellectual property, in connection with which we have payment obligations up to an aggregate of $118.5 million that are contingent upon our achievement of specified regulatory and commercial milestones. In addition, in October 2024, we acquired the rights to certain assets in exchange for an upfront cash payment of $0.6 million, in connection with which we have payment obligations up to an aggregate of $62.0 million that are contingent upon our achievement of specified regulatory and commercial milestones. As of December 31, 2024, we were unable to estimate the timing or likelihood of achieving the milestones or making future product sales. For additional information regarding this agreement, including our payment obligations thereunder, see Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
During the normal course of our business, we enter into contracts for research and professional services, and for the purchase of lab supplies used in our research activities. These contracts generally provide for termination after a notice period, and, therefore, are cancelable contracts and not separately presented.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Since our inception, we did not have, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined under the rules and regulations of the SEC.
108
Critical Accounting Estimates
Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to accrued expenses and stock-based compensation expense. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events, and various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report, we believe the following accounting estimates to be most critical to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Accrued R&D Expenses
As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued R&D expenses as of each balance sheet date. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with our personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf, and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of the actual cost. We make estimates of our accrued R&D expenses as of each balance sheet date based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. The significant estimates in our accrued R&D expenses include the costs incurred for services performed by our vendors in connection with services for which we have not yet been invoiced.
We base our expenses related to R&D activities on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to quotes and contracts with vendors that conduct R&D on our behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract, and may result in uneven payment flows.
There may be instances in which payments made to our vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the R&D expense. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual or prepaid expense accordingly. Advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future R&D activities are expensed when the activity has been performed or when the goods have been received rather than when the payment is made.
Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, if our estimates of the status and timing of services performed differ from the actual status and timing of services performed, it could result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. To date, there have been no material differences between our estimates of such expenses and the amounts actually incurred.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Stock-based compensation expense represents the cost of the estimated grant date fair value of stock option awards amortized over the requisite service period of the awards (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis. We estimate the fair value of all stock option grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and recognize forfeitures as they occur.
Estimating the fair value of equity awards at the grant date using valuation models, such as the Black-Scholes option pricing model, is affected by assumptions regarding a number of complex variables, including:
109
These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop. Changes in these assumptions can materially affect the fair value and ultimately how much stock-based compensation expense is recognized.
See Notes 2 and 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for information concerning certain of the specific assumptions we used in applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of our stock options.
We recorded $0.4 million and $0.3 million of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, there was $2.3 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options with service conditions that we expect to recognize over a remaining weighted-average period of 3.4 years.
Determination of Fair Value of Our Common Stock
Prior to our IPO, the estimated fair value of our common stock was determined by our board of directors as of the date of each option grant, with input from management, considering contemporaneous independent third-party valuations of our common stock performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (Practice Aid), and our board of directors’ assessment of additional objective and subjective factors that it believed were relevant and which may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant, including: the prices at which we sold shares of our convertible preferred stock to outside investors in arms-length transactions, and the superior rights, preferences, and privileges of the convertible preferred stock relative to the common stock at the time of each sale; the progress of our company’s R&D programs, including their stages of development, and our company’s business strategy; external market and other conditions affecting the biotechnology industry, and trends and developments within the biotechnology industry; our company’s financial position, including cash on hand; the lack of an active public market for our company’s common stock; the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for our company’s securityholders, such as an initial public offering or a sale of the company, taking into consideration prevailing market conditions, trends and developments in our industry; the hiring of key personnel and the experience of management; the analysis of initial public offerings and the market performance and volatility of peer companies in the biopharmaceutical industry, as well as completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies; and the material risks related to our business and industry, our results of operations and financial position, including our levels of capital resources. Prior to the completion of our IPO, there were significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of the fair value of our common stock. These judgments and estimates included assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to completing an initial public offering or other liquidity event, and the determination of the appropriate valuation methods. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss, and net loss per share of common stock could have been significantly different.
Following the closing of our IPO, our board of directors determines the fair value of our common stock based on its closing price as reported on the date of grant on the primary stock exchange on which our common stock is traded.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 to each of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for recently adopted accounting pronouncements.
Emerging Growth Company and Smaller Reporting Company Status
We qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include: (i) being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited condensed financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this Annual Report; (ii) reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; (iii) not being required to hold advisory votes on executive compensation or to obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements not previously approved; (iv) an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; and (v) an exemption from compliance with the requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on the financial statements.
110
We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company on the date that is the earliest of:
(i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.235 billion or more;
(ii) December 31, 2030 (the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of our IPO);
(iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or
(iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC.
We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, while we are an emerging growth company we will not be subject to new or revised accounting standards at the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to those of other public companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. We may choose to early adopt any new or revised accounting standards whenever such early adoption is permitted for private companies.
We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as the market value of our shares of common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our shares of common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Interest Rate Risk
Our cash and cash equivalents consist of cash held in readily available checking and money market accounts, as well as short-term debt securities. We are exposed to market risk related to fluctuations in interest rates and market prices. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. However, because of the short-term nature of the instruments in our portfolio, we do not believe a hypothetical 100 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates during any of the periods presented would have had a material impact on our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Foreign Currency
Net realized and unrealized gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are reported in other income (expense), net, in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. All of our employees and our operations are currently located in the United States and our expenses are generally denominated in U.S. dollars. However, we have contracted with and may continue to contract with non-U.S. vendors who we may pay in local currency. To date, the impact of foreign currency costs on our operations have been negligible for all periods presented and we have not had a formal hedging program with respect to foreign currency. Therefore, we do not believe a hypothetical 100 basis point increase or decrease in exchange rates during any of the periods presented would have had a material impact on our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Inflation Risk
Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and clinical trial costs. We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our results of operations during the periods presented.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
111
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc.
|
|
Page |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm: BDO USA, P.C.; San Diego, California; (PCAOB ID # 243) |
|
F-2 |
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 |
|
F-3 |
|
F-4 |
|
|
F-5 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 |
|
F-6 |
|
F-7 |
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Stockholders and Board of Directors
Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc.
San Diego, California
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ BDO USA, P.C.
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2021.
San Diego, California
March 31, 2025
F-2
AARDVARK THERAPEUTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and par value data)
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
61,641 |
|
|
$ |
9,735 |
|
Short-term investments |
|
|
12,022 |
|
|
|
254 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
474 |
|
|
|
379 |
|
Total current assets |
|
|
74,137 |
|
|
|
10,368 |
|
Operating lease right-of-use asset |
|
|
735 |
|
|
|
155 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
2,635 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
77,507 |
|
|
$ |
10,536 |
|
Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
2,298 |
|
|
$ |
1,035 |
|
Accrued liabilities |
|
|
2,291 |
|
|
|
235 |
|
Operating lease liability, current portion |
|
|
338 |
|
|
|
112 |
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
4,927 |
|
|
|
1,382 |
|
Operating lease liability, net of current portion |
|
|
441 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
Other long-term liabilities |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
5,394 |
|
|
|
1,434 |
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value; 96,941,453 and 57,361,588 shares |
|
|
126,756 |
|
|
|
43,904 |
|
Stockholders’ deficit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Common stock, $0.00001 par value; 157,230,354 and 101,111,421 shares authorized |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
3,684 |
|
|
|
2,937 |
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
|
(58,327 |
) |
|
|
(37,739 |
) |
Total stockholders’ deficit |
|
|
(54,643 |
) |
|
|
(34,802 |
) |
Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit |
|
$ |
77,507 |
|
|
$ |
10,536 |
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
AARDVARK THERAPEUTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Research and development |
|
$ |
17,363 |
|
|
$ |
4,480 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
5,305 |
|
|
|
2,173 |
|
Credit loss—related party accounts receivable |
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
762 |
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
22,785 |
|
|
|
7,415 |
|
Loss from operations |
|
|
(22,785 |
) |
|
|
(7,415 |
) |
Other income (expense), net: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Unrealized loss on short-term investments |
|
|
(217 |
) |
|
|
(1,216 |
) |
Interest and dividend income |
|
|
2,414 |
|
|
|
1,423 |
|
Total other income, net |
|
|
2,197 |
|
|
|
207 |
|
Net loss and comprehensive loss |
|
$ |
(20,588 |
) |
|
$ |
(7,208 |
) |
Net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted (Note 3) |
|
$ |
(5.15 |
) |
|
$ |
(1.82 |
) |
Weighted-average shares used in net loss per share calculation (Note 3) |
|
|
3,996,376 |
|
|
|
3,960,944 |
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
AARDVARK THERAPEUTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(in thousands, except share data)
|
|
Convertible |
|
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
Additional |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Total |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
Deficit |
|
|
Deficit |
|
|||||||
Balance, December 31, 2022 |
|
|
48,910,723 |
|
|
$ |
43,904 |
|
|
|
|
3,953,042 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
2,608 |
|
|
$ |
(30,531 |
) |
|
$ |
(27,923 |
) |
Vesting of restricted common stock |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
13,334 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
16 |
|
Stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
313 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
313 |
|
Net loss |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(7,208 |
) |
|
|
(7,208 |
) |
Balance, December 31, 2023 |
|
|
48,910,723 |
|
|
|
43,904 |
|
|
|
|
3,966,376 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
2,937 |
|
|
|
(37,739 |
) |
|
|
(34,802 |
) |
Issuance of Series C convertible preferred |
|
|
48,030,730 |
|
|
|
82,852 |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Exercise of common stock options |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
96,786 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
300 |
|
Vesting of restricted common stock |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
3,807 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
8 |
|
Stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
439 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
439 |
|
Net loss |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(20,588 |
) |
|
|
(20,588 |
) |
Balance, December 31, 2024 |
|
|
96,941,453 |
|
|
$ |
126,756 |
|
|
|
|
4,066,969 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
3,684 |
|
|
$ |
(58,327 |
) |
|
$ |
(54,643 |
) |
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
AARDVARK THERAPEUTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net loss |
|
$ |
(20,588 |
) |
|
$ |
(7,208 |
) |
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Credit loss—related party accounts receivables |
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
762 |
|
Stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
439 |
|
|
|
313 |
|
Non-cash lease expense |
|
|
235 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
Unrealized loss on short-term investments |
|
|
217 |
|
|
|
1,216 |
|
Amortization of discount on short-term investments |
|
|
(96 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
Common stock dividend of Scilex Holding Company |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(923 |
) |
Depreciation expense |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
(412 |
) |
|
|
(755 |
) |
Accounts payable |
|
|
798 |
|
|
|
776 |
|
Accrued liabilities |
|
|
1,385 |
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
Operating lease liability |
|
|
(198 |
) |
|
|
(100 |
) |
Net cash used in operating activities |
|
|
(18,087 |
) |
|
|
(5,824 |
) |
Investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Purchases of short-term investments |
|
|
(11,889 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
Purchases of property and equipment |
|
|
(109 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(11,998 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
Financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Proceeds from sale and issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock |
|
|
85,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Costs paid in connection with issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock |
|
|
(2,148 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
Proceeds from exercises of common stock options |
|
|
332 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Costs paid in connection with deferred financing costs |
|
|
(1,193 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
|
81,991 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
51,906 |
|
|
|
(5,824 |
) |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
|
|
9,735 |
|
|
|
15,559 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
|
$ |
61,641 |
|
|
$ |
9,735 |
|
Supplemental schedule of non-cash financing activity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Operating right-of-use assets in exchange for operating lease liability |
|
$ |
815 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
Early exercise options and unvested stock liability |
|
$ |
8 |
|
|
$ |
16 |
|
Deferred financing costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses |
|
$ |
1,136 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
AARDVARK THERAPEUTICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Description of Business
Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc. (“Aardvark” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Delaware on May 17, 2017 and is located in San Diego, California. The Company is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on developing novel, small-molecule therapeutics to activate innate homeostatic pathways for the treatment of metabolic diseases. The Company targets biological pathways associated with alleviating hunger.
In October 2024, the Company incorporated a wholly-owned subsidiary, Artisan Therapeutics, Inc., in the State of Delaware and contributed certain assets to the new entity.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Artisan Therapeutics, Inc., and have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Reverse Stock Split
On February 5, 2025, the Company effected a one-for-8.474 reverse stock split of its common stock (the "Reverse Stock Split"). The par value and the authorized shares of the common stock were not adjusted as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. All issued and outstanding common stock and the conversion ratio of the redeemable convertible preferred stock have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the Reverse Stock Split for all periods presented.
Liquidity
As of December 31, 2024, the Company has devoted substantially all of its resources to organizing and staffing the Company, business planning, raising capital, discovering ARD-101, establishing and maintaining its intellectual property portfolio, conducting research, preclinical studies and clinical trials, manufacturing of ARD-101 and related raw materials, and providing general and administrative support for these operations. The Company does not have any products approved for sale and has not generated any revenue to date. In addition, the Company has a limited operating history, has incurred significant net losses and negative cash flows from operations since its inception and expects that its expenses and operating losses will increase substantially for the foreseeable future. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $58.3 million.
The Company believes its cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $73.7 million as of December 31, 2024 will be sufficient for the Company to continue as a going concern for at least one year following the date that the consolidated financial statements are available to be issued.
The Company will be required to raise additional capital and plans to finance its cash needs through public or private equity or debt financings or other capital sources, including potential collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. If the Company is not able to secure adequate additional funding, it may be forced to make reductions in spending, extend payment terms with suppliers, liquidate assets where possible, and/or delay or reduce the scope of its planned development programs. Any of these actions could materially harm the Company’s business, results of operations and future prospects.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that impact the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates include the estimated incremental borrowing rate for the determination of the Company’s operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, valuation of stock-based awards, fair value of common stock prior to the Company's initial public offering (“IPO”) (Note 15), and the accrual of research and development expenses. Management evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. Although estimates are based on the Company’s historical experience, knowledge of current events, and actions it may undertake in the future, actual results may ultimately materially differ from these estimates and assumptions.
F-7
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash, with original maturities of three months or less when purchased, to be cash equivalents and are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. Cash equivalents is comprised of money market mutual funds and short-term debt obligations of the U. S. Treasury.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and related party accounts and convertible promissory note receivable (Note 12). The Company maintains deposits in federally insured financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts, and management believes that the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial position of the depository institutions in which those deposits are held. The Company may invest its excess cash in short-term debt obligations of the U. S. Treasury in order to mitigate credit risk and maintain principal and maximize liquidity.
Short-Term Investments
Short-term investments consist of investments in corporate equity securities with readily determinable fair values and short-term debt obligations of the U.S. Treasury with original maturities in excess of three months. The investments in corporate equity securities with readily determinable fair values are reported at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, unrealized losses of $0.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively, were reported in other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
The Company obtains pricing information from its investment manager and generally determines the fair value of debt securities using standard observable inputs, including reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, and bid and/or offers. The Company classifies its investment securities as available-for-sale, as the sale of such securities may be required prior to maturity. Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments in debt securities at the time of purchase. Investments with original maturities beyond three months at the date of purchase and which mature at, or less than 12 months from, the balance sheet date are classified as short-term investments. Investments with contractual maturities beyond one year are also classified as short-term due to the Company’s ability to liquidate the investment for use in operations within the next 12 months. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses reported as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until realized. The amortized cost of available-for-sale debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Such amortization and accretion are included in interest income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Interest and dividends on securities classified as available-for-sale are included in interest income.
At each balance sheet date, the Company reviews its available-for-sale debt securities that are in an unrealized loss position to determine whether the unrealized loss or any potential credit losses should be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. For available-for-sale debt securities in an unrealized loss position, the Company first assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the security’s amortized cost basis is written down to fair value through net income (loss). For available-for-sale securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the Company evaluates whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit losses or other factors. In making this assessment, the Company considers the severity of the impairment, any changes in interest rates, changes to the underlying credit ratings and forecasted recovery, among other factors. The credit-related portion of unrealized losses, and any subsequent improvements, are recorded in other income, net through an allowance account. There have been no impairment or credit losses recognized during any of the periods presented related to investments in the Company's available-for-sale debt securities.
Deferred Financing Costs
Financing costs, consisting of legal, professional, accounting, and other third-party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity financings are deferred until such financings are consummated. After consummation of the equity financing, these costs are recorded in stockholders’ deficit as a reduction of proceeds generated as a result of the offering. In the event a financing is terminated, the deferred financing costs will be expensed as a charge to operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, capitalized deferred financing costs totaled $2.3 million and zero, respectively, and are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
F-8
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of cash equivalents, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable, and accrued expenses are considered to be representative of their respective fair values because of the short-term nature of those instruments.
Leases
At the inception of an arrangement, the Company determines whether the arrangement is or contains a lease based on the unique facts and circumstances present, the existence of an identified asset(s), if any, and the Company’s control over the use of the identified asset(s), if applicable.
Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use assets and in operating lease liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Operating lease assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term discounted based on the more readily determinable of (i) the rate implicit in the lease or (ii) the Company’s incremental borrowing rate (which is the estimated rate the Company would be required to pay for a collateralized borrowing equal to the total lease payments over the term of the lease). Because the Company’s operating leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company estimates its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at lease commencement date for borrowings with a similar term.
The Company’s operating lease assets are measured based on the corresponding operating lease liability adjusted for (i) payments made to the lessor at or before the commencement date, (ii) initial direct costs incurred and (iii) tenant incentives under the lease. The Company does not assume renewals or early terminations unless it is reasonably certain to exercise such options at commencement. The Company has elected the practical expedient such that it does not recognize lease assets or lease liabilities for leases with a term of 12 months or less of all asset classes and to not allocate consideration between lease and non-lease components. Variable lease payments are recognized in the period in which the obligations for those payments are incurred. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Convertible Preferred Stock
The Company’s convertible preferred stock has been classified as temporary equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in accordance with authoritative guidance for the classification and measurement of potentially redeemable securities whose redemption is based upon certain change in control events outside of the Company’s control, including liquidation, sale or transfer of control of the Company. Costs incurred in connection with the issuance of convertible preferred stock are recorded as a reduction of gross proceeds from issuance. The Company does not accrete the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the redemption values since the occurrence of any of these events was not considered probable as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. Subsequent adjustments of the carrying values to the ultimate redemption values will be made only when it becomes probable that such events will occur (Note 15).
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses are charged to expense as incurred. Research and development expenses consist primarily of external and internal costs incurred in performing preclinical and clinical development activities. External costs include fees paid to contract research organizations and consultants in connection with product development activities, including regulatory activities, costs related to manufacturing materials for preclinical studies and clinical trials and license fees. Internal costs include personnel-related costs such as salaries and related expenses for employees involved in research and development efforts, facilities-related costs, depreciation, and other allocated expenses. Non refundable advance payments for goods and services for future research and development activities are deferred and included in prepaid and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and are expensed as the goods are delivered or the related services are performed.
The Company estimates its expenses resulting from its obligations under contracts with vendors, consultants, and contract research organizations in connection with the progress of research and development services performed. The financial terms of these contracts vary from contract to contract and may result in payment flows that do not match the periods over which the services are provided or goods delivered under such contracts. The Company reflects research and development expenses in its consolidated financial statements by matching those expenses with the period in which services are provided. The Company accounts for these expenses according to the progress of the preclinical or clinical study as measured by the timing of various aspects of the study or the progress of related activities. During the course of a study, the Company reassess its estimate of performance prospectively based on actual results or any modification to the agreements. Historically, there have been no material differences between the Company’s estimates and the amounts actually incurred.
F-9
Patent Costs
Costs related to filing and pursuing patent applications are recorded as general and administrative expense and expensed as incurred since recoverability of such expenditures is uncertain.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Stock-based compensation expense represents the grant date fair value of employee and non-employee stock award grants recognized as expense over the requisite service period of the awards (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis, net of actual forfeitures during the period. The Company estimates the fair value of stock option grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
For restricted stock awards, the fair value of the award is the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date.
Fair Value of Common Stock
Given the absence of a public trading market for the Company’s common stock through December 31, 2024, the Company utilized methodologies, approaches, and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, to estimate the fair value of its common stock. In determining the fair value, a number of objective and subjective factors were considered, which include factors such as: contemporaneous valuations performed by independent third-party specialists; the prices at which the Company sold shares of its convertible preferred stock to outside investors in arms-length transactions, and the superior rights, preferences, and privileges of the convertible preferred stock relative to the common stock at the time of each sale; the progress of the Company’s research and development programs, including their stages of development, and the Company’s business strategy; external market and other conditions affecting the biotechnology industry, and trends and developments within the biotechnology industry; the Company’s financial position, including cash on hand; the lack of an active public market for the Company’s common stock; the analysis of initial public offerings and the market performance and volatility of peer companies in the biopharmaceutical industry, as well as completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies; and the material risks related to its business and industry, its results of operations and financial position, including its levels of capital resources, among other factors.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the consolidated financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that the Company believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If management determines that the Company would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their recorded amount, management would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.
The Company records uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process whereby (i) management determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (ii) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, management recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense. Any accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax liability.
Comprehensive Loss
Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, including unrealized gains and losses on certain investments. Net loss and comprehensive loss were the same for all periods presented.
F-10
Recent Accounting Standards
From time to time, new accounting standards are issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or other standard setting bodies and adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations upon adoption.
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
In November 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-07, Segment Reporting—Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures (Topic 280) (“ASU 2023-07”), which intends to improve financial reporting primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses. FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280 includes amendments which (i) introduce a new requirement to disclose significant segment expenses regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), (ii) extend certain annual disclosures to interim periods, (iii) clarify that single reportable segment entities must apply Topic 280 in its entirety, (iv) permit more than one measure of segment profit or loss to be reported under certain conditions, and (v) require disclosure of the title and position of the CODM. This update is effective for all public entities beginning after December 15, 2023 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 on a retrospective basis on December 31, 2024. The adoption of this standard had no impact on the Company's reportable segment and the additional required disclosures are included in Note 14, Segment Reporting.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (“ASU 2023-09”), which requires additional income tax disclosures in the rate reconciliation table for federal, state and foreign income taxes, in addition to more details about the reconciling items in some categories when items meet a certain quantitative threshold. ASU 2023-09 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024 with early adoption permitted. This update will result in enhanced income tax disclosures and the Company does not expect the adoption to impact the amount recorded for income tax expenses.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40) (“ASU 2024-03”), which requires new financial statement disclosures in tabular format, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, of specified information about certain costs and expenses. This update is effective for all entities beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027. ASU 2024-03 can be applied prospectively or retrospectively and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Basic net loss per share of common stock attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock and potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period. The Company has excluded 2,548 and 7,059 weighted-average shares subject to repurchase or forfeiture from the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Basic and diluted net loss attributable to common holders per share is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities as the convertible preferred stock are considered participating securities because they participate in dividends with the common stock. The Company also considers the shares issued upon the early exercise of stock options subject to repurchase to be participating securities because holders of such shares have non-forfeitable dividend rights in the event a dividend is paid on common stock. The holders of all series of convertible preferred stock and the holders of early exercised shares subject to repurchase do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses. As such, the net loss was attributed entirely to common stockholders. Because the Company has reported a net loss for all periods presented, diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share for those periods. Accordingly, for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, there is no difference in the number of shares used to calculate basic and diluted shares outstanding.
F-11
The Company excluded the following potential shares of its common stock, presented based on amounts outstanding at each period end, from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Conversion of outstanding convertible preferred |
|
|
11,439,841 |
|
|
|
5,771,840 |
|
Options to purchase common stock |
|
|
991,058 |
|
|
|
529,257 |
|
Common stock subject to repurchase rights |
|
|
8,417 |
|
|
|
1,627 |
|
Total |
|
|
12,439,316 |
|
|
|
6,302,724 |
|
The accounting guidance defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis. Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, the accounting guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:
Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2—Observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active for identical or similar assets or liabilities, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to determining the fair value of the assets or liabilities, including pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
December 31, 2024 |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
Total |
|
|
Level 1 |
|
|
Level 2 |
|
|
Level 3 |
|
||||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Cash equivalents |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Money market funds |
|
$ |
43,246 |
|
|
$ |
43,246 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
Total cash equivalents |
|
$ |
43,246 |
|
|
$ |
43,246 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
Short-term investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Scilex Holding Company common stock |
|
$ |
37 |
|
|
$ |
37 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
Sorrento Therapeutics, Inc. common stock |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
U.S. Treasury bonds |
|
|
11,985 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
11,985 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Total short-term investments |
|
$ |
12,022 |
|
|
$ |
37 |
|
|
$ |
11,985 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
December 31, 2023 |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
Total |
|
|
Level 1 |
|
|
Level 2 |
|
|
Level 3 |
|
||||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Cash equivalents |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Money market mutual funds |
|
$ |
1,472 |
|
|
$ |
1,472 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
U.S. Treasury bonds |
|
|
7,766 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
7,766 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Total cash equivalents |
|
$ |
9,238 |
|
|
$ |
1,472 |
|
|
$ |
7,766 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
Short-term investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Scilex Holding Company common stock |
|
$ |
178 |
|
|
$ |
178 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
Sorrento Therapeutics, Inc. common stock |
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Total short-term investments |
|
$ |
254 |
|
|
$ |
254 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
F-12
There were no available-for-sale investment securities held by the Company at December 31, 2023. The following table summarizes the available-for-sale investment securities held at December 31, 2024 (in thousands):
|
|
Amortized Cost |
|
|
Gross Unrealized Gains |
|
|
Gross Unrealized Losses |
|
|
Total Fair Value |
|
||||
U.S. Treasury bonds |
|
$ |
11,985 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
11,985 |
|
Total |
|
$ |
11,985 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
11,985 |
|
Cash Equivalents
The Company determines the fair value of its money market mutual funds and treasury bonds based upon quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company did not hold any investments, within cash equivalents, that were in a material unrealized gain or loss position.
Short-Term Investments
The contractual maturities on the purchase date of the U.S. Treasury bonds included in short-term investments at December 31, 2024 range from 94 to 97 days.
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Prepaid research and development costs |
|
$ |
314 |
|
|
$ |
252 |
|
Other |
|
|
160 |
|
|
|
127 |
|
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
$ |
474 |
|
|
$ |
379 |
|
Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Research and development costs |
|
$ |
1,222 |
|
|
$ |
188 |
|
Compensation-related expenses |
|
|
225 |
|
|
|
45 |
|
Deferred offering costs |
|
|
671 |
|
|
— |
|
|
Other |
|
|
173 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Total accrued liabilities |
|
$ |
2,291 |
|
|
$ |
235 |
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
In April 2024, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation to increase the authorized shares of its common stock to 157,230,354 shares and increase the authorized shares of its convertible preferred stock to 96,941,453 shares. The convertible preferred stock is designated as 26,250,131 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, 22,660,592 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock and 48,030,730 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock.
Convertible Preferred Stock
The Company issued shares of its convertible preferred stock in a series of transactions as follows:
F-13
At December 31, 2024, the Company’s convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
Series |
|
Shares |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Per Share |
|
|
Liquidation |
|
|
Carrying |
|
|||||
Series A |
|
|
26,250,131 |
|
|
|
26,250,131 |
|
|
$ |
0.5714 |
|
|
$ |
15,000 |
|
|
$ |
14,850 |
|
Series B |
|
|
22,660,592 |
|
|
|
22,660,592 |
|
|
$ |
1.2857 |
|
|
|
29,135 |
|
|
|
29,054 |
|
Series C |
|
|
48,030,730 |
|
|
|
48,030,730 |
|
|
$ |
1.7697 |
|
|
|
85,000 |
|
|
|
82,852 |
|
Total |
|
|
96,941,453 |
|
|
|
96,941,453 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
129,135 |
|
|
$ |
126,756 |
|
At December 31, 2023, the Company’s convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
Series |
|
Shares |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Per Share |
|
|
Liquidation |
|
|
Carrying |
|
|||||
Series A |
|
|
26,250,131 |
|
|
|
26,250,131 |
|
|
$ |
0.5714 |
|
|
$ |
15,000 |
|
|
$ |
14,850 |
|
Series B |
|
|
31,111,457 |
|
|
|
22,660,592 |
|
|
$ |
1.2857 |
|
|
|
29,135 |
|
|
|
29,054 |
|
Total |
|
|
57,361,588 |
|
|
|
48,910,723 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
44,135 |
|
|
$ |
43,904 |
|
Rights, Preferences, and Privileges of Convertible Preferred Stock
The holders of the Company’s Series A, B and C convertible preferred stock (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”) have the following rights, preferences, and privileges:
Voting Rights
The holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, together with the holders of common stock, on all matters submitted to the stockholders for a vote and are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which such holders of Preferred Stock could convert on the record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote.
Dividends
The Company cannot declare and pay any common stock dividends without first declaring and paying dividends, as defined in the terms of the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to the preferred stockholders. The holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the board of directors, noncumulative dividends at the rate of 6.0% of the applicable original issue price of such Preferred Stock (“Original Issue Price”), for Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock. The Original Issue Price is subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Stock.
Provided that the 6% non-cumulative dividends of the Preferred Stock are fully satisfied, then the holders of Preferred Stock will participate in any dividends declared and paid to common stockholders on a pro rata basis based on the number of shares held by each holder, with Preferred Stock treated as if it had been converted into shares of common stock. No dividends have been declared as of December 31, 2024.
Liquidation Rights
F-14
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation), each holder of Series C convertible preferred stock, is entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distributions to the Series A and Series B preferred stockholders and common stockholders, an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Original Issue Price per share of Series C convertible preferred stock, plus any declared but unpaid dividends thereon or (ii) the amount such holder would have received if such holder had converted its Series C convertible preferred shares into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation event. In the event that the assets available for distribution to the holders of Series C convertible preferred stock are insufficient to pay such holders the full amounts to which they are entitled, the assets available for distribution will be distributed on a pro rata basis among the holders of the Series C convertible preferred stock in proportion to the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of such stock.
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation), after payments to the holders of Series C convertible preferred stock have been made, each holder of Series A and Series B convertible Preferred Stock, is entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distributions to the common stockholders, an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Original Issue Price per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends thereon or (ii) the amount such holder would have received if such holder had converted its shares into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation event. In the event that the assets available for distribution to the holders of Preferred Stock are insufficient to pay such holders the full amounts to which they are entitled, the assets available for distribution will be distributed on a pro rata basis among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of such stock. After payments have been made in full to the holders of Preferred Stock, then, to the extent available, the remaining amounts would be distributed among the holders of the common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each holder.
Conversion Rights
The shares of Preferred Stock are convertible into an equal number of shares of common stock, at the option of the holder, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments. Each share of Preferred Stock is automatically converted into common stock (i) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock for the account of the Company in which the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $50.0 million or (ii) at any time upon the written consent of a majority of the holders of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; provided that, in the case of Series C convertible preferred stock, no automatic conversion shall occur without the written request for such conversion from the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series C convertible preferred stock unless such conversion is being made pursuant to clause (i) above and immediately prior to the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public, the common stock has a price of at least $22.49 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the common stock).
2017 Equity Incentive Plan
In 2017, the Company adopted the 2017 Stock Plan (as amended, the “Plan”). The Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options and restricted stock awards. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan was 2,661,211 and 1,593,014 shares, respectively, an increase of 1,068,197 shares, which was approved in connection with the closing of the Series C convertible preferred stock financing in May 2024. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the number of shares remaining for grant under the Plan were 1,164,562 and 665,549 shares, respectively. The maximum term of the options granted under the Plan is no more than ten years. Grants generally vest at 25% one year from the vesting commencement date and ratably each month thereafter for a period of 36 months, subject to continuous service.
The Plan allows for the early exercise of all stock options granted if authorized by the board of directors at the time of grant. Any shares of common stock issued from the early exercise of stock options are restricted and vest over time. The Company has the option to repurchase any unvested shares at the lower of the original issue price or current fair value upon any voluntary or involuntary termination of such optionee.
F-15
Stock option activity for employee and nonemployee awards and related information is as follows:
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
||||
Outstanding and expected to vest at December 31, 2023 |
|
|
529,257 |
|
|
$ |
2.61 |
|
|
7.7 |
|
|
$ |
238 |
|
|
Granted |
|
|
876,121 |
|
|
$ |
4.52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Exercised |
|
|
(107,383 |
) |
|
$ |
3.10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Canceled/forfeited |
|
|
(306,937 |
) |
|
$ |
3.93 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Outstanding and expected to vest at December 31, 2024 |
|
|
991,058 |
|
|
$ |
3.83 |
|
|
|
8.4 |
|
|
$ |
3,175 |
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2024 |
|
|
378,490 |
|
|
$ |
2.54 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
$ |
1,704 |
|
Aggregate intrinsic value in the above table is the difference between the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock as of either December 31, 2024 or 2023, and the exercise price of stock options that had exercise prices below that value. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2024 was $0.1 million. There were no stock option exercises in the year ended December 31, 2023. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options vested during each of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 was $0.3 million.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
The weighted-average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of the stock options granted in the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 were as follows:
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
4.05 |
% |
|
|
3.66 |
% |
Expected volatility |
|
|
101.7 |
% |
|
|
105.4 |
% |
Expected term (in years) |
|
|
6.0 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
|
Expected dividend yield |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Risk-free interest rate. The Company based the risk-free interest rate assumption on the U.S. Treasury’s rates for U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with maturities similar to those of the expected term of the award being valued.
Expected volatility. Given that there was no active trading market for the Company's common stock prior to the IPO, the expected volatility assumption is based on volatilities of a peer group of similar companies whose share prices are publicly available. The peer group was developed based on companies in the biotechnology industry.
Expected term. The expected term represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. Because the Company does not have historical exercise behavior, it determines the expected life assumption using the “simplified” method, which is an average of the contractual term of the option and its vesting period.
Expected dividend yield. The Company used an expected dividend yield of zero, as it has never paid dividends on its common stock and has no present intention of doing so in the foreseeable future.
The weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 was $3.67 and $2.54 per share, respectively.
The allocation of stock-based compensation expense was as follows (in thousands):
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Research and development expense |
|
$ |
288 |
|
|
$ |
152 |
|
General and administrative expense |
|
|
151 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
Total stock-based compensation expense |
|
$ |
439 |
|
|
$ |
313 |
|
F-16
As of December 31, 2024, the unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding time-based options was $2.3 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.4 years.
Early Exercise Liability
The right to repurchase shares that were exercised prior to the time the options have vested generally lapses over the four-year vesting period. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the early exercise liability was approximately $26,000 and $2,000, respectively, and is included in other long-term liabilities. For accounting purposes, the early exercise of options is not considered to be a substantive exercise until the underlying awards vest and are not considered to be outstanding until those shares vest.
A summary of the unvested common stock issued pursuant to an early exercise of stock option awards is as follows:
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2023 |
|
|
14,961 |
|
Vested shares |
|
|
(13,334 |
) |
Balance at December 31, 2023 |
|
|
1,627 |
|
Early-exercised stock options |
|
|
10,597 |
|
Vested shares |
|
|
(3,807 |
) |
Balance at December 31, 2024 |
|
|
8,417 |
|
Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance
Common stock reserved for future issuance consisted of the following:
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock |
|
|
11,439,841 |
|
|
|
5,771,840 |
|
Outstanding stock options |
|
|
991,058 |
|
|
|
529,257 |
|
Shares available for issuance under the Plan |
|
|
1,164,562 |
|
|
|
665,549 |
|
Total |
|
|
13,595,461 |
|
|
|
6,966,646 |
|
In April 2021, the Company sold to Sorrento Therapeutics, Inc. (“Sorrento”) the patent rights to certain assets in exchange for 616,655 shares of Sorrento’s publicly traded common stock with a total fair value of approximately $4.7 million on the date of the agreement. In addition, the Company is eligible to receive future development and commercial milestone payments of up to $23.0 million, as well as future royalties on net sales in the low single digit percentages. In May 2022, Sorrento assigned the above-mentioned patent rights and agreement to its subsidiary, Scilex Holding Company (“Scilex”), which became a publicly traded company in November 2022. Due to the high degree of uncertainty, outside of the Company’s control, related to these milestones and future royalty payments, they are considered fully constrained as of December 31, 2024.
In January 2023, the Company received 86,956 shares of common stock of Scilex, with a fair value of approximately $0.9 million, resulting from the board of directors of Sorrento declaring a stock dividend of common stock of Scilex to record holders of Sorrento’s common stock as of the close of business on January 9, 2023. The $0.9 million fair value of these shares is included in interest and dividend income during the three months ended March 31, 2023 in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. These shares of common stock are subject to certain transfer restrictions through April 14, 2025 as ordered in connection with Sorrento’s voluntary proceedings under Chapter 11 of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code, which commenced in February 2023.
In 2021, Sorrento participated in the Company’s Series B convertible preferred stock financing, purchasing a total of 7,777,864 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock for approximately $10.0 million.
F-17
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, due to the operating losses reported and the full valuation allowance recorded on the Company’s net deferred income tax assets, the Company recorded no provision for income taxes.
A reconciliation of the Company’s income taxes to the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to the pretax loss is summarized as follows (in thousands):
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Expected income tax benefit at statutory rates |
|
$ |
(4,324 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,514 |
) |
State income tax, net of federal benefit |
|
|
(1,388 |
) |
|
|
(397 |
) |
Stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
Permanent items |
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
|
(23 |
) |
Tax credits |
|
|
(2,858 |
) |
|
|
(367 |
) |
Rate adjustments |
|
|
(88 |
) |
|
|
(345 |
) |
Uncertain tax positions |
|
|
796 |
|
|
|
90 |
|
Other |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(68 |
) |
Valuation allowance |
|
|
7,796 |
|
|
|
2,589 |
|
Total income tax expense (benefit) |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
Significant components of the Company’s deferred income taxes were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net operating loss carryforward |
|
$ |
8,627 |
|
|
$ |
6,060 |
|
Capitalized R&D |
|
|
4,202 |
|
|
|
1,853 |
|
Investment in securities |
|
|
1,298 |
|
|
|
1,183 |
|
R&D tax credits |
|
|
3,256 |
|
|
852 |
|
|
Allowance for receivables |
|
696 |
|
|
602 |
|
||
Other, net |
|
628 |
|
|
223 |
|
||
Total gross deferred tax assets |
|
|
18,707 |
|
|
|
10,773 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Right-of-use asset |
|
|
(206 |
) |
|
|
(42 |
) |
Cash to accrual method change |
|
|
(63 |
) |
|
|
(91 |
) |
Other, net |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
Total gross deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
(271 |
) |
|
|
(133 |
) |
Valuation allowance |
|
|
(18,436 |
) |
|
|
(10,640 |
) |
Net deferred tax assets |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
The Company changed from the cash method to the accrual method for income tax return reporting purposes for the year ended December 31, 2023.
The Company establishes a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that the Company’s recorded net deferred tax asset will not be realized. In determining whether a valuation allowance is required, the Company must take into account all positive and negative evidence with regard to the utilization of a deferred tax asset. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets totaled approximately $18.4 million and $10.6 million, respectively. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 was an increase of $7.8 million and $2.6 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had federal and state net operating carryforwards of approximately $25.8 million and $45.8 million, respectively. The federal loss carryforwards will carryforward indefinitely and can be used to offset up to 80% of future annual taxable income. The state loss carryforwards begin expiring in 2037, unless previously utilized.
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had federal and California research and development credit carryforwards totaling $1.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, the Company also had federal Orphan Drug credit carryovers of $2.8 million. The federal credits begin to expire in 2041, unless previously utilized, while the state credits do not expire.
F-18
Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“IRC”), Sections 382 and 383, annual use of the Company’s federal and state net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards may be limited in the event a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period. The Company has not completed an IRC Section 382 and 383 analysis regarding the limitation of net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards. The deferred tax asset associated with the Company’s federal and state net operating losses is fully offset by a valuation allowance. Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, future changes in the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits will not impact its effective tax rate. Any carryforwards that will expire prior to utilization as a result of such limitations will be removed from deferred tax assets with a corresponding reduction of the valuation allowance. The Company intends to complete an IRC Section 382 study in the future, which could result in reductions to deferred tax assets and related valuation allowance disclosed above.
Uncertain tax positions are evaluated based upon the facts and circumstances that exist at each reporting period. Subsequent changes in judgment based upon new information may lead to changes in recognition, derecognition, and measurement. Adjustment may result, for example, upon resolution of an issue with the taxing authorities or expiration of a statute of limitations, barring an assessment for an issue. The Company recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position when it is more-likely-than-not that it will be sustained upon examination by tax authorities.
A reconciliation of the amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Beginning balance |
|
$ |
294 |
|
|
$ |
173 |
|
Additions related to current year positions |
|
|
810 |
|
|
|
95 |
|
Additions (decreases) related to prior year positions |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
26 |
|
Additions (decreases) due to settlement |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Expiration of unrecognized tax benefits |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Ending balance |
|
$ |
1,104 |
|
|
$ |
294 |
|
The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized income tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The Company has no accruals for interest or penalties in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2024 or 2023 and has not recognized interest or penalties in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years then ended.
The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various state jurisdictions. The Company is generally subject to examination by U.S. federal and state tax authorities from inception to date; however, to the extent allowed by law, the taxing authorities may have the right to examine periods where net operating losses were generated and carried forward and make adjustments to the amount of the net operating losses. The Company is not currently under examination by any jurisdictions.
In August 2021, the Company entered into a sublease agreement for office space in San Diego, California (the “San Diego Lease”). The San Diego Lease, which terminates in June 2025, requires average annual rental payments of approximately $110,000.
Commencing August 1, 2024, the Company leased additional office space in San Diego, California for a term of 29 months (the “2024 Lease”). Total payments under the lease of approximately $0.9 million will be paid in monthly payments through December 31, 2026. The lease includes an option to renew for 36 months; however, the Company has not included the optional renewal period in the measurement of the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the Company will exercise this renewal option.
The Company recognized an operating lease ROU asset and liability for the 2024 Lease based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date, using the Company’s assumed incremental borrowing rate and amortizes the ROU asset and liability over the lease term. As the 2024 Lease does not have an implicit interest rate, the present value reflects a 7.0% discount rate, which is the Company’s estimated incremental borrowing rate. The weighted-average remaining lease term and discount rate related to the Company’s operating lease liabilities as of December 31, 2024 was 1.9 years and 7.0%, respectively. The weighted-average remaining lease term and discount rate related to the Company’s operating lease liabilities as of December 31, 2023 was 1.5 years and 7.0%, respectively.
F-19
Maturities of lease liabilities due under the operating lease agreements as of December 31, 2024 were as follows (in thousands):
Maturity of Lease Liability |
|
Operating |
|
|
2025 |
|
$ |
383 |
|
2026 |
|
|
458 |
|
Total lease payments |
|
|
841 |
|
Less imputed interest |
|
|
(62 |
) |
Total operating lease liability |
|
|
779 |
|
Less current portion of operating lease liability |
|
|
(338 |
) |
Operating lease liability, net of current portion |
|
$ |
441 |
|
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities for operating cash flow from operating leases during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 totaled $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively.
Commitments
LongevityX, Inc.
In October 2022, the Company entered into a Collaboration Agreement with LongevityX, Inc. (“LongevityX”), whose Chief Executive Officer is a less than 5% stockholder of the Company, to focus on the identification and development of novel therapeutics with direct implications for the extension of human health span and longevity. In connection with the LongevityX Agreement, the Company agreed to pay LongevityX a monthly advisory fee of $15,000 and has committed up to $1.0 million and personnel support for a period of time not to exceed 24 months to support preclinical development activities upon the identification and selection of two lead candidate molecules. The two entities agreed to share future economic interest of varying levels dependent on potential future capital raises. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, pursuant to the LongevityX Agreement, the Company paid LongevityX advisory fees totaling $75,000 and $225,000, which are recorded in research and development expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
The LongevityX Agreement was terminated in May 2024.
Tulex Pharmaceuticals Inc.
In August 2021, the Company entered into a Collaboration Agreement (the “Tulex Agreement”) with Tulex Pharmaceuticals Inc. (“Tulex”) to jointly research, develop, manufacture and commercialize pharmaceutical products using their combined intellectual properties. The Tulex Agreement, as amended in August 2023, provides for the Company and Tulex to share expenses, profits and the ownership of any products jointly developed on a 60%/40% basis.
Pursuant to the Tulex Agreement, as amended, total costs to be incurred by both parties are limited to $3.0 million, unless both parties expressly consent to a change, of which $2.2 million has been incurred as of December 31, 2024. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded expenses totaling $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for work performed pursuant to the Tulex Agreement, representing 60% of the total costs incurred by both parties.
The Tulex Agreement expires upon the completion of the agreed upon work plan and may be terminated by either party upon thirty days written notice upon the completion of a party’s respective activities, in the event of certain breaches of the agreement or in certain limited cases as set forth in the agreement.
Acquisition-Related Liabilities
In 2023 and 2024, the Company acquired the rights to certain intellectual property in exchange for an upfront cash payment of $0.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively, (included in research and development expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss), and the sellers’ right to receive additional consideration upon the achievement of specified regulatory and commercial milestones associated with products developed by the Company utilizing the acquired in-process research and development. At December 31, 2024, potential future regulatory and commercial milestone payments under these agreements totaled an aggregate of approximately $180.5 million.
F-20
Contingencies
From time to time, the Company may become subject to claims or suits arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues a liability for such matters when it is probable that future expenditures will be made and such expenditures can be reasonably estimated. As of December 31, 2024, the Company was not a party to any litigation.
Indemnification Agreements
In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breech of such agreements or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with officers and members of its board of directors that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. The maximum potential future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is, in many cases, unlimited. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications. At December 31, 2024, no claims exist under indemnification arrangements and accordingly, no amounts have been accrued in its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2024.
Equity Holders
Three family members of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer are investors in the Company. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, these family members owned 1,828,052 shares of the Company’s common stock. The family members also owned 437,503 shares of the Company’s Series A convertible preferred stock and 782,228 shares of the Company’s Series B convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. As of December 31, 2024, the family members also owned 28,253 shares of the Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock.
Other
The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is a member of the board of directors of Aardwolf Therapeutics, Inc. (Note 12) and through August 27, 2023, was also a member of the board of directors of Scilex (Note 7).
On May 31, 2022, the Company contributed certain assets with a fair value of $0.2 million to a newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary, Aardwolf Tx, LLC, for which 100% of the membership interests was subsequently distributed on a pro-rata basis to Aardvark’s stockholders. Through a series of subsequent transactions (combined with the aforementioned pro-rata distribution referred to as the “Spinoff”), the units of Aardwolf Tx, LLC were contributed to Aardwolf Therapeutics, Inc. (“Aardwolf”).
In conjunction with the Spinoff, the Company entered into a Transition Services Agreement with Aardwolf, which expired in May 2024, pursuant to which the Company has a right to reimbursement for certain administrative and personnel costs incurred and paid by the Company on behalf of Aardwolf. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, unreimbursed costs incurred on behalf of Aardwolf totaled $1.4 million and $1.3 million, respectively. The Company determined that the current operations of Aardwolf do not support its ability to repay this related party receivable and as a result, these unreimbursed costs are deemed uncollectible and have been fully written off and are carried as zero in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Of the total unreimbursed expenses incurred, $0.1 million and $0.8 million was written-off as uncollectible in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Company will reassess estimated recoveries on previously written off balances each reporting period.
In August 2022, Aardwolf issued to the Company a convertible promissory note (the “Aardwolf Note”) with a principal amount of $1.0 million. The Aardwolf Note contractually accrues interest at an annual rate of 5% and matures on July 31, 2029. The principal plus accrued interest will automatically convert upon issuance or sale of equity securities upon which Aardwolf receives total gross proceeds of not less than $3.0 million (a “Qualified Financing”). In a Qualified Financing transaction, the Aardwolf Note would convert into securities issued in the Qualified Financing at a conversion price equal to 70% of the per share price paid by investors for such securities. If a sale, merger or change of control, as defined in the Aardwolf Note, occurs, at the election of the Company, Aardwolf shall either convert the principal amount of the Aardwolf Note, and the accrued interest thereon, into shares of shares of Aardwolf’s common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient resulting from dividing 70% of the fully-diluted valuation of Aardwolf as of immediately prior to the closing of the sale, merger or change of control, or repay the Company the outstanding principal plus any unpaid accrued interest thereon. The Aardwolf Note may not be prepaid without the consent of the Company. The Company determined that the current operations of Aardwolf do not support its ability to repay the Aardwolf Note and it is considered to be uncollectable.
F-21
As a result, the Company elected to designate the Aardwolf Note as nonaccrual status and wrote off this related party note receivable in 2022. The Company will apply a cost recovery policy when reassessing recoveries on previously written off nonaccrual balances.
Credit loss activity for the periods presented for the related accounts receivable and convertible promissory note, which are carried at zero in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, was as follows (in thousands):
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Balance as of the beginning of the year |
|
$ |
2,251 |
|
|
$ |
1,489 |
|
Credit losses recognized on accounts receivable |
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
762 |
|
Balance as of the end of the year |
|
$ |
2,368 |
|
|
$ |
2,251 |
|
In accordance with authoritative guidance, the Company has determined that it holds a variable interest in Aardwolf and Aardwolf meets the definition of a variable interest entity (“VIE”) as Aardwolf does not have the ability to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support and its equity investors will not absorb their proportionate share of expected losses. However, as the Company does not have both (i) the power to direct the economically significant activities of Aardwolf and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses of, or the right to receive benefits from, Aardwolf, the Company is not considered the primary beneficiary of Aardwolf and has not consolidated the financial position or results of operations of Aardwolf in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, although Aardwolf is considered a related party of the Company. The Company will continuously perform this assessment, as changes to existing relationships or future transactions may result in the consolidation or deconsolidation of a VIE.
The Company established a defined-contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the IRC (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan covers all employees who meet defined minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pretax basis. The Company's contributions to the 401(k) Plan in the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 totaled $0.1 million and zero, respectively.
Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer. No product revenue has been generated since inception and all assets are held in the United States.
The Company views its operations and manages its business as one operating segment, focused on the discovery and development of novel therapies for the treatment of metabolic diseases. Segment profit or loss is measured as the Company’s net loss as reported on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company monitors its cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments as reported on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet to determine funding for its research and development.
As the Company does not currently generate revenue, the CODM assesses Company performance through the achievement of pre-clinical and clinical research goals. In addition to the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss, the CODM is regularly provided with budgeted and forecasted expense information which is used to determine the Company’s liquidity needs and cash allocation.
F-22
Segment net loss, including significant segment expenses regularly provided to the CODM, are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Research and development expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Research expenses |
|
$ |
12,659 |
|
|
$ |
3,242 |
|
Personnel-related (including stock-based compensation |
|
|
4,272 |
|
|
|
1,084 |
|
Facilities-related and other |
|
|
432 |
|
|
|
154 |
|
Total Research and development expenses |
|
|
17,363 |
|
|
|
4,480 |
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
|
5,305 |
|
|
|
2,173 |
|
Credit loss – related party accounts receivable |
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
762 |
|
Interest and dividend income |
|
|
(2,414 |
) |
|
|
(1,423 |
) |
Unrealized losses on short-term investments |
|
|
217 |
|
|
|
1,216 |
|
Net Loss |
|
$ |
(20,588 |
) |
|
$ |
(7,208 |
) |
Reverse Stock Split
As a result of the Reverse Stock Split effected on February 5, 2025, the conversion price for the Series A convertible preferred stock increased to $4.8420, for the Series B convertible preferred stock increased to $10.8950 and for the Series C convertible preferred stock increased to $14.9964.
Initial Public Offering
In February 2025, the Company completed its IPO with the sale of 6,120,661 shares of common stock at an initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which included the partial exercise by the underwriters to purchase 232,661 additional shares, which resulted in net proceeds to the Company of approximately $87.5 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $6.9 million and offering-related transaction costs of approximately $3.5 million.
In addition, in connection with the completion of the Company’s IPO on February 14, 2025, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock were converted into 11,439,841 shares of the Company’s common stock and the Company’s certificate of incorporation was amended and restated to authorize 490,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock.
Approval of 2025 Equity Incentive Plan and 2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In December 2024, the Company’s board of directors adopted the 2025 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2025 Plan”), and the Company’s stockholders approved the 2025 Plan in February 2025. The 2025 Plan, pursuant to which 2,150,000 shares were initially reserved for issuance, became effective on February 11, 2025. Upon the effectiveness of the 2025 Plan, no further grants will be made under the Plan.
In addition, in January 2025, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders adopted the 2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), and the Company’s stockholders approved the ESPP in February 2025. The ESPP, pursuant to which 215,000 shares were initially reserved for issuance, became effective on February 11, 2025.
F-23
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
We are responsible for maintaining disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Based on our management’s evaluation (with the participation of our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer) of our disclosure controls and procedures as required by Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act and the material weakness previously identified and further discussed below, our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective at the reasonable level of assurance as of December 31, 2024, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report.
Material Weakness in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We identified deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting related to a lack of controls in the financial reporting process, including a lack of segregation of duties and the documentation and design of formalized processes and procedures, and a material weakness related to these deficiencies existed at December 31, 2024.
The material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting relates to a lack of controls in the financial reporting process, including a lack of segregation of duties and design and documentation of formalized processes and procedures. Specifically, we lack a sufficient number of qualified resources to ensure adequate oversight and accountability over the performance of controls, including the retention of control evidence, while maintaining appropriate segregation of duties. Without such resources, we did not design and currently do not maintain effective general controls over information systems that support the financial reporting process. This material weakness could result in a misstatement of substantially all of our accounts or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.
Remediation Plan for the Material Weakness
To remediate the deficiencies described above and prevent similar deficiencies in the future, in late 2024, we began to take steps to address the material weakness through our remediation plan, which includes the hiring of additional experienced accounting and financial reporting personnel, formalizing the design and implementation of internal controls over the financial reporting process, including general controls over information systems, and implementing a new enterprise resource planning system.
Although we have begun the implementation of these remediation efforts, the material weakness will not be considered fully remediated until the applicable remedial controls operate for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are operating effectively. Any actions we have taken or may take to remediate these deficiencies are subject to continued management review supported by testing, as well as oversight by the Audit Committee of our board of directors.
We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, and are continuing to implement, will be sufficient to remediate the material weaknesses we have identified or avoid potential future material weaknesses. If the steps we take do not correct the material weaknesses in a timely manner, we will be unable to conclude that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, there could continue to be a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
This Annual Report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.
112
Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm due to an exemption provided by the JOBS Act for “emerging growth companies.”
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no other changes to our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2024 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information.
Rule 10b5-1 Trading Arrangements
From time to time, our officers (as defined in Rule 16a–1(f)) and directors may enter into Rule 10b5-1 or non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangements (as each such term is defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K). During the quarter ended December 31, 2024, none of our officers or directors adopted or terminated any such trading arrangements.
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.
None.
113
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
Executive Officers and Directors
Set forth below is certain biographical and other information regarding our directors and executive officers as of March 15, 2025.
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position(s) |
Executive Officers and Employee Directors: |
|
|
|
|
Tien-Li Lee, M.D. |
|
50 |
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
Manasi Jaiman, M.D., M.P.H. |
|
44 |
|
Chief Medical Officer |
Bryan Jones, Ph.D. |
|
61 |
|
Chief Operating Officer |
Nelson Sun |
|
48 |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
Non-Employee Directors: |
|
|
|
|
Jeffrey Chi, Ph.D.(1)(2)(3) |
|
56 |
|
Lead Independent Director |
Roy D. Baynes, M.D., Ph.D.(1)(2) |
|
70 |
|
Director |
Susan E. Graf(2)(3) |
|
52 |
|
Director |
Victor Tong, Jr.(1)(3) |
|
41 |
|
Director |
Executive Officers and Employee Directors
Tien-Li Lee, M.D. is our founder and has served as our Chief Executive Officer since March 2017. Dr. Lee has over 20 years of experience as a biotechnology innovator and executive who has been integrally involved with the founding or advancement of several biopharmaceutical companies. Prior to founding our company, Dr. Lee joined NantKwest, Inc. (Nasdaq: NK), a publicly-traded immunotherapy company, in 2013 and served as its Chief Strategy Officer until March 2017. Prior to this, Dr. Lee served as the Director of Business Development at Simcere Pharmaceutical Group from 2011 to 2013 and as the co-founder and Vice President of Business Development of Onkor Pharma, Inc. from 2007 to 2011. His experience includes therapeutics for immunology, cardiovascular, oncology, neurology and infectious disease indications. Dr. Lee served as a director of Scilex Holding Company from March 2019 to August 2023. Dr. Lee is also an inventor or co-inventor of multiple biomedical and biotechnology innovations, licensed or assigned to several companies for development including NantKwest, Inc., Simcere Pharmaceutical Group, Cellics Therapeutics, Inc. and our company. Dr. Lee received his M.D. from the University of California, San Diego and his B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley in Molecular Biology where he was also a Regents and Alumni Scholar. Dr. Lee received post-graduate training in Internal Medicine at University of California Los Angeles and Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation at University of California Irvine.
We believe Dr. Lee’s position as our Chief Executive Officer and founder of our company as well as his experience in management roles at life sciences companies and extensive academic and professional background in the field of biotechnology provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.
Manasi Jaiman, M.D., M.P.H. has served as our Chief Medical Officer since September 2024. Prior to joining us, from October 2022 to March 2024, Dr. Jaiman was Vice President, Clinical Development and Platform Lead at Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated (Nasdaq: VRTX), and from July 2020 to July 2023, she served in various roles at ViaCyte, Inc. (Nasdaq: VCYT), a biotechnology company, including as its Chief Medical Officer and Vice President of Clinical Development, where she developed novel approaches in cell therapy. Prior to that, she served as Senior Medical Director and Medical Director at Covance/LabCorp, a CRO. Previously, from July 2014 to September 2020, she was an attending physician at Harvard Medical School and Massachusetts General Hospital, where she was responsible for the clinical care of pediatric endocrinology patients, including those with diabetes, metabolic disease, obesity and Prader-Willi Syndrome. She also served as a co-investigator for several trials developing the bionic pancreas at Massachusetts General Hospital. Dr. Jaiman received her M.D. from Medical University of South Carolina, her M.P.H. from Tulane University School of Public Health and Tropical Medicine and her B.S. in Psychology from the University of South Carolina, Honors College. She completed her pediatric residency at Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center and her pediatric endocrinology fellowship, which focused on type 1 diabetes research, at Massachusetts General Hospital.
114
Bryan Jones, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Operating Officer since August 2022 and served as our Chief Business Officer from October 2021 to July 2022. Dr. Jones has more than 30 years of experience with biotechnology and specialty pharmaceutical companies with roles in both product and business development. Prior to joining us, he was the Co-Founder of Sollis Therapeutics, Inc. and served as its Chief Operating Officer from May 2017 to May 2020, where he led the technology transfer from Medtronic, plc of the manufacturing of a drug/device combination and the execution of Sollis’s Phase 3 Sciatica program. From 2013 to 2017, Dr. Jones was involved in monoclonal antibody production, ADC research and cell therapy development. Prior to that, Dr. Jones has also held roles of increasing responsibility, including Chief Operating Officer of two startup companies: Sherrington Pharmaceuticals and Mt. Cook Pharma, served as Vice President, Operations and Business Development at Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and served as Vice President at Kemia, Inc. Earlier in his career, he worked in research at Bristol-Myers Squibb Company and on products such as Cialis® with ICOS. Dr. Jones received his Ph.D. in Genetics from the University of Washington and his B.S. in Biology and Biochemistry from Iowa State University.
Nelson Sun has served as our Chief Financial Officer since June 2019. Mr. Sun has more than 20 years’ experience in financial management, business operations, and corporate strategy, with various leadership roles at private equity firms. Prior to joining us, Mr. Sun served as an Operating Partner at Dubilier & Company from 2011 to 2019, where he assessed underperforming assets and strategic acquisition opportunities, alongside providing executive level oversight to portfolio companies spanning business operations, financial planning, and strategic exits. From 2005 to 2011, Mr. Sun served as a Vice President at Valor Equity Partners, where he worked on mergers and acquisitions, portfolio management, as well as provided executive level oversight to portfolio companies including operations leadership, corporate strategy, financial management, and operational scalability. Earlier in his career, he worked in financial valuation analysis and transaction support at Dubilier & Company, in product management at National Electronics Warranty, and in business development at Revbox.com. Mr. Sun received his M.B.A. in Finance from The Wharton School, his M.A. in International Studies from the School of Arts and Sciences at the University of Pennsylvania and his B.A. in Literature/Writing from the University of California, San Diego.
Non-Employee Directors
Jeffrey Chi, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2019 and he has served as our Lead Independent Director since December 2024. Dr. Chi is a veteran in the venture capital industry and a strong advocate for the promotion of venture capital, entrepreneurship & socially responsible investing. Dr. Chi has served as the Chairman of the board of directors of Vickers Vantage Corp. I and its Chief Executive Officer from February 2020 to November 2022. Dr. Chi co-founded Vickers Ventures Partners in 2005, and serves as its Vice Chairman and a member of its board of directors and Investment Committee. From 2013 to April 2017, Dr. Chi also served as the Chairman of the Singapore Venture Capital and Private Equity Association. From 2001 to 2005, Dr. Chi initially served as a Senior Consultant with the Monitor Group and later served as Executive Director with Pegasus Capital. Dr. Chi also sits on an advisory panel of the Monetary Authority of Singapore and previously sat on the board of SEEDS Capital (the investment arm of Enterprise Singapore) as well as on the advisory panels ETLP (the commercialization arm of A*Star) and the National University of Singapore Department of Industrial Systems Engineering and Management. Based out of Shanghai, Dr. Chi heads Vickers Venture’s investments in Asia and has investments in artificial intelligence, education, healthcare/wellness and financial services (including fintech) technology companies. Prior to managing venture capital funds, Dr. Chi managed advisory engagements for a wide range of clients in both the public and private sectors. Dr. Chi’s operational background includes working on the management team of an engineering and construction group where he oversaw operations in Singapore, Malaysia, Taiwan and Indonesia. Dr. Chi also serves as a member of the board of directors of Vivance Pte Ltd (a renal care company), Jing-jin Electric Technologies Co., Ltd. (SH: 668280) and MatchMove Pay Pte. Ltd. Dr. Chi received his Ph.D. from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in systems engineering, his M.A. from the University of Cambridge in engineering, his S.M. from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in engineering and his B.A. from the University of Cambridge in engineering. He is also a C.F.A. charterholder, and is fluent in English and Mandarin.
We believe Dr. Chi is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience, relationships and contacts, combined with his experience serving on the boards of directors of successful, high-growth public and private companies.
Roy D. Baynes, M.D., Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2024. Since July 2022, Dr. Baynes has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Medical Officer of Eikon Therapeutics, Inc., a privately-held biotechnology company. Prior to Eikon Therapeutics, Inc., until April 2022, he served as Senior Vice President and Head of Global Clinical Development at Merck Research Laboratories, the research division of Merck and Co., Inc., commencing in December 2013, and as Chief Medical Officer of Merck and Co., Inc., a global healthcare company, commencing in July 2016. Prior to his roles at Merck and Co., Inc., Dr. Baynes served as Senior Vice President of Oncology, Inflammation and Respiratory Therapeutics at Gilead Sciences, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from January 2012 to December 2013. Prior to Gilead Sciences, Inc., Dr. Baynes held positions of increasing responsibility at Amgen Inc., a biotechnology company, including Vice President of Global Clinical Development and Therapeutic Area Head for Hematology/Oncology. Before joining Amgen Inc., Dr. Baynes was the Charles Martin Professor of Cancer Research at the Barbara Ann Karmanos Cancer Institute, a National Cancer Institute-designated Comprehensive Cancer Center, at Wayne State University.
115
Dr. Baynes has authored more than 150 publications and is a member or fellow of several international medical societies. Dr. Baynes has served on the Boards of Directors of Natera, Inc. (Nasdaq: NTRA), a genetic testing and diagnostics company, since July 2018; Travere Therapeutics Inc. (formerly known as Retrophin, Inc.) (Nasdaq: TVTX), a biopharmaceutical company, since July 2016; CatalYm GmbH, a privately-held Germany-based biotechnology company, since January 2024; Nurix Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq: NRIX), a biopharmaceutical company, since March 2025; and Adcendo ApS, a privately-held Danish-based antibody drug conjugate company, since February 2025. Previously, from September 2018 to December 2022, he served on the Board of Directors of Atara Biotherapeutics, Inc., a T-cell immunotherapy company. Dr. Baynes received his medical degree and doctorate in philosophy from the University of the Witwatersrand in South Africa, and completed his medical training in the Department of Hematology and Oncology at Johannesburg Hospital.
We believe Dr. Baynes is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the life sciences and biopharmaceutical industry and his medical and drug development expertise.
Susan E. Graf has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2024. Since May 2021, Ms. Graf has served as a Senior Advisor and Entrepreneur in Residence at Locust Walk Partners, LLC, a global life science transaction firm. From August 2019 to May 2021, she served as the Chief Executive Officer of the biotechnology company, Akamara Therapeutics, Inc. Prior to Akamara Therapeutics, Inc., she was the Chief Business Officer at Epizyme, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from April 2016 to September 2018, where she also served as Principal Financial Officer from August 2017 to September 2018. Prior to Epizyme, Inc., Ms. Graf held the position of Vice President, Corporate Development and Strategy for NPS Pharma before it was acquired by Shire in 2015. Earlier in her career, Ms. Graf spent nearly 18 years at Roche in a number of leadership and executive positions. Ms. Graf currently serves on the boards of directors and as the chair of the audit committee of each of CG Oncology, Inc. (Nasdaq: CGON), a late-stage clinical biopharmaceutical company, and Kaléo, Inc., a privately held pharmaceutical company. She also currently serves on the compensation committee of Kaléo, Inc. From April 2021 to March 2024, she chaired the board of directors and the audit committee of Finch Therapeutics, Inc., which was a publicly-traded microbiome therapeutics company. Ms. Graf received her M.B.A. from the Stern School of Business at New York University and her B.Pharm. from Purdue University.
We believe Ms. Graf is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her extensive experience in the life sciences industry and her financial expertise.
Victor Tong, Jr. has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2024. Mr. Tong is a Managing Director at Decheng Capital (Decheng), an investment firm, where he has worked since its inception in 2012 and focuses on investments in biotechnology and medical technology companies in China and the United States. Before joining Decheng, Mr. Tong was a Principal at Bay City Capital, a life sciences investment firm, and a member of the healthcare investment banking division at Morgan Stanley. Mr. Tong has served as a member of the board of directors of CG Oncology, Inc. (Nasdaq: CGON) since July 2023. He also serves on the board of directors of multiple privately held biotechnology and biopharmaceutical companies including Cellares Corp., Harton Therapeutics, Hummingbird Bioscience, LevitasBio, Nalu Medical, Take2, and Watchmaker Genomics. Mr. Tong received his B.A. in Molecular and Cell Biology and his B.S. in Business Administration from the University of California, Berkeley.
We believe Mr. Tong is qualified to serve as our director because of his investment and board experience in the biopharmaceutical industry.
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers, directors or director nominees.
Board Composition
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The Bylaws provide that the number of directors that shall constitute the whole board of directors shall be determined by resolution of our board of directors. Currently our board of directors consists of five members: Tien-Li Lee, M.D., Roy D. Baynes, M.D., Ph.D., Jeffrey Chi, Ph.D., Susan E. Graf and Victor Tong, Jr.
Certain members of our board of directors were elected under the provisions of our Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement entered into on May 1, 2024 (the Voting Agreement). Under the terms of the Voting Agreement, the stockholders who are party to the Voting Agreement have agreed to vote their respective shares to elect: (i) one director designated by the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock, currently Jeffrey Chi, Ph.D.; (ii) one director designated by Decheng Capital, LLC, currently Victor Tong, Jr. and (iii) our Chief Executive Officer, Tien-Li Lee, M.D. The Voting Agreement terminated upon the completion of our IPO, and currently no stockholders have any special rights regarding the election or designation of the members of our board of directors. The number of directors is fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.
116
Our current directors elected to our board of directors pursuant to the Voting Agreement will continue to serve as directors until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal.
In accordance with our Certificate of Incorporation, our board of directors is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the initial classification, the successors to the directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting of stockholders following their election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:
Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of our management or a change in control of our company.
Board Leadership Structure
Our board of directors recognizes that one of its key responsibilities is to evaluate and determine its optimal leadership structure so as to provide effective oversight of management. The Bylaws and corporate governance guidelines provide our board of directors with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of Chairperson of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer. Our board of directors currently believes that our Chief Executive Officer is best situated to serve as Chairperson because he is the director who is most familiar with our business and industry, possesses detailed and in-depth knowledge of the issues, opportunities and challenges facing us and is therefore best positioned to ensure that the board of directors' time and attention are focused on the most critical matters. Our independent directors bring experience, oversight and expertise from outside the company and industry, while the Chief Executive Officer brings company-specific experience and expertise. Our board of directors believes that the combined role of Chairperson and Chief Executive Officer facilitates information flow between management and the board of directors, which is essential to effective governance. Effective December 2024, Jeffrey Chi, Ph.D. was appointed as our Lead Independent Director. The duties of our Lead Independent Director include (i) presiding at all meetings of our board of directors at which the Chairperson of our board of directors is not present and leading executive sessions of the independent directors; (ii) providing input on board of directors agendas and materials in advance of meetings of our board of directors; (iii) if requested by stockholders, ensuring that our Lead Independent Director is available for consultation and direct communication; and (iv) performing such other functions as our board of directors may delegate to our Lead Independent Director from time to time. Our board of directors will continue to periodically review our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.
Board Oversight of Risk
Although management is responsible for the day-to-day management of the risks our company faces, our board of directors and its committees take an active role in overseeing management of our risks and have the ultimate responsibility for the oversight of risk management. Our board of directors regularly reviews information regarding our operational, financial, legal and strategic risks. Specifically, senior management attends quarterly meetings of our board of directors, provides presentations on operations including significant risks, and is available to address any questions or concerns raised by our board of directors.
In addition, our three committees will assist our board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities regarding risk. The Audit Committee will coordinate our board of directors’ oversight of our internal control over financial reporting, communication with our external auditors, disclosure controls and procedures, related party transactions and code of conduct and management will regularly report to the Audit Committee on these areas. The Compensation Committee will assist our board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the management of risks arising from our compensation policies and programs as well as succession planning as it relates to our Chief Executive Officer. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will assist our board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the management of risks associated with board organization, membership and structure, succession planning for our directors, maintaining our corporate governance guidelines and our corporate governance. When any of the committees receives a report related to material risk oversight, the chairperson of the relevant committee will report on the discussion to our full board of directors. Matters of significant strategic risk are considered by our board of directors as a whole.
117
Board Committees
Our board of directors currently has three standing committees: an audit committee (Audit Committee), a compensation committee (Compensation Committee) and a nominating and corporate governance committee (Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee). The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors are described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or removal or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.
Audit Committee
Our Audit Committee is comprised of Susan E. Graf, Victor Tong, Jr. and Jeffrey Chi, Ph.D., with Ms. Graf serving as Chairperson of the committee. Each member of the Audit Committee must be independent as defined under the applicable Nasdaq and SEC rules and financially literate under the Nasdaq rules and listing standards (the Nasdaq Rules). Our board of directors has determined that each member of the Audit Committee is “independent” and “financially literate” under the Nasdaq Rules and the rules of the SEC and that Ms. Graf is an “audit committee financial expert” under the rules of the SEC.
The responsibilities of the Audit Committee are included in a written charter. The Audit Committee acts on behalf of our board of directors in fulfilling our board of directors’ oversight responsibilities with respect to our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes, the systems of internal control over financial reporting and audits of financial statements, and also assists our board of directors in its oversight of the quality and integrity of our financial statements and reports and the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm. For this purpose, the Audit Committee performs several functions. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities include, among others:
118
The Audit Committee will review, discuss and assess its own performance and composition at least annually. The Audit Committee will also periodically review and assesses the adequacy of its charter, including its role and responsibilities as outlined in its charter, and recommend any proposed changes to our board of directors for its consideration and approval.
Compensation Committee
Our Compensation Committee is comprised of Jeffrey Chi, Ph.D., Roy D. Baynes, M.D., Ph.D. and Susan E. Graf, with Dr. Chi serving as Chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the committee is “independent” under the Nasdaq Rules and all applicable laws. Each of the members of this committee is also a “non-employee director” as that term is defined under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and an “outside director” as that term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(3). The Compensation Committee acts on behalf of our board of directors to fulfill our board of directors’ responsibilities in overseeing our compensation policies, plans and programs; and in reviewing and determining the compensation to be paid to our executive officers and non-employee directors. The responsibilities of the Compensation Committee are included in its written charter. The Compensation Committee’s responsibilities include, among others:
In addition, once we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” as defined in JOBS Act, the responsibilities of the Compensation Committee will also include:
119
Under its charter, the Compensation Committee may form, and delegate authority to, subcommittees as appropriate, including to delegate authority to our Chief Executive Officer to grant rights in, or options to purchase, shares of our common stock to eligible employees and consultants who are not executive officers, subject to certain limitations. The Compensation Committee will review, discuss and assess its own performance and composition at least annually. The Compensation Committee will also periodically review and assess the adequacy of its charter, including its role and responsibilities as outlined in its charter, and recommend any proposed changes to our board of directors for its consideration and approval.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is comprised of Victor Tong, Jr., Roy D. Baynes, M.D., Ph.D. and Jeffrey Chi, Ph.D., with Mr. Tong serving as Chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the committee is “independent” under the Nasdaq Rules and all applicable laws. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee acts on behalf of our board of directors to fulfill our board of directors’ responsibilities in overseeing all aspects of our nominating and corporate governance functions. The responsibilities of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are included in its written charter. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s responsibilities include, among others:
The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will periodically review, discuss and assess the performance of our board of directors and the committees of our board of directors. In fulfilling this responsibility, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will seek input from senior management, our board of directors and others. In assessing our board of directors, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will evaluate the overall composition of our board of directors, our board of directors’ contribution as a whole and its effectiveness in serving our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will review, discuss and assess its own performance and composition at least annually. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will also periodically review and assess the adequacy of its charter, including its role and responsibilities as outlined in its charter, and recommend any proposed changes to our board of directors for its consideration and approval.
120
Insider Trading Policy; Prohibition Against Hedging and Pledging Policy
Our board of directors has adopted an insider trading policy, which provides guidelines to our employees, directors, officers and consultants with respect to transactions in our securities, including the purchase, sale and/or other disposition of our securities. We adopted the insider trading policy and the procedures set forth therein to help avoid inadvertent instances of improper insider trading. We believe the insider trading policy is reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations and listing standards applicable to Aardvark.
Our insider trading policy prohibits our officers, directors and employees from engaging in hedging transactions, including zero-cost collars, prepaid variable forwards, equity swaps, puts, calls, collars and forwards. It further prohibits holding our stock in a margin account, short sales of our stock, and any transactions in puts, calls or other derivative securities involving our stock. Additionally, our insider trading policy generally prohibits our officers, directors and employees from pledging our stock as collateral to secure loans; however, the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee or the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may approve an exception to this general prohibition where a person wishes to pledge securities as collateral for a loan (not including margin debt) and clearly demonstrates the financial capacity to repay the loan without resort to the pledged securities.
Attendance by Members of the Board of Directors at Meetings
There were five meetings of our board of directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, each director attended at least 75% of the aggregate of all meetings of our board of directors, and each director attended at least 75% of meetings of the committees on which such director served during the period in which he or she served as a director.
Director Nominations
No material changes have been made to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to our board of directors from those that were described in our final prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) under the Securities Act with the SEC on February 13, 2025.
Communications from Stockholders
Our board of directors will give appropriate attention to written communications that are submitted by stockholders, and will respond if and as appropriate. Our Secretary is primarily responsible for monitoring communications from stockholders and for providing copies or summaries to the directors as he considers appropriate.
Communications are forwarded to all directors if they relate to important substantive matters and include suggestions or comments that our Secretary and Chairperson of our board of directors consider to be important for the directors to know. In general, communications relating to corporate governance and long-term corporate strategy are more likely to be forwarded than communications relating to ordinary business affairs, personal grievances and matters as to which we tend to receive repetitive or duplicative communications. Stockholders who wish to send communications on any topic to our board of directors should address such communications to our board of directors in writing: c/o Secretary, Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc., 4370 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 1050, San Diego, California 92122.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics which applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and those officers responsible for financial reporting. The code of business conduct and ethics is available on our website at https://aardvarktherapeutics.com/. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website to the extent required by the applicable rules and exchange requirements. The inclusion of our website address in this Annual Report does not incorporate by reference the information on or accessible through our website into this Annual Report. We have included our website in this Annual Report solely as an inactive textual reference.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2024, are:
121
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officers for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:
|
|
|
|
Salary |
|
|
Bonus |
|
|
Option |
|
|
Non- |
|
|
All Other |
|
|
Total |
|
||||||
Name and principal position |
|
Year |
|
($) |
|
|
($)(1) |
|
|
($)(2) |
|
|
($)(3) |
|
|
($) |
|
|
($) |
|
||||||
Tien-Li Lee, M.D. |
|
2024 |
|
|
422,989 |
|
|
|
111,000 |
|
|
|
203,223 |
|
|
|
167,976 |
|
|
|
1,134 |
|
|
|
906,322 |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
2023 |
|
|
370,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
1,134 |
|
|
|
371,134 |
|
Bryan Jones, Ph.D. |
|
2024 |
|
|
303,238 |
|
|
|
72,000 |
|
|
|
142,256 |
|
|
|
90,345 |
|
|
|
1,854 |
|
|
|
609,693 |
|
Chief Operating Officer |
|
2023 |
|
|
240,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
1,350 |
|
|
|
241,350 |
|
Manasi Jaiman, M.D., M.P.H.(4) |
|
2024 |
|
|
150,577 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
609,668 |
|
|
|
52,212 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
812,457 |
|
Chief Medical Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table
Arrangements with Executive Officers
We have entered into offer letters with each of our named executive officers. The material terms of the offer letters are described below.
Lee Offer Letter and Compensation
We entered into an offer letter with Dr. Lee (the Lee Offer Letter) dated July 24, 2019, pursuant to which Dr. Lee serves as our Chief Executive Officer and President. Under the Lee Offer Letter, Dr. Lee’s annual base salary was initially set at $300,000, which was increased to $370,000 in 2023 and was further increased to $468,000 effective June 28, 2024. Dr. Lee’s employment with us is at-will, and either we or Dr. Lee may terminate the terms and conditions of the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause and with or without notice.
The Lee Offer Letter also provides for reimbursement of reasonable, actual and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with Dr. Lee’s employment.
Effective June 28, 2024, Dr. Lee’s discretionary annual target bonus was established at 40% of his annual base salary.
Effective upon the completion of our IPO, Dr. Lee’s base salary was increased to $650,000 per year and his discretionary annual target bonus was increased to 55% of his annual base salary.
Jones Offer Letter and Compensation
We entered into an offer letter with Dr. Jones (the Jones Offer Letter) dated September 29, 2021, pursuant to which Dr. Jones initially served as our Chief Business Officer commencing on October 4, 2021. Under the Jones Offer Letter, Dr. Jones’s annual base salary was set at $240,000, which was increased to $360,000 effective June 28, 2024.
122
Dr. Jones’s employment with us is at-will, and either we or Dr. Jones may terminate the terms and conditions of the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause and with or without notice.
In accordance with the Jones Offer Letter, on October 4, 2021, we issued Dr. Jones an option to purchase an aggregate of 35,402 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price equal to $3.06 per share. The shares of common stock subject to such option vest in equal monthly installments over a period of 48 months from the vesting commencement date of September 1, 2021, subject to Dr. Jones providing continuous service (as defined in the 2017 Plan) to our company on each such vesting date, inclusive.
The Jones Offer Letter also provides for reimbursement of reasonable, actual and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with Dr. Jones’s employment.
Effective June 28, 2024, Dr. Jones’s discretionary annual target bonus was established at 30% of his annual base salary.
Effective upon the completion of our IPO, Dr. Jones’s base salary was increased to $475,000 per year and his discretionary annual target bonus was increased to 40% of his annual base salary.
Jaiman Offer Letter and Compensation
We entered into an offer letter with Dr. Jaiman (the Jaiman Offer Letter) dated August 23, 2024, pursuant to which Dr. Jaiman serves as our Chief Medical Officer. Under the Jaiman Offer Letter, Dr. Jaiman’s annual base salary was set at $450,000 and her annual target bonus was set at 35% of her annual base salary. Dr. Jaiman’s employment with us is at-will, and either we or Dr. Jaiman may terminate the terms and conditions of the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause and with or without notice.
In accordance with the Jaiman Offer Letter, on September 1, 2024, we issued Dr. Jaiman an option to purchase an aggregate of 177,012 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price equal to $4.24 per share (the Jaiman Initial Option). 25% of the shares of common stock subject to the Jaiman Initial Option will vest on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date of September 1, 2024, and 1/48th of the shares subject to the Jaiman Initial Option will vest in equal monthly installments thereafter, in each case subject to Dr. Jaiman providing continuous service (as defined in the 2017 Plan) to our company on each such vesting date, inclusive.
The Jaiman Offer Letter also provides that, in the event we terminate Dr. Jaiman’s employment other than for “Cause” (as defined in the Jaiman Offer Letter) or Dr. Jaiman resigns from her employment with us for “Good Reason” (as defined in the Jaiman Offer Letter), subject to Dr. Jaiman executing and delivering a customary release of claims in our favor, Dr. Jaiman will be entitled to severance consisting of (i) an amount equal to six months of her then-current base salary, and (ii) 100% of the premium cost of continued group health coverage for a period of up to six months following her termination date. In addition, if such termination or resignation occurs within three months prior to or 12 months following a “Change in Control” (as defined in the 2017 Plan), any unvested portion of the Jaiman Initial Option will be accelerated and the Jaiman Initial Option will be fully vested as of the date of such termination or resignation, as applicable. The severance provisions included in the Jaiman Offer Letter and described in this paragraph will be superseded by the Severance Plan, which became effective in connection with the completion of our IPO and is described in the subsection “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control—Severance Plan” below.
Effective upon the completion of our IPO, Dr. Jaiman’s base salary was increased to $500,000 per year and her discretionary annual target bonus was increased to 40% of her annual base salary.
June 2024 Bonuses
On June 27, 2024, our board of directors approved the following catch-up cash bonuses to Dr. Lee and Dr. Jones. Dr. Jaiman did not receive a bonus in June 2024 as she did not join our company until September 2024. The bonuses were paid as a result of the achievement of certain milestones and in recognition of no bonuses being paid to these named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.
|
|
Catch-up |
|
|
Tien-Li Lee, M.D. |
|
|
111,000 |
|
Bryan Jones, Ph.D. |
|
|
72,000 |
|
123
Annual Bonuses
Our named executive officers are eligible to receive annual performance-based cash bonuses, which are designed to provide appropriate incentives to our executives to achieve corporate milestones and to reward our executives for individual achievement towards these milestones. The annual performance-based bonus each named executive officer is eligible to receive is based on the extent to which we achieve corporate milestones, as well as the applicable named executive officer’s discretionary annual target bonus percentage. Our board of directors determined that sufficient corporate milestones were achieved in 2024 to award bonuses to our executive officers at 100% achievement. Accordingly, our named executive officers were awarded the following bonuses for achievement at their respective target bonus, as follows:
|
|
2024 |
|
|
Bonus Target |
|
|
Bonus ($) |
|
|||
Tien-Li Lee, M.D. |
|
|
419,940 |
|
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
167,976 |
|
Bryan Jones, Ph.D. |
|
|
301,151 |
|
|
|
30 |
% |
|
|
90,345 |
|
Manasi Jaiman, M.D., M.P.H. |
|
149,178 |
|
(1) |
|
35 |
% |
|
|
52,212 |
|
Equity-Based Incentive Awards
On July 21, 2024, our board of directors approved the following stock option grants to Dr. Lee and Dr. Jones under the 2017 Plan with a grant date of July 21, 2024, which grants are subject to the terms and conditions of the 2017 Plan and the applicable form of stock option agreement approved for use thereunder. The exercise price of the following stock option grants is $4.24 per share, with 1/48th of the total amount of the shares vesting each month after the grant date, subject to the executive officer’s providing continuous service (as defined in the 2017 Plan) through the applicable vesting date (each inclusive); provided that the vesting of the options shall be accelerated in full contingent upon, and effective as of, a change in control (as defined in the 2017 Plan) during such executive officer’s continuous service. Dr. Jaiman was granted the Jaiman Initial Option under the 2017 Plan in connection with the commencement of her employment with us, which is described in the subsection “—Jaiman Offer Letter and Compensation” above.
|
|
Shares Subject |
|
|
Tien-Li Lee, M.D. |
|
|
59,004 |
|
Bryan Jones, Ph.D. |
|
|
41,302 |
|
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
As of December 31, 2024, other than as described under the subsection “—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Arrangements with Executive Officers—Jaiman Offer Letter and Compensation” above with respect to Dr. Jaiman and the Severance Plan (described below), we did not, and we currently do not, have any arrangements or agreements with any of our named executive officers that provide for payments to any of our named executive officers upon termination or change in control. The Severance Plan will supersede the severance provisions included in the Jaiman Offer Letter.
Severance Plan
Each of our current executive officers are eligible to receive benefits under the terms of the Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc. Severance Plan (Severance Plan) adopted by our board of directors in December 2024. The Severance Plan provides that upon (i) a termination of an eligible participant’s employment with us that is effected by us without “cause,” as defined in the Severance Plan (and other than due to death or disability), or (ii) a resignation by an eligible participant for “good reason,” as defined in the Severance Plan, in each case outside of the time period beginning with the date three months prior to the date on which a change in control (as defined in the Severance Plan) occurs and ending 12 months following the change in control, or the “change in control period,” an eligible participant will be entitled to receive, subject to, among other things, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of a customary release of claims in our favor, (a) continued base salary for a period of nine months at the rate in effect on the date of such participant’s termination, and (b) reimbursement of premiums for the eligible participant’s continued coverage under our health insurance plans for up to nine months.
124
The Severance Plan also provides that upon (i) a termination of an eligible participant’s employment with us that is effected by us without “cause” (and other than due to death or disability) or (ii) a resignation by an eligible participant for “good reason,” in each case within the change in control period, the eligible participant will be entitled to receive, subject to, among other things, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of a customary release of claims in our favor, (a) continued base salary for a period of 12 months at the rate in effect on the date of such participant’s termination, (b) an additional cash lump sum payment equal to the participant’s target annual bonus for the year of termination, (c) reimbursement of premiums for the eligible participant’s continued coverage under our health insurance plans for up to 12 months, and (d) accelerated vesting of outstanding and unvested equity awards held by such participant (with performance-based awards vesting at the higher of target (100%) level of performance or actual achievement measured as of the date of the change in control).
The payments and benefits provided under the Severance Plan in connection with a change in control may not be eligible for a federal income tax deduction by us pursuant to Section 280G of the Code. These payments and benefits may also subject an eligible participant, including our current executive officers, to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code. If the payments or benefits payable in connection with a change in control would be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, then those payments or benefits will be reduced if such reduction would result in a higher net after-tax benefit to the recipient.
Perquisites, Health, Welfare and Retirement Plans and Benefits
All of our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans offered to similarly situated employees, including medical, dental, vision, disability, life insurance and 401(k) plans. We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers, except in limited circumstances. Our board of directors may elect to adopt qualified or non-qualified benefit plans in the future if it determines that doing so is in the best interests of our company and our stockholders.
Clawback Policy
Our board of directors has adopted a clawback policy that complies with recently enacted SEC rules and Nasdaq Rules. Our clawback policy provides for our recovery of erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation from our current and former executive officers (as defined in Rule 10D-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act and Nasdaq Rule 5608) who were employed by us during the applicable recovery period. Under the policy, if we are required to prepare an accounting restatement of our financial statements due to our material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, we shall promptly demand in writing and recoup the amount of any incentive-based compensation received by the applicable executive during the three completed fiscal years immediately preceding the date on which we are required to prepare such accounting restatement. The amount to be recouped is that which exceeds the amount of incentive-based compensation that otherwise would have been received by the applicable executive had such compensation been determined based on the restated amounts in the accounting restatement. Incentive-based compensation includes any compensation that is granted, earned or vested based wholly or in part upon the attainment of one or more measures derived from our financial statements. Our Compensation Committee will administer our clawback policy and will have the authority to determine the amount of recoverable compensation and manner of recovery.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2024
The following table presents certain information concerning outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers at December 31, 2024:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards(1) |
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Option |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Grant |
|
Vesting |
|
Options |
|
|
Options |
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
Option |
|||
Name |
|
Date |
|
Date |
|
(#) |
|
|
(#) |
|
|
($) |
|
|
Date |
|||
Tien-Li Lee, M.D. |
|
7/21/2024(2) |
|
6/27/2024 |
|
|
7,375 |
|
|
|
51,629 |
|
|
$ |
4.24 |
|
|
7/20/2034 |
Bryan Jones, Ph.D. |
|
12/9/2020(3)(4) |
|
1/1/2021 |
|
|
5,777 |
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
$ |
1.28 |
|
|
12/8/2030 |
|
|
10/4/2021(2)(3) |
|
9/1/2021 |
|
|
28,764 |
|
|
|
6,638 |
|
|
$ |
3.06 |
|
|
10/3/2031 |
|
|
5/17/2022(2)(3) |
|
5/17/2022 |
|
|
22,864 |
|
|
|
12,538 |
|
|
$ |
3.06 |
|
|
5/16/2032 |
|
|
7/21/2024(2) |
|
6/27/2024 |
|
|
5,162 |
|
|
|
36,140 |
|
|
$ |
4.24 |
|
|
7/20/2034 |
Manasi Jaiman, M.D., M.P.H. |
|
9/1/2024(4) |
|
9/1/2024 |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
177,012 |
|
|
$ |
4.24 |
|
|
8/31/2034 |
125
Non-Employee Director Compensation
The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a non-employee member of our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2024. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, in 2024, we did not pay any compensation to, reimburse any expense of (other than customary expenses in connection with the attendance of meetings of our board of directors), or grant any equity awards or non-equity awards to any of the non-employee members of our board of directors.
In 2024, we did not have a formal or standard compensation policy for our non-employee directors but paid all of our non-employee directors, other than Dr. Chi, Mr. Tong and Dr. Moon, an annual retainer of $30,000 (prorated for partial year service) for their board services provided. In addition, we have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse all of our non-employee directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board of directors and committee meetings. In connection with the appointment of Ms. Graf and Dr. Baynes to our board of directors effective as of November 14, 2024 and December 18, 2024, respectively, we granted to each of Ms. Graf and Dr. Baynes an option to purchase 29,502 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $7.04 per share. Twenty-five percent of the shares of common stock subject to each option will vest on the one year anniversary of the respective vesting commencement date of November 14, 2024 and December 18, 2024 and 1/48th of the shares subject to each option will vest in equal monthly installments thereafter, in each case subject to the applicable director providing continuous service (as defined in the 2017 Plan) to our company on each such vesting date, inclusive.
126
The following table sets forth information for the year ended December 31, 2024 regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to persons who served as our directors during 2024 who are not named executive officers.
|
|
Fees Earned |
|
|
Option |
|
|
All Other |
|
|
|
|
||||
Name(1) |
|
($) |
|
|
($) |
|
|
($) |
|
|
Total ($) |
|
||||
Jeffrey Chi, Ph.D. |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Roy D. Baynes, M.D., Ph.D.(2) |
|
|
1,250 |
|
|
|
170,110 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
171,360 |
|
Susan E. Graf(3) |
|
|
3,750 |
|
|
|
167,282 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
171,032 |
|
|
Victor Tong, Jr. |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Zachary Hornby(4) |
|
|
7,500 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
7,500 |
|
Jerel Banks, M.D., Ph.D. (4) |
|
|
7,500 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
7,500 |
|
Steve Moon, Ph.D.(4) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
Effective upon the completion of our IPO, our non-employee directors are compensated in accordance with our non-employee director compensation program (the Director Compensation Program). Pursuant to the Director Compensation Program, our non-employee directors will receive cash compensation, paid quarterly in arrears, as follows:
Each non-employee director may elect, on an annual basis, to convert all or a portion of such non-employee director’s annual retainer into a number of restricted stock units granted under the 2025 Plan, which will be fully vested on the date of grant, and settlement of the restricted stock units may be deferred at the election of the non-employee director.
Pursuant to the Director Compensation Program, each non-employee director who is initially elected or appointed to our board of directors following the completion of our IPO will automatically be granted an option (Initial Grant) under the 2025 Plan to purchase that number of shares of our common stock equal to (i) $500,000, divided by (ii) the per share grant date fair value of the option award. Each Initial Grant will vest as to 1/36th of the underlying shares on a monthly basis over three years, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date. In addition, on the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders following the completion of our IPO, each non-employee director, other than a non-employee director receiving an Initial Grant at such annual meeting, who will continue to serve as a non-employee director immediately following such annual meeting will automatically be granted an option (Full Annual Grant) under the 2025 Plan to purchase that number of shares of our common stock equal to (i)
127
$250,000, divided by (ii) the per share grant date fair value of the option award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a non-employee director is first elected or appointed to our board of directors on a date other than the date of an annual meeting, then, at the next annual meeting following such non-employee director’s election or appointment, in lieu of a Full Annual Grant, such non-employee director will be granted a pro-rata portion of such Full Annual Grant based on the number of full months between such non-employee director’s initial election or appointment to our board of directors and the date of the first annual meeting immediately following such initial election or appointment to our board of directors (Partial Annual Grant). Each Full Annual Grant and each Partial Annual Grant will vest in full on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the grant date and (ii) immediately prior to the annual meeting of our stockholders following the date of grant, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date. In addition, upon a Change in Control (as defined in the 2025 Plan), all outstanding equity awards granted under the 2025 Plan (or any other equity incentive plan maintained by us) that are held by a non-employee director will become fully vested and/or exercisable irrespective of any other provisions of such non-employee director’s award agreements.
The Director Compensation Program also provides that we reimburse each non-employee director for all reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket travel and other business expenses incurred by such non-employee director in the performance of such non-employee director’s duties to us in accordance with our applicable expense reimbursement policies and procedures in effect from time to time.
Equity Compensation Plans
2025 Equity Incentive Plan
In connection with the IPO, our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2025 Plan, which went into effect on February 11, 2025. The purpose of the 2025 Plan is to provide incentives for our employees, directors and consultants to exert maximum efforts for the success of our company and our affiliates and to provide a means by which such persons may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of our common stock through the granting of awards. At the time the 2025 Plan became effective, no further grants may be made under the 2017 Plan.
2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In connection with the IPO, our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc. 2024 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which went into effect on February 11, 2025, and which we refer to as the ESPP. The purpose of the ESPP is to secure the services of new employees, to retain the services of existing employees, and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our related corporations. The ESPP includes two components. One component is designed to allow eligible U.S. employees to purchase our common stock in a manner that may qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code (the 423 Component), and accordingly, it will be construed in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. We intend (but make no undertaking or representation to maintain) the 423 Component to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan, as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code. The other component permits the grant of purchase rights that do not qualify for such favorable tax treatment (the Non-423 Component), in order to allow deviations necessary to permit participation by eligible employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States while complying with applicable foreign laws, and except as otherwise provided in the ESPP or determined by our board of directors, it will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.
Equity Award Timing Procedures
In accordance with Item 402(x) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, we are providing information regarding our procedures related to the grant of certain equity awards close in time to the release of material non-public information (MNPI). Although we do not have a formal policy, program or plan that requires us to award equity or equity-based compensation on specific dates, we generally expect our Compensation Committee to approve and grant equity awards to our executive officers annually. Additionally, our insider trading policy prohibits directors, officers and employees from trading in our common stock while in possession of or on the basis of MNPI about us. We have not timed, and do not plan to time, the disclosure of MNPI for the purpose of affecting the value of executive compensation.
We were a private company during the year ended December 31, 2024 and therefore no options were granted to our named executive officers within four business days prior to, or one business day following, the filing or furnishing of a periodic or current report by us that disclosed MNPI.
128
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification
The Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, we will indemnify any officer or director of our company against all damages, claims and liabilities arising out of the fact that the person is or was our officer or director, or served any other enterprise at our request as an officer or director. Amending this provision will not reduce our indemnification obligations relating to actions taken before an amendment. Delaware law provides that directors and officers of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors or officers, except liability for:
We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding.
We believe that the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, executive officers, or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Compensation Committee Interlocks
None of the members of our Compensation Committee has at any time been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers on our board of directors or the Compensation Committee.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.
The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of February 28, 2025, by:
The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the SEC. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which a person has sole or shared voting power or investment power. Applicable percentage ownership is based on 21,695,920 shares of common stock outstanding on February 28, 2025. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or that will become exercisable or otherwise vest within 60 days of February 28, 2025 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
129
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc., 4370 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 1050, San Diego, CA 92122.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Name of Beneficial Owner |
|
Number of |
|
|
Percent of Shares Beneficially Owned |
|
||
5% or Greater Stockholders: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Entities affiliated with Decheng Capital Global Life |
|
|
3,917,299 |
|
|
|
18.1 |
% |
Vickers Venture Fund VI Pte. Ltd.(2) |
|
|
2,050,902 |
|
|
|
9.5 |
% |
Dr. Finian Tan(3) |
|
|
1,861,258 |
|
|
|
8.6 |
% |
Christopher Ho(4) |
|
|
1,694,894 |
|
|
|
7.8 |
% |
Entities affiliated with Citadel Advisors LLC(5) |
|
|
1,192,971 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
% |
Jane Wu Lee, M.D.(6) |
|
|
2,982,495 |
|
|
|
13.7 |
% |
Named Executive Officers and Directors: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Tien-Li Lee, M.D.(7) |
|
|
2,982,495 |
|
|
|
13.7 |
% |
Bryan Jones, Ph.D.(8) |
|
|
85,308 |
|
|
* |
|
|
Manasi Jaiman, M.D., M.P.H. |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Jeffrey Chi, Ph.D.(9) |
|
|
133,364 |
|
|
* |
|
|
Roy D. Baynes, M.D., Ph.D. |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Susan E. Graf |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Victor Tong, Jr. |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
All executive officers and directors as a group (8 persons)(10) |
|
|
3,660,191 |
|
|
|
16.8 |
% |
* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
130
131
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information on our equity compensation plan as of December 31, 2024, adjusted to reflect a 1-for-8.474 reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock and stock option awards effected on February 5, 2025. The following table does not include information regarding the 2025 Plan or the ESPP, each of which became effective on February 11, 2025 in connection with our initial public offering. As of December 31, 2024, we maintained one equity compensation plan, consisting of our 2017 Plan under which shares of our common stock were authorized for issuance, detailed as follows:
|
|
Number of securities to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights |
|
|
Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights |
|
|
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plan (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) |
|
|||
Plan |
|
(a) |
|
|
(b) |
|
|
(c) |
|
|||
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders |
|
|
991,058 |
|
|
$ |
3.83 |
|
|
|
1,164,547 |
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Total |
|
|
991,058 |
|
|
$ |
3.83 |
|
|
|
1,164,547 |
|
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2023 and any currently proposed transactions to which we have been a participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of $120,000 or 1% of the average of our total assets as of each of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and in which any of our then directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock at the time of such transaction, or any members of their immediate family, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described in Part III, Item 11, “Executive Compensation”, of this Annual Report.
Initial Public Offering
In February 2025, we completed our initial public offering pursuant to which we issued and sold an aggregate of 6,120,661 shares of common stock, which included the partial exercise by the underwriters to purchase 232,661 additional shares at a price to the public of $16.00 per share. The following table sets forth the number of shares of common stock purchased by our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our common stock or entities affiliated with them, including entities affiliated with certain of our directors at the closing of the initial public offering:
Name(1) |
|
Shares of |
|
|
Purchase |
|
||
Decheng Capital Global Life Sciences Fund IV, L.P.(2) |
|
|
1,250,000 |
|
|
$ |
20,000,000 |
|
Tien-Li Lee, M.D. |
|
|
16,542 |
|
|
$ |
264,672 |
|
Nelson Sun |
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
$ |
160,000 |
|
132
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock Financing
In two closings held in May 2024, we issued and sold an aggregate of 48,030,730 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.7697 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $85.0 million. All shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock automatically converted into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of our IPO.
The following table summarizes the Series C convertible preferred stock purchased by holders of more than 5% of our capital stock as of the date of the closing of the Series C convertible preferred stock, and entities affiliated with certain of our executive officers and directors.
Participants(1) |
|
Series C |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
||
Decheng Capital Global Life Sciences Fund IV, L.P.(2) |
|
|
22,602,700 |
|
|
|
39,999,998 |
|
Vickers Venture Fund VI Pte. Ltd.(3) |
|
|
1,130,135 |
|
|
|
2,000,000 |
|
Aardwolf Spin-Off
On May 31, 2022, we entered into a Contribution Agreement and a Project Contribution Agreement in connection with a spin-off (the Spin-off) of certain of our early-stage, non-core assets, through a series of transactions, to a newly-formed company, Aardwolf Therapeutics, Inc. (Aardwolf). The assets spun off relate primarily to the data, ideas, patents and results relating to two of our product candidates, WOLF-201 and WOLF-301.
Tien-Li Lee, M.D., our Chief Executive Officer, also serves as the President and Secretary of Aardwolf. Nelson Sun, our Chief Financial Officer, also serves as the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Aardwolf. Jeffrey Chi, Ph.D., a member of our board of directors, also serves as a director of Aardwolf.
In connection with the Spin-off, we also entered into a Transition Services Agreement (the Transition Services Agreement), dated as of May 31, 2022, pursuant to which we (or any person on our behalf) agreed to provide certain transition services to Aardwolf or its affiliates. As of December 31, 2024, we invoiced approximately $1.4 million to Aardwolf pursuant to the services provided by us under the Transition Services Agreement. As of December 31, 2024, all of such invoiced amount has been deemed uncollectible and has been written-off, and we will reassess the estimated recovery thereof in future periods. The Transition Services Agreement terminated on May 31, 2024.
Aardwolf Convertible Promissory Note
On August 1, 2022, Aardwolf issued a convertible promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $1.0 million to Aardvark (the Convertible Promissory Note). The Convertible Promissory Note matures seven years from the date of issuance and bears interest at the rate of 5.0% per annum. Pursuant to the Convertible Promissory Note, in the event that Aardwolf issues and sells shares of its equity securities to investors in an equity financing with total proceeds of not less than $3.0 million (a Qualified Financing), then the outstanding principal amount of the Convertible Promissory Note and any unpaid accrued interest shall automatically convert in whole into equity securities sold in the Qualified Financing at a conversion price equal to the cash price paid per share for equity securities by the investors in the Qualified Financing multiplied by 70%. Aardvark has the option to treat certain other equity financing, including an equity financing pursuant to which Aardwolf sells shares of preferred stock, as a Qualified Financing on the same terms. All outstanding amounts under the Convertible Promissory Note have been, as of December 31, 2024, deemed uncollectible and written-off, and we will reassess the estimated recovery of such balances in future periods.
133
Receipt of Dividend of Scilex Holding Company Shares
In January 2023, the board of directors of Sorrento Therapeutics, Inc. (Sorrento), which at the time beneficially owned more than 5% of the shares of our capital stock, declared a stock dividend of common stock of Scilex Holding Company (Scilex) to record holders of Sorrento’s common stock as of the close of business on January 9, 2023. As we were a record holder of 616,655 shares of Sorrento common stock as of such date, we received 86,956 shares of common stock of Scilex, which had a fair value of $0.9 million at the time of our receipt of such Scilex shares. The shares of Scilex common stock are subject to certain transfer restrictions through April 14, 2025 as ordered in connection with Sorrento’s voluntary proceedings under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, which commenced in February 2023.
Investors’ Rights Agreement
In May 2024, in connection with the issuance and sale of our Series C preferred stock, we entered into an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (the Rights Agreement) with certain holders of our convertible preferred stock, including certain holders of 5% or more of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, as well as certain of our directors and executive officers.
The Rights Agreement granted certain rights to the holders of our then-outstanding convertible preferred stock, which automatically converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of our IPO, including certain registration rights with respect to the registrable securities held by them.
In addition, the Rights Agreement imposed certain affirmative obligations on us, including, among other things, our obligation to grant each investor who held shares of our convertible preferred stock a right of first refusal with respect to certain issuances of our capital stock, excluding the shares sold in our IPO, and granted certain information and inspection rights to such investors. Each of these other obligations terminated in connection with the completion of our IPO. We remain obligated to comply with reporting requirements under the Exchange Act.
Voting Agreement
In May 2024, in connection with the issuance and sale of our Series C preferred stock, we entered into the Voting Agreement under which certain holders of our capital stock, including certain holders of 5% or more of our capital stock, entities affiliated with certain of our directors and certain of our directors and executive officers, agreed to vote in a certain way on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors.
Pursuant to the Voting Agreement, (i) Vickers Venture Fund VI (Plan) L.P. had the right to designate one member to be elected to our board of directors and (ii) Decheng Capital, LLC had the right to designate one member to be elected to our board of directors. The Voting Agreement terminated by its terms in connection with the completion of our IPO and none of our stockholders have any continuing rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.
Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement
In May 2024, in connection with the issuance and sale of our Series C preferred stock, we entered into an Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement (the Co-Sale Agreement) with holders of our convertible preferred stock, including certain holders of 5% or more of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, pursuant to which we had a right of first refusal, and certain holders satisfying an ownership threshold of convertible preferred stock had a right of first refusal and co-sale, in respect of certain sales of securities by specified holders of convertible preferred stock. The Co-Sale Agreement terminated by its terms in connection with the completion of our IPO.
Management Rights Letters
In connection with the issuance and sale of our Series C preferred stock, we entered into a management rights letter with Decheng Capital Global Life Sciences Fund IV, L.P. and its affiliates, pursuant to which such entities were granted certain management rights, including the right to consult with and advise our management on significant business issues, review our annual operating plans, examine our books and records and inspect our facilities. Such management rights letter terminated by its terms in connection with the completion of our IPO.
134
Employment Arrangements
We have entered into employment agreements and offer letters with certain of our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements with our executive officers, see Part III, Item 11, “Executive Compensation—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Arrangements with Executive Officers”, of this Annual Report.
Equity Grants
We have granted options to purchase shares of our common stock to certain of our executive officers and directors. For more information regarding the options granted to our executive officers and directors, see Part III, Item 11, “Executive Compensation—Non-Employee Director Compensation”, of this Annual Report.
Indemnification Agreements
We have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our current directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements and the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. For more information regarding these agreements, see Part III, Item 11, “Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification”, of this Annual Report.
Related Person Transaction Policy
Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, which became effective upon the closing of our IPO, setting forth our procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related person transactions. For purposes of our policy only, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and any related person are, were or will be participants and in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee or director are not covered by this policy. A related person is any officer, director (or nominee to become a director) or beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, including any of their immediate family members. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, the Audit Committee will be tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section were entered into prior to the effectiveness of this written related person transaction policy, but all were approved by our board of directors considering similar factors to those described above.
Director Independence
Under the Nasdaq Rules, a majority of the members of our board of directors must satisfy the Nasdaq criteria for “independence.” No director qualifies as independent under the Nasdaq Rules unless our board of directors affirmatively determines that the director does not have a relationship with us that would impair independence (directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with us). Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning such director’s background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that Jeffrey Chi, Ph.D., Roy D. Baynes, M.D., Ph.D., Susan E. Graf and Victor Tong, Jr. are independent directors as defined under the Nasdaq Rules. Dr. Lee is not independent under the Nasdaq Rules as a result of his position as our Chief Executive Officer. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company, their ability to exert control over us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director and the transactions described in Part III, Item 13, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” of this Annual Report.
135
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
Audit and All Other Fees
The following table presents fees for services rendered by BDO USA, P.C., our independent registered public accounting firm, for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 in the following categories:
|
|
Years ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Audit Fees (1) |
|
$ |
852,729 |
|
|
$ |
165,268 |
|
Tax Fees (2) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
All Other Fees |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
$ |
852,729 |
|
|
$ |
165,268 |
|
Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services
The Audit Committee has established a policy that all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm will be pre-approved by the Audit Committee. These services may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services. The Audit Committee considers whether the provision of each non-audit service is compatible with maintaining the independence of our auditors. Pre-approval is detailed as to the particular service or category of services. Our Chief Financial Officer is required to periodically report to the Audit Committee regarding the extent of services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm in accordance with this pre-approval.
136
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) Documents filed as part of this report.
1. Financial Statements
The consolidated financial statements of Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc. listed below are set forth in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report:
|
|
Page |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm: BDO USA, P.C.; San Diego, California; (PCAOB ID # 243) |
|
F-2 |
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 |
|
F-3 |
|
F-4 |
|
|
F-5 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 |
|
F-6 |
|
F-7 |
137
2. Financial Statement Schedules
These schedules have been omitted because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto or because they are not applicable or not required.
3. Exhibits
Exhibit |
|
Description of Document |
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
4.2* |
|
|
|
|
|
10.1+ |
|
|
|
|
|
10.2+ |
|
|
|
|
|
10.3+ |
|
|
|
|
|
10.4+ |
|
|
|
|
|
10.5+ |
|
|
|
|
|
10.6+ |
|
|
|
|
|
10.7+ |
|
|
|
|
|
10.8+ |
|
|
|
|
|
10.9+ |
|
|
|
|
|
10.10+ |
|
|
|
|
|
10.11 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.12+ |
|
|
|
|
|
10.13+ |
|
|
|
|
|
19.1* |
|
|
|
|
|
21.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
23.1* |
|
Consent of BDO USA, P.C. Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. |
138
Exhibit |
|
Description of Document |
|
|
|
24.1* |
|
Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto. |
|
|
|
31.1* |
|
|
|
|
|
31.2* |
|
|
|
|
|
32.1† |
|
|
|
|
|
32.2† |
|
|
|
|
|
97* |
|
* Filed herewith.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
† Furnished herewith.
Item 16.
None.
139
SIGNATURES
Form 10-K Summary Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
AARDVARK THERAPEUTICS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 31, 2025 |
|
By: |
/s/ Tien-Li Lee, M.D. |
|
|
|
Tien-Li Lee, M.D. |
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Tien-Li Lee, M.D. and Nelson Sun, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Name |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Tien-Li Lee, M.D. |
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
|
March 31, 2025 |
Tien-Li Lee, M.D. |
|
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Nelson Sun |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
March 31, 2025 |
Nelson Sun |
|
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jeffrey Chi, Ph.D. |
|
Director |
|
March 31, 2025 |
Jeffrey Chi, Ph.D. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Roy D. Baynes, M.D., Ph.D. |
|
Director |
|
March 31, 2025 |
Roy D. Baynes, M.D., Ph.D. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Susan E. Graf |
|
Director |
|
March 31, 2025 |
Susan E. Graf |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Victor Tong, Jr. |
|
Director |
|
March 31, 2025 |
Victor Tong, Jr. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140
Exhibit 4.2
Description of Securities of Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc.
The following is a summary of the material terms of the capital stock of Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc. (Aardvark, the Company, our, we, or us) as well as other material terms of our Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended or restated from time to time (the Certificate of Incorporation), and Amended and Restated Bylaws, as may be amended or restated from time to time (the Bylaws) and certain provisions of Delaware law. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, current copies of which are filed as exhibits to our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Our authorized capital stock consists of 490,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.00001 par value per share. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval except as required by the rules and listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.
Common Stock
Dividend Rights
Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine.
Voting Rights
Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. The Certificate of Incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of holders of 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of the then outstanding capital stock is required to take certain actions, including amending certain provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, including the provisions relating to amending the Bylaws, the classified board and director liability. The Certificate of Incorporation establishes a classified board of directors that is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only the directors in one class will be subject to election at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the directors in the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.
No Preemptive or Similar Rights
Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions
If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.
Fully Paid and Non-Assessable
All of the outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable.
Preferred Stock
Our board of directors is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Registration Rights
Investors’ Rights Agreement
In May 2024, in connection with our Series C preferred stock financing, we entered into an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, as subsequently amended, or the Rights Agreement. The Rights Agreement granted certain rights to the holders of our then-outstanding convertible preferred stock, including certain registration rights with respect to the registrable securities held by them.
The holders of the shares of our common stock that were issued upon the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock in connection with our initial public offering completed in February 2025 (IPO) (as of the date of the closing of the IPO, 11,439,841 shares of our common stock) are entitled to these demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights pursuant to the Rights Agreement. We will pay the registration expenses, other than the underwriting discounts, selling commissions, stock transfer taxes and certain fees and disbursements of counsel for the holders, of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.
Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares the holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire no later than February 14, 2028 (that date that is three years after the completion of our IPO), or with respect to any particular holder, at such time that such holder may immediately sell all its shares of registrable securities under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), during any 90-day period.
Demand Registration Rights
The holders of the shares of our common stock that were issued upon the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock in connection with our IPO (as of the date of the closing of the IPO, 11,439,841 shares of our common stock) are entitled to certain demand registration rights pursuant to the Rights Agreement. At any time beginning August 12, 2025 (the date that is 180 days after the completion of our IPO), the holders of a majority of the registrable securities then outstanding may request that we register all or a portion of their shares. Such request for registration must cover registrable securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price, after deduction for underwriters’ discounts and expenses related to the issuance, of at least $20.0 million.
Piggyback Registration Rights
In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of registrable securities subject to the Rights Agreement will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights pursuant thereto allowing such holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to: (i) a demand registration as described above; (ii) a registration on Form S-3 as described below; (iii) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans; (iv) a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities; (v) a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act; or (vi) a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales, then holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right to include their shares in the registration, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the offering.
S-3 Registration Rights
The holders of the shares of our common stock that were issued upon the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock in connection with our IPO (as of the date of the closing of the IPO, 11,439,841 shares of our common stock) are entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights pursuant to the Rights Agreement. Such holders of registrable securities can make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, provided that (i) such holders must hold an aggregate of not less than 15% of the registrable securities then outstanding and (ii) such holders, together with the holders of any other securities entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell securities at an aggregate price of at least $1.0 million. We will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 within 60 days of a registration initiated by us, to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 within any 12-month period or to effect any registration that our board of directors deems in good faith to be materially detrimental to our company and our stockholders, subject to certain limitations. If the holders requesting registration intend to distribute their shares by means of an underwritten offering, the underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the number of shares to be underwritten.
Election and Removal of Directors; Vacancies
The exact number of directors will be fixed from time to time by resolution of our board of directors. Directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares of our capital stock present in person or represented by proxy at the stockholders’ meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.
No director may be removed except for cause, and directors may be removed for cause only by an affirmative vote of shares representing not less than 66-2/3% of the then-outstanding shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.
Any vacancy occurring on our board of directors and any newly created directorship may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors in office.
Staggered Board
Our board of directors is divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors will be elected to succeed the class of directors whose terms have expired. This classification of our board of directors could have the effect of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of our board of directors. In general, at least two annual meetings of stockholders will typically be necessary for stockholders to effect a change in a majority of the members of our board of directors.
Limitation on Action by Written Consent
The Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws provide that holders of our common stock are not able to act by written consent without a meeting.
Stockholder Meetings
The Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the Chairperson of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer (or president, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or a majority of the directors. The Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws specifically deny any power of any other person to call a special meeting.
Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
The provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation under Part B of Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX, Article X and Article XI may be amended only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of our then-outstanding shares of voting stock entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class. The affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock will generally be required to amend other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.
Amendment of Bylaws
The provisions of the Bylaws may be amended or repealed, and new bylaws may be adopted by (i) our board of directors, with the affirmative vote of a majority of directors present at any regular or special meeting of our board of directors called for that purpose, or (ii) our stockholders, with the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of our then-outstanding shares of voting stock entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class.
Other Limitations on Stockholder Actions
The Bylaws impose some procedural requirements on stockholders who wish to:
Under these procedural requirements, in order to bring a proposal before a meeting of stockholders, a stockholder must deliver timely notice of a proposal pertaining to a proper subject for presentation at the meeting to our corporate secretary along with the following:
To be timely, a stockholder must generally deliver notice:
In order to submit a nomination for our board of directors, a stockholder must also submit all information with respect to the nominee that would be required to be included in a proxy statement, as well as other information. If a stockholder fails to follow the required procedures, the stockholder’s proposal or nominee will be ineligible and will not be voted on by our stockholders.
Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers
The Certificate of Incorporation provides that no director will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except as required by applicable law, as in effect from time to time. Section 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the DGCL), permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:
As a result, neither we nor our stockholders have the right, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior, except in the situations described above.
The Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws also provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, we will indemnify any officer or director of our company against all damages, claims and liabilities arising out of the fact that the person is or was our director or officer, or served any other enterprise at our request as a director or officer. Amending these provisions will not reduce our indemnification obligations relating to actions taken before an amendment.
Forum Selection
The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any director, officer or other employee of our company; (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws; or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This provision would not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.
Furthermore, the Certificate of Incorporation also provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our shares of capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing forum selection provisions.
Our exclusive forum provision will not relieve us of our duties to comply with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder, and our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with these laws, rules and regulations.
The enforceability of similar federal court choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find this type of provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable. If a court were to find either of the choice of forum provisions contained in the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions.
The choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with our company or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against our company and our directors, officers and other employees and result in increased costs for investors to bring a claim.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Certain provisions of Delaware law, along with the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, may have the effect of delaying, deferring, or discouraging (i) acquiring control of our company by means of a proxy contest, tender offer or otherwise; or (ii) removing our incumbent officers and directors. These provisions, as well as our ability to issue preferred stock, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our board of directors. However, these provisions could have the effect of delaying, discouraging or preventing attempts to acquire us, which could deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of our common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.
Delaware Law
We are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes mergers, asset sales, or other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Equiniti Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 48 Wall Street, Floor 23, New York, New York 10005.
Listing
Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “AARD.”
Exhibit 19.1
Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc.
Insider Trading Policy
Every director, officer and employee of the Company has the individual responsibility (and must take appropriate measures to cause such person’s family members) to comply with this Policy regardless of whether a transaction is executed outside a blackout period or is pre-cleared by the Compliance Officer. The restrictions and procedures are intended to help avoid inadvertent instances of improper insider trading, but appropriate judgment should always be exercised by each director, officer and employee of the Company in connection with any transaction in the Company’s securities. Employees, officers and directors of the Company are responsible for ensuring compliance with this Policy by their family members.
This Policy continues to apply following termination of employment or other relationship with Aardvark until after the second trading day that any material non-public information in your possession has become public or is no longer material. Each employee, officer, consultant and director is personally responsible for the actions of their family members and other persons with whom they have a relationship who are subject to this Policy, including any pre-clearances required.
As used in this Policy, the term “trading day” shall mean a day on which The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) or the primary quotation system or national securities exchange on which the Company’s common stock is then traded or listed is open for trading. As used in this Policy, the term “business day” shall mean a day on which the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)’s EDGAR system will receive and accept filings.
1
No person subject to this Policy who is aware of material nonpublic information relating to Aardvark may, directly or indirectly (through family members, other persons, entities or otherwise), buy, sell or otherwise trade in the securities of Aardvark, or advise anyone else to do so other than pursuant to a trading plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 promulgated by the SEC and is implemented in accordance with Section 9 of this Policy, or as specifically exempted in Section 10(B) of this Policy, or otherwise engage in any action to take personal advantage of that information during any period commencing on the date that the person possesses material nonpublic information and ending at the close of business on the second trading day following the date of public disclosure of such information, or at such time as such nonpublic information is no longer material. For purposes of this Policy, the term “trade” includes any transaction in Aardvark securities, including gifts and pledges.
Each person subject to this Policy may, from time to time, have to forego a proposed transaction even if they planned to make the transaction before learning material nonpublic information and even if they may suffer economic loss or forego anticipated profit by waiting.
2
Tipping includes passing information under circumstances that could suggest that you were trying to help another profit or avoid a loss. Exercise care when speaking with others who do not “need to know,” even if they are subject to this Policy, as well as when communicating with family, friends and others not associated with Aardvark. To avoid the appearance of impropriety, refrain from discussing our business or prospects or making recommendations about buying or selling our securities or the securities of other companies with which we have a relationship. Inquiries about Aardvark should be directed to our internal Corporate Communications team.
3
As required by SEC Rule 10b5-1, a director, officer or other employee of the Company may implement, amend or terminate a trading plan under SEC Rule 10b5-1 only when the individual is not in possession of material nonpublic information and provided that such individual and trading plan comply with the provisions under Appendix I hereto.
Any Covered Party who wishes to implement a trading plan under SEC Rule 10b5-1 must first pre-clear the plan with the Compliance Officer at least four (4) full trading days prior to the entry into the plan, and must also pre-clear any amendment to such plan and any termination of a plan in advance of its expiration date, with the Compliance Officer. Except as set forth above, no further pre-approval of transactions conducted pursuant to trading plan under SEC Rule 10b5-1 will be required. The terms of any trading plan under SEC Rule 10b5-1 adopted by an officer or director of the Company must be publicly disclosed by the Company in accordance with Item 408 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC.
Establishing a trading plan under SEC Rule 10b5-1 does not exempt transactions from the short-swing profit provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
4
5
6
The Compliance Officer may designate one or more individuals who may perform the Compliance Officer’s duties under this Policy in the event that a Compliance Officer is unable or unavailable to perform such duties.
7
8
The period commencing on the 16th day of the last month of a fiscal quarter and ending at the close of business on the second trading day following the date of public disclosure of the Company’s financial results for such fiscal quarter. If such public disclosure occurs after the markets close on a trading day, then the date of public disclosure shall not be considered the first trading day following the date of public disclosure.
9
In addition to the blackout periods described above, the Company may announce “special” blackout periods from time to time if, in the judgment of the Chief Executive Officer or the Compliance Officer, there are nonpublic developments that would be considered material for insider trading law purposes, such as, among other things, developments relating to regulatory matters, litigation or a major corporate transaction. Depending on the circumstances, a “special” blackout period may apply to all Designated Insiders or only to a specific group of Designated Insiders. The Compliance Officer will provide written notice to Designated Insiders subject to a “special” blackout period. Any person made aware of the existence of a “special” blackout period should not disclose the existence of the “special” blackout period to any other person. The failure of the Company to designate a person as being subject to a “special” blackout period will not relieve that person of the obligation not to trade while the person is aware of any material nonpublic information concerning the Company. As used in this Policy, the term “blackout period” shall mean all periodic blackout periods and all “special” blackout periods announced by the Company.
The purpose behind the blackout period is to help establish a diligent effort to avoid any improper transactions. Trading in the Company’s securities outside a blackout period should not be considered a “safe harbor,” and all directors, officers and employees of the Company and other persons subject to this Policy should use good judgment at all times. Even outside a blackout period, any person possessing material nonpublic information concerning the Company should not engage in any transactions in the Company’s securities until such information has been known publicly for at least two trading days after the date of announcement. Although the Company may from time to time impose “special” blackout periods because of developments known to the Company and not yet disclosed to the public, each person is individually responsible at all times for compliance with the prohibitions against insider trading.
Transactions effected pursuant to a trading plan under SEC Rule 10b5-1 implemented in accordance with this Policy are not subject to blackout periods.
There is no de minimis exception to the rule against insider trading. Use of inside information to gain personal benefit is as illegal with respect to one share of stock as it is with respect to a large number of shares.
10
11
Adopted on December 18, 2024
Effective as of February 14, 2025
12
APPENDIX I
Rule 10b5-1 Plan Guidelines
Any officer, director or other employee of the Company (a “participant”) adopting a trading plan (the “Plan”) under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and each such Plan must meet the following requirements.
I-1
I-2
APPENDIX II
Special Restrictions on Transactions in Company Securities
by Section 16 Insiders and other Covered Parties
To minimize the risk of apparent or actual violations of the rules governing insider trading, we have adopted these special restrictions relating to transactions in our securities by Section 16 Insiders. Section 16 Insiders are responsible for ensuring compliance with this Appendix II, including restrictions on all trading during certain periods by family members and members of their households and by entities over which they exercise voting or investment control. Section 16 Insiders should provide each of these persons or entities with a copy of this Policy.
Requests for pre-clearance must be submitted via email to the Compliance Officer at least four (4) business days in advance of each proposed transaction. If the Covered Party does not receive a response from a Compliance Officer within twenty four (24) hours, the Section 16 Insider must follow up to ensure that the message was received. Each Covered Party request for pre-clearance should include the nature of the proposed transaction and the expected date of the transaction. In addition, each request by a Covered Party for pre-clearance should also include the following information:
Once the proposed transaction is pre-cleared, the Covered Party may proceed with it on the approved terms; provided that the Covered Party complies with all other securities law requirements, such as Rule 144 and prohibitions regarding trading on the basis of inside information, and with any special trading blackout imposed by the Company prior to the completion of the trade.
Neither the Company nor the Compliance Officer: (a) will have any liability for any delay in reviewing or refusal of a pre-clearance request, or (b) assumes any liability for the legality or consequences of any transaction that is the subject of a pre-clearance request to the party requesting such pre-clearance.
II-1
II-2
The transaction details must be reported to the Compliance Officer, with copies to Aardvark personnel who will assist the Section 16 Insider in preparing their Form 4.
II-3
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-284915) of Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc. of our report dated March 31, 2025, relating to the consolidated financial statements which appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
/s/ BDO USA, P.C.
San Diego, California
March 31, 2025
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Tien-Li Lee, M.D., certify that:
Date: March 31, 2025 |
|
By: |
/s/ Tien-Li Lee, M.D. |
|
|
|
Tien-Li Lee, M.D. |
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) |
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Nelson Sun, certify that:
Date: March 31, 2025 |
|
By: |
/s/ Nelson Sun |
|
|
|
Nelson Sun |
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) |
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2024 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:
Date: March 31, 2025 |
|
By: |
/s/ Tien-Li Lee, M.D. |
|
|
|
Tien-Li Lee, M.D. |
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) |
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided by the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
This certification accompanies the Report, is not deemed filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act (whether made before or after the date of the Report), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2024 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:
Date: March 31, 2025 |
|
By: |
/s/ Nelson Sun |
|
|
|
Nelson Sun |
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) |
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided by the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
This certification accompanies the Report, is not deemed filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act (whether made before or after the date of the Report), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.
Exhibit 97
Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc.
Clawback Policy
Effective February 14, 2025
The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to adopt this Clawback Policy (this “Policy”), which provides for the recovery of certain incentive compensation in the event of an Accounting Restatement (as defined below). This Policy is designed to comply with, and shall be interpreted to be consistent with, Section 10D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), Rule 10D-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act (“Rule 10D-1”) and Nasdaq Listing Rule 5608 (the “Listing Standards”).
Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) (or another committee of the Board) shall administer this Policy (the Board or such committee charged with administration of this Policy, the “Administrator”). The Administrator is authorized to interpret and construe this Policy and to make all determinations necessary, appropriate or advisable for the administration of this Policy. Any determinations made by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all affected individuals and need not be uniform with respect to each individual covered by this Policy. In the administration of this Policy, the Administrator is authorized and directed to consult with the full Board or such other committees of the Board, as may be necessary or appropriate as to matters within the scope of such other committee’s responsibility and authority. Subject to any legal limitation, the Administrator may authorize and empower any officer or employee of the Company to take any and all actions necessary or appropriate to carry out the purpose and intent of this Policy (other than with respect to any recovery under this Policy involving such officer or employee).
As used in this Policy, the following definitions shall apply:
2
This Policy applies to Incentive-Based Compensation received by a Covered Executive: (a) after beginning services as a Covered Executive; (b) if that person served as a Covered Executive at any time during the performance period for such Incentive-Based Compensation; and (c) while the Company had a listed class of securities on a national securities exchange.
If the Company is required to prepare an Accounting Restatement, the Company shall promptly demand in writing and recoup the amount of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation received by any Covered Executive, as calculated pursuant to Section 5 hereof, during the Applicable Period. Recovery under this Policy with respect to a Covered Executive shall not require a finding of any misconduct by such Covered Executive or that the Covered Executive was responsible for the accounting error leading to an Accounting Restatement. If a Covered Executive fails to repay Erroneously Awarded Compensation that is owed to the Company under this Policy, the Company shall take all appropriate action to recover such Erroneously Awarded Compensation from the Covered Executive, and the Covered Executive shall be required to reimburse the Company for all expenses (including legal expenses) incurred by the Company in recovering such Erroneously Awarded Compensation.
The amount of “Erroneously Awarded Compensation” subject to recovery under this Policy, as determined by the Administrator, is the amount of Incentive-Based Compensation received by the Covered Executive that exceeds the amount of Incentive-Based Compensation that otherwise would have been received by the Covered Executive had such compensation been determined based on the restated amounts in the Accounting Restatement.
Erroneously Awarded Compensation shall be determined by the Administrator without regard to any taxes paid by the Covered Executive in respect of the Erroneously Awarded Compensation.
For Incentive-Based Compensation based on stock price or TSR, where the amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation is not subject to mathematical recalculations directly from the information in the Accounting Restatement: (a) the Administrator shall determine the amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation based on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the Accounting Restatement on the stock price or TSR upon which the Incentive-Based Compensation was received; and (b) the Company shall maintain documentation of the determination of that reasonable estimate and provide such documentation to Nasdaq.
3
The Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion, the timing and method for promptly recouping Erroneously Awarded Compensation hereunder, which may include without limitation (a) seeking reimbursement of all or part of any cash or equity-based award, (b) cancelling prior cash or equity-based awards, whether vested or unvested or paid or unpaid, (c) cancelling or offsetting against any planned future cash or equity-based awards, (d) forfeiture of deferred compensation, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (e) any other method authorized by applicable law or contract. Subject to compliance with any applicable law, the Administrator may effect recovery under this Policy from any amount otherwise payable to the Covered Executive, including amounts payable to such individual under any otherwise applicable Company plan or program, including base salary, bonuses or commissions and compensation previously deferred by the Covered Executive.
The Company is authorized and directed to recoup Erroneously Awarded Compensation in compliance with this Policy unless the Administrator determines that recovery would be impracticable for one or more of the following reasons only, and subject to the following procedural and disclosure requirements:
Notwithstanding the terms of any indemnification or insurance policy or any contractual arrangement with any Covered Executive, the Company shall not indemnify any Covered Executives against (a) the loss of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation, including any payment or reimbursement for the cost of third-party insurance purchased by any Covered Executives to fund potential clawback obligations under this Policy, or (b) any claims relating to the Company’s enforcement of its rights under this Policy.
4
Any members of the Administrator, and any other members of the Board who assist in the administration of this Policy, shall not be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made with respect to this Policy and shall be fully indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent under applicable law and Company policy with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation. The foregoing sentence shall not limit any other rights to indemnification of the members of the Board under applicable law or Company policy.
This Policy shall be effective as of February 14, 2025 (the “Effective Date”). The terms of this Policy shall apply to any Incentive-Based Compensation that is received by Covered Executives on or after the Effective Date, even if such Incentive-Based Compensation was approved, awarded, granted or paid to Covered Executives prior to the Effective Date. Without limiting the generality of Section 6 hereof, and subject to applicable law, the Administrator may effectuate recovery under this Policy from any amount of compensation approved, awarded, granted, payable or paid to a Covered Executive prior to, on or after the Effective Date.
The Board or the Compensation Committee may amend, modify, supplement, rescind or replace all or any portion of this Policy at any time and from time to time in its discretion, and shall amend this Policy as it deems necessary to comply with applicable law or any rules or standards adopted by a national securities exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10 to the contrary, no amendment or other modification of this Policy shall be effective if such amendment or other modification would (after taking into account any actions taken by the Company contemporaneously with such amendment or other modification) cause the Company to violate any federal securities laws, SEC rule or the rules of any national securities exchange or national securities association on which the Company’s securities are listed.
The Board intends that this Policy be applied to the fullest extent of the law. Any right of recoupment under this Policy is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other remedies or rights of recoupment that may be available to the Company under applicable law or pursuant to the terms of any similar policy in any employment agreement, equity award agreement or similar agreement and any other legal remedies available to the Company. This Policy is also in addition to (and not in lieu of) any right of repayment, forfeiture or right of offset against any employees that is required pursuant to any statutory repayment requirement (regardless of whether implemented at any time prior to or following the adoption or amendment of this Policy), including Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 304”). Any amounts paid to the Company pursuant to Section 304 shall be considered in determining any amounts recovered under this Policy. The Compensation Committee may require that any employment agreement, equity award agreement or any other agreement entered into on or after the Effective Date shall, as a condition to the grant of any benefit thereunder, require a Covered Executive to agree to abide by the terms of this Policy.
5
The application and enforcement of this Policy do not preclude the Company from taking any other action to enforce a Covered Executive’s obligations to the Company, including termination of employment or institution of legal proceedings.
Nothing contained in this Policy, and no recoupment or recovery as contemplated by this Policy, shall limit any claims, damages or other legal remedies the Company or any of its affiliates may have against a Covered Executive (including reimbursement of legal fees incurred by or on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates) arising out of or resulting from any actions or omissions by the Covered Executive.
This Policy shall be binding and enforceable against all Covered Executives and their beneficiaries, heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representatives.
A copy of this Policy and any amendments thereto shall be filed as an exhibit to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K.
This Policy and all rights and obligations hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any choice of law rules or principles that may direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. All actions arising out of or relating to this Policy shall be heard and determined exclusively in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or, if such court declines to exercise jurisdiction or if subject matter jurisdiction over the matter that is the subject of any such legal action or proceeding is vested exclusively in the U.S. federal courts, the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware.
If any provision of this Policy or the application of such provision to any Covered Executive shall be adjudicated to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Policy, and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to render any such provision (or the application of such provision) valid, legal or enforceable.
6
Clawback Policy Acknowledgment
I, the undersigned, agree and acknowledge that I am fully bound by, and subject to, all of the terms and conditions of Aardvark Therapeutics, Inc.’s Clawback Policy (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Policy”). In the event of any inconsistency between the Policy and the terms of any employment or similar agreement to which I am a party, or the terms of any compensation plan, program or agreement under which any compensation has been granted, awarded, earned or paid, the terms of the Policy shall govern. The Policy will apply both during and after my employment with the Company. In the event it is determined by the Administrator that any amounts granted, awarded, earned or paid to me must be forfeited or reimbursed to the Company, I will promptly take any action necessary to effectuate such forfeiture and/or reimbursement. Any capitalized terms used in this Acknowledgment without definition shall have the meaning set forth in the Policy.
|
|
7